Yaskawa L1000A Drive Installation Guide

COSMOS（レター）（英文）新CI

YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A

AC Drive for Elevator Applications

Quick Start Guide

Type: CIMR-LU  A

Models: 200 V Class: 1.5 to 110 kW (2 to 150 HP)

400 V Class: 1.5 to 315 kW (2 to 500 HP)

600 V Class: 1.5 to 160 kW (2 to 250 HP)

To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user receives this manual.

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 38H

Receiving

1

Mechanical Installation

2

Electrical Installation

3

Start-Up Programming &

Operation

4

Troubleshooting

5

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

6

Option Card Installation

Specifications

7

A

Parameter Table

Standards Compliance

B

C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 2 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Copyright © 2010 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.

Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.

2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

Yaskawa AC Drive L1000A

Supplement to L1000A Manuals

Introduction

This supplement to L1000A Manuals describes features or functions that are changed with a L1000A software upgrade, and should be read to ensure proper usage. Read this supplement together with the

L1000A Quick Start Guide No. TOEPC71061638 or Technical Manual No. SIEPC71061638. Observe all safety messages and precautions to prevent injury to personnel and to ensure correct application of the product.

Applicable Software Version

Applicable to L1000A software version PRG: 7205 and later.

See the product nameplate or parameter U1-25 to confirm the L1000A software version.

＜ Added items ＞

◆ Addition: PM Tuning Setup

PM Tuning Setup for simplified elevator system setup.

Control

Mode

A1-02=7

Input parameters during tuning

T2-04:

Motor Rated Power

T2-05:

Motor Rated Voltage

T2-06:

Motor Rated Current

T2-08:

Number of Motor

Poles

T2-09:

Motor Base Speed

T2-16:

Encoder Resolution

Tuning process

Step 1 ：

Stationary Auto-Tuning

(Same as T2-01=1)

Step 2 ：

Initial magnet pole search parameters

Auto-Tuning

(Same as T2-01=3)

Step 3 ：

Encoder offset stationary Auto-Tuning

(Same as T2-01=4)

Step 1 :

E5-09=0

Parameters set after

Auto Tuning

F1-01= Users T2-16 input value

A1-02=Users input value

E5-02=UsersT 2-04 input value

E5-03=Users T2-06 input value

E5-04=Users T2-08 input value

E5-05=Tuning result

E5-06=Tuning result

E5-07=Tuning result

E5-24=Tuning result

E1-06=Users T2-09 input value

E1-04=E1-06

E1-09=0

E1-05=Users T2-05 input value

Step 2 ： n8-36=Tuning result n8-37=Tuning result n8-81=Tuning result n8-82=Tuning result

Step 3 :

E5-11=Tuning result

Note : If tuning is interrupted, the tuning results for completed steps are preserved.

Page 1 of 2

Document No. EZZ023447

Prepared: December, 2016

Revised by Yaskawa America: April, 2017

◆ Addition: Brake Torque Check Function

The brake torque check function checks for holding torque of the motor brake.

■ Add aram ters

No.

（ Addr.

）

Name Description

S5-15

(6D8H)

The allowable amount of cargo movement during a brake torque check

CLV CLV/PM

Sets the allowable amount of cargo movement during a brake torque check.

parameter o1

Setting

Default :

Range : o1-12=0:

0 to 100 mm o1-12=1:

0 to 3.93 in

The brake torque

CLV CLV/PM

S5-16

(6D9H)

The amount of torque applied during a brake torque check. Set as a percentage of motor rated torque. if torque limit amount of the drive.

Default :

Range :

100 %

50 to 200 %

Brake torque rise time

S5-17

(6DCH)

CLV CLV/PM eter sets the rise time to achieve the brake torque value set in parameter S

Default :

Range :

0.5 sec

0.0 to 3.0 sec

Brake torque check fall time

CLV CLV/PM

S5-18

(6DDH)

Default :

Range :

0.5 sec

0.0 to 3.0 sec

Brake torque check operating time

CLV CLV/PM

S5-19

(6DEH) which the brake torque is maintained at the

Default :

Range :

3.0sec

0.0 to10.0sec

(*1) The factory default value of o2-12 is 0. This causes the units for parameter S5-15 to be mm.

■ Addition: Multi-Function Digital Input

H1□□

Setting

Name Description

CLV CLV/PM

5DH ctivate brake torque check

■ Addition: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

H2□□

Setting

Name

To activate the brake torque check

CLV CLV/PM

Description

5DH active

Closed : During brake torque check

CLV CLV/PM

5EH completion

■ Addition: Fault

Digital Operator Display

brA

Fault Name

Brake torque degradation

The allowable amount of cargo movement set in parameter

S5-15 was exceeded during a brake torque check.

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 3 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

■

Quick Reference

Drive a Synchronous PM Motor

L1000A can operate synchronous PM motors.

Refer to Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors on page 71

.

Perform Auto-Tuning

Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Types of Auto-Tuning on page 73 .

Maintenance Check Using Drive Monitors

Use drive monitors to check fans, capacitors, and other components may require maintenance. Refer to Performance Life Monitors Maintenance

Monitors on page 146 .

Fault Display and Troubleshooting

Refer to Troubleshooting on page 132

.

Standards Compliance

Refer to European Standards on page 216 and

UL and CSA Standards on page 224 .

CSA B44.1 /

ASME A17.5

Y E A

_ c o m m o n

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 3

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 4 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 5 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Table of Contents

i.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Preface & General Safety ................................................................................................. 7

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Receiving......................................................................................................................... 15

Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Mechanical Installation .................................................................................................. 17

Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Electrical Installation...................................................................................................... 25

Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Main Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Digital Operator and Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Control I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Start-Up Programming & Operation ............................................................................. 58

Using the Digital Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

The Drive and Programming Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

S: Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Setup Troubleshooting and Possible Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................... 132

Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Alarm Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Operator Programming Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Copy Function Related Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Periodic Inspection & Maintenance ........................................................................... 143

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Option Card Installation ............................................................................................... 150

Prior to Installing the Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Installing the Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 5

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 6 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Table of Contents

A.

B.

C.

Specifications................................................................................................................ 161

Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Three-Phase 600 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Parameter Table ............................................................................................................ 166

A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166

b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169

d: Speed References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

F: Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

H: Multi-Function Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

n: Advanced Performance Set-Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

o: Operator Related Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

S: Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205

U: Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215

Standards Compliance ................................................................................................. 216

European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

UL and CSA Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224

Safe Disable Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

EN81-1/20 Conform Circuit with one Motor Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

EN81-20 Conform Circuit with No Motor Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Revision History............................................................................................................. 244

6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 7 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

i Preface & General Safety

◆

Preface

Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances should any Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in conforming to standards and specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims arising from misapplication of its products.

This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of L1000A-Series Drives. Read this manual before attempting to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future reference.

Be sure you understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.

■

Applicable Documentation

The following manuals are available for L1000A series drives:

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALM

F1

ESC

RESET

RUN

F2

LO

RE

ENTER

STOP

S/N:

WARNING

Risk of electric shock.

Read manual before installing.

Wait 5 minutes for capacitor discharge after disconnecting power supply.

To conform to requirements, make sure to ground the supply neutral for 400V class.

After opening the manual switch between the drive and motor, please wait 5 minutes before inspecting, performing maintenance or wiring the drive.

Hot surfaces

Top and Side surfaces may become hot. Do not touch.

AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1

Risque de décharge électrique.

Lire le manuel avant l'installation.

Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure de l'alimentation, pour permettre la décharge des condensateurs.

Pour répondre aux exigences , s assurer que le neutre soit relié

à la terre, pour la série 400V.

Après avoir déconnécte la protection entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer une opération de montage ou de câblage du variateur.

Surfaces Chaudes

Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.

危 険

けが．感電のおそれがあります。

据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。

通電中および電源遮断後 5 分以内はフロントカバー

を外さない事。

400V 級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地

されていることを確認すること。(     対応）

保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を

遮断後

高温注意

インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。

触らないでください。

YEA_ common

L1000A Series AC Drive Quick Start Guide (this book)

Read this manual first. This guide is packaged together with the product. It contains basic information required to install and wire the drive, in addition to an overview of fault diagnostics, maintenance, and parameter settings. Use the information in this book to prepare the drive for a trial run with the application and for basic operation.

L1000A Series AC Drive Technical Manual

This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/

Modbus specifications. Use this manual to expand drive functionality and to take advantage of higher performance features.

◆

General Safety

■

Supplemental Safety Information

General Precautions

• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Replace the covers or shields before operating the drive and run the drive according to the instructions described in this manual.

• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to all products to which this manual is applicable.

• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be changed without notice to improve the product and/or the manual.

• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office and provide the manual number shown on the front cover.

• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.

W ARNING

Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed according to this manual and local codes.

The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could result in serious or fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 7

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 8 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

DANGER

Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

W ARNING

Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

CAUTION

Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION!

may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

NOTICE

Indicates a property damage message.

NOTICE: may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

■

Safety Messages

DANGER

Heed the safety messages in this manual.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings in this manual.

Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not connect or disconnect wiring or service the drive while the power is on.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.

W ARNING

Sudden Movement Hazard

The drive system or elevator may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.

• Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and machine area before applying power.

• Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads before applying power to the drive.

Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive.

Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause damage to equipment.

8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 9 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

W ARNING

System may start unexpectedly upon application of power when the Auto-restart function is enabled resulting in death or serious injury.

Use care when enabling Auto-restart as this function may cause unintended start of the elevator.

Use parameter S1-12 to enable/disable automatic switching of the Motor Contactor Control output signal during Auto-Tuning.

When using setting S1-12 = 1 or 2, ensure that the multi-function output terminals are properly wired and in the correct state before setting parameter S1-12.

Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, serious injury or death.

Electrical Shock Hazard

Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.

Yaskawa is not responsible for damage caused by modification of the product made by the user. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from operation of damaged equipment.

Do not operate equipment with covers removed.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.

When a drive is running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor terminals after the drive is shut off while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:

• In applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped a load, install a switch to the drive output side to disconnect the motor and the drive.

• Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed or to rotate the motor when the drive has been shut off.

• Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the load switch on the output side before inspecting the drive or performing any maintenance.

• Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running, as this can damage the drive.

If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped before closing the load switch.

Do not connect or disconnect wiring to the drive or motor while the power is on.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are

OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.

Do not operate equipment with covers removed.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.

Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work on the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 9

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 10 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

W ARNING

Do not change wiring, remove covers, connectors or options cards, or attempt to service the drive with power applied to the drive.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all power to the drive and check for unsafe voltages before servicing.

Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the equipment.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.

Fire Hazard

Drive Short-Circuit Current Rating

Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this Installation Manual.

Failure to comply could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel.

The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240

Vac maximum (200 V class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V class), and 600 Vac maximum (600 V class) when protected by branch circuit protection devices specified in this manual.

Applications using a braking option should wire a thermal relay so that the output contactor opens when the thermal relay trips.

Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.

Do not use improper combustible materials.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.

Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE

Equipment Hazard

Do not modify the drive circuitry.

Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.

Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.

Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.

Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive, circuit boards, and option cards.

Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.

If a fuse is blown or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the peripheral devices.

Check for short circuits or ground faults on the secondary side of fuses and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI), and check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices. Remove the cause of the problem and then turn the power supply on again. If the cause cannot be identified, do not turn on the power supply or attempt to operate the equipment.

Do not restart the drive immediately operate the peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or a GFCI is tripped.

Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.

10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 11 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

NOTICE

Do not operate damaged equipment.

Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.

Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.

Do not lift the drive up while the cover is removed.

This can damage the terminal board and other components.

Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.

Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.

Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.

Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.

■

General Application Precautions

Motor Selection

Drive Capacity

The output current should not exceed 150% of the drive rated current. Select a drive that can output enough current when accelerating a load at 100%.

For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than the rated output current for the drive.

Starting Torque

The startup and acceleration characteristics of the motor are restricted to the drive's overload current rating (150% rated current for 60 s).

The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower torque than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and drive capacity.

Stopping

Fast Stop

When the drive faults out, a protective circuit is activated and drive output is shut off. This, however, does not stop the motor immediately. A mechanical brake may be required to stop the motor if Fast Stop deceleration is insufficient.

Mechanical Brake

A mechanical brake is required to prevent the elevator from free falling during a drive fault condition.

Repetitive Starting/Stopping

Elevators and other applications with frequent starts and stops often approach 150% of their rated current values. Heat stress generated from repetitive high current will shorten the life span of the IGBTs. The expected lifetime for the IGBTs is about 3 million start and stop cycles with a default carrier frequency of 2 kHz (CIMR-LU2  0346, 2  0415), 5 kHz

(CIMR-LU4  0112 to 4  0216), or 8 kHz (CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0115, 4  0005 to 4  0091) and a 150% peak current.

Yaskawa recommends lowering the carrier frequency, particularly when audible noise is not a concern. It is beneficial to reduce the load, increase the acceleration and deceleration times, or switch to a larger drive to help keep peak current levels under 150%. Be sure to check the peak current levels when starting and stopping repeatedly during the initial test run, and make adjustments accordingly.

Installation

Enclosure Panels

Keep the drive in a clean environment by installing the drive in an enclosure panel or selecting an installation area free of airborne dust, lint, and oil mist. Be sure to leave the required space between drives to provide for cooling, and take proper measures so the ambient temperature remains within allowable limits and keep flammable materials away from the drive.

Yaskawa offers protective designs for drives that must be used in areas subjected to oil mist and excessive vibration.

Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for details.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 11

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 12 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

Installation Direction

NOTICE: Install the drive upright as specified in the manual.

Refer to Mechanical Installation on page 17

installation. Failure to comply may damage the drive due to improper cooling.

for more information on

Settings

DC Injection Braking

NOTICE: Excessive current during DC Injection Braking and excessive duration of DC Injection Braking can cause motor overheating.

Adjust DC Injection parameters to prevent motor overheating.

Acceleration/Deceleration Ramp

Acceleration and deceleration times are affected by the amount of torque generated by the motor, the load torque, and the inertia moment. Set a longer accel/decel time when Stall Prevention is enabled. The accel/decel times are lengthened for as long as the Stall Prevention function is in operation. Install one of the available braking options or increase the capacity of the drive for faster acceleration and deceleration.

General Handling

Selecting a Molded Case Circuit Breaker or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)

Select an appropriate GFCI. This drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use an GFCI of type B according to IEC/EN 60755.

Select a MCCB (Molded Case Circuit Breaker) with a rated current that is 1.5 to 2 times higher than the rated current of the drive in order to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Install a properly controlled contactor on the input-side of the drive for applications where power should be removed from the drive during a fault condition. Improper equipment sequencing could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Shut off the drive with a magnetic contactor (MC) when a fault occurs in any external equipment such as braking resistors. Failure to comply may cause resistor overheating, fire, and injury to personnel.

NOTICE: To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.

Inspection and Maintenance

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Capacitors in the drive do not immediately discharge after shutting off the power. Wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components after shutting off the power. Failure to comply may cause injury to personnel from electrical shock.

CAUTION!

Burn Hazard. Because the heatsink can get very hot during operation, take proper precautions to prevent burns. When replacing the cooling fan, shut off the power and wait at least 15 minutes to be sure that the heatsink has cooled down. Failure to comply may cause burn injury to personnel.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. When a drive is running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor terminals after the drive is shut off while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:

• In applications where the machine can still rotate after the drive has fully stopped a load, install a load disconnect switch on the drive output side to disconnect the motor and the drive.

• Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed or to rotate the motor when the drive is powered off.

• Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the load switch on the output side before inspecting the drive or performing any maintenance.

• Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running.

• If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped before closing the load switch to reconnect the drive to the motor.

Wiring

Yaskawa recommends using ring terminals on all drive models for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.

12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 13 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

Transporting the Drive

NOTICE: Never steam clean the drive. During transport, keep the drive from coming into contact with salts, fluorine, bromine, phthalate ester, and other such harmful chemicals. Failure to comply may damage the drive.

■

Motor Application Precautions

Standard Induction Motors

Insulation Tolerance

NOTICE: Consider motor voltage tolerance levels and motor insulation in applications with an input voltage of over 440 V or particularly long wiring distances.

NOTICE: Ensure that the motor is suitable for inverter duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the additional heating with the intended operating conditions. A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than a utility-fed motor and the operating speed range may reduce motor cooling capacity.

High-Speed Operation

NOTICE: Mechanical damage may occur with the motor bearings and dynamic balance of the machine when operating a motor beyond its rated speed. Operate the motor within specifications to prevent motor damage.

Low-Speed Range

The cooling fan of a standard motor should sufficiently cool the motor at the rated speed. As the self-cooling capability of such a motor reduces with the speed, applying full torque at low speed will possibly damage the motor. Reduce the load torque as the motor slows to prevent motor damage from overheat. Use a motor designed specifically for operation with a drive when 100% continuous torque is needed at low speeds.

Torque Characteristics

Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.

Vibration and Shock

The drive allows selection of high carrier PWM control and low carrier PWM control. Selecting high carrier PWM can help reduce motor oscillation.

If resonance occurs, install shock-absorbing rubber mounts around the base of the motor and utilize the Jump frequency selection to prevent continuous operation in the resonant frequency ranges.

Audible Noise

Noise created during run varies by the carrier frequency setting. When using a high carrier frequency, audible noise from the motor is comparable to the motor noise generated when running from line power. Operating above the rated r/min, however, can create unpleasant motor noise.

Precautions for PM Motors

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive. Do not connect electromagnetic switches or magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing. Do not open the main circuit between the drive and the motor while the PM motor is rotating.

• Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent if you plan to use any PM motor not endorsed by Yaskawa.

• When using a holding brake, release the brake prior to starting the motor. Failure to set the proper timing can result in speed loss.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Use the Initial Pole Search Status Signal (H2 = 61) to interlock the brake to ensure the brake is not released before the Initial Magnetic Pole Search is completed. Failure to comply may cause inadvertent elevator movement resulting in serious injury.

This safety message is applicable under these conditions:

• When applying a PM motor, with an external brake sequence, and the PG-F3 option is not being used.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. The motor must be at a complete stop before performing any maintenance, inspection, or wiring.

• With a PM motor, drive output must be fully interrupted when the power is shut off and the motor is still rotating.

Failure to comply can result in personal injury from electrical shock.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 13

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 14 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分 i Preface & General Safety

■

Drive Label Warnings

Always heed the warning information listed in Figure 1

in the position shown in

Figure 2 .

Figure 1

WARNING

●

●

●

●

●

Risk of electric shock.

Read manual before installing.

Wait 5 minutes for capacitor discharge after disconnecting power supply.

To conform to requirements, make sure to ground the supply neutral for 400V class.

After opening the manual switch between the drive and motor, please wait 5 minutes before inspecting, performing maintenance or wiring the drive.

Hot surfaces

Top and Side surfaces may become hot. Do not touch.

Figure 1 Warning Information

Figure 2

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM

F1

ESC

RESET

RUN

F2

LO

RE

ENTER

STOP

CIMR

200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW

S/N:

WARNING

Risk of electric shock.

●

●

Read manual before installing.

Wait 5 minutes for capacitor

● discharge after disconnecting power supply.

●

To conform to requirements, make sure to ground the supply neutral for 400V class.

After opening the manual switch between the drive and motor, please wait 5 minutes before inspecting, performing maintenance or wiring the drive.

Hot surfaces

● Top and Side surfaces may become hot. Do not touch.

●

●

●

●

AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1

Risque de décharge électrique.

●

●

Lire le manuel avant l'installation.

Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure

● de l'alimentation, pour permettre la décharge des condensateurs.

● assurer que le neutre soit relié

à la terre, pour la série 400V.

Après avoir déconnécte la protection entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer une opération de montage ou de câblage du variateur.

Surfaces Chaudes

● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.

危 険

●

けが．感電のおそれがあります。

●

据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。

通電中および電源遮断後 5 分以内はフロントカバー

●

●

を外さない事。

級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地

されていることを確認すること。(     対応）

保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を

遮断後 5 分待って実施してください。

●

高温注意

インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。

触らないでください。

YEA_comm on

Warning Label

Figure 2 Warning Information Position

■

Warranty Information

Restrictions

The drive is not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives or health.

Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.

WARNING!

Injury to Personnel. This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a facility where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the likelihood of any accident.

14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 15 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

1 Receiving

1 Receiving

◆

Model Number and Nameplate Check

Please perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:

• Inspect the drive for damage.

If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact the shipper immediately.

• Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate.

• If you have received the wrong model or the drive does not function properly, contact your supplier.

Description Drive

Controller Power Supply Cable for Rescue Operation

Quick Start Guide

–

YEA_co mmon

Quick Start Guide

Quantity

■

Figure 1

Nameplate

1 1 1

YEA_common

AC drive model

Input specifications

Output specifications

Lot number

Serial number

200/400 V Class

MODEL

C / C

: CIMR-LU2A0018DAA

REV: A

: CIMR-LU2A0018DAA

INPUT

S / N

: AC3PH 200-240V 50/60Hz 18.9A

OUTPUT

MASS

O / N

: AC3PH 0-240V 0-200Hz 17.5A

: 3.5 kg PRG : 7010

:

:

IND.CONT.EQ.

7J48 B

Design revision order

Software version

AC drive model

Input specifications

Output specifications

Lot number

Serial number

FILE NO : E131457 IP00 PASS

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN

2-1 Kurosaki-shiroishi, Yahatanishi-Ku, Kitakyushu 806-0004 Japan <1>

Enclosure type

Normal Duty Amps / Heavy Duty

Amps 600 V Class

MODEL : CIMR-LU5A0006DAA REV : A

C/C CIMR-LU5A0006DAA

INPUT

OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-600V 0-200Hz 6.3A

MASS

O / N

S / N

: AC3PH 500-600V 50/60Hz 8.3A

: 3.5 kg

:

:

PRG : 7010

IND.CONT.EQ.

7J48 B

Software version

<1>

FILE NO : E131457 IP00

PASS

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN

2-1 Kurosaki-shiroishi, Yahatanishi-Ku, Kitakyushu 806-0004 Japan

Enclosure type

<1> The address of the head office of Yaskawa Electric Corporation (responsible for product liability) is shown on the nameplate.

Figure 1 Nameplate Information

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 15

1

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 16 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

1 Receiving

■

Model Number

CIMR - L U 2

Drive

No.

U

L1000A

Series

Region

Code

U.S.A.

A

No.

Customized

Specifications

A Standard model

F

Models in compliance with

IEC/EN 61508

SIL3 Safety

Integrity Level 3

0018 D

No. Enclosure Type

A

D

IP00

IP00 with top protective cover

A

No.

A

Environmental

Specification <1>

Standard

A

Design

Revision

Order

YEA_common

No.

2

4

5

Voltage Class

3-phase, 200-240 Vac

3-phase, 380-480 Vac

3-phase, 500-600 Vac

Refer to Table 1

.

<1> Drives with these specifications do not guarantee complete protection for the environmental conditions indicated.

Table 1 Model Number and Specifications

2

2

2

2

2

2

Three-Phase 200 V Class

Drive

Model

Max. Motor

Capacity

(HP)

Rated

Output

Current

(A)

2  0008

2  0011

2  0014

2  0018

2  0025

2  0033













0047

0060

2  0075

2  0085

0115

0145

2  0180

2  0215

0283

0346

2  0415

–

–

–

–

–

2

3

3

5

7.5

10

25

30

60

75

100

125

150

–

–

–

15

20

40

50

–

–

8

11

14

17.5

25

33

47

60

75

85

115

145

180

215

283

346

415

–

–

–

–

–

Three-Phase 400 V Class

Drive

Model

Max. Motor

Capacity

(HP)

Rated

Output

Current

(A)

4  0005

4  0006

4  0007

4  0009

4  0015

4  0018

4

4





0024

0031

4  0039

4  0045

4

4





0060

0075

3

3

5

5

7.5

10

15

20

25-30

25-30

40

50-60

4.8

5.5

7.2

9.2

14.8

18

24

31

39

45

60

75

4  0091

4  0112

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

4  0260

4  0304

4  0370

50-60

75

100

125-150

150

200

250

300

4  0450 350

4  0605 400-450-500

216

260

304

370

91

112

150

180

450

605

5  0077

5  0099

5  0130

5  0172

5  0200

–

–

–

–

–

Three-Phase 600 V Class

Drive

Model

Max. Motor

Capacity

(HP)

Rated

Output

Current

(A)

5  0003

5  0004

5  0006

5  0010

5  0013

5  0017

5

5





0022

0027

5  0032

5  0041

5

5





0052

0062

2

3

5

7.5

10

15

20

25

25-30

40

50-60

50-60

3.5

4.1

6.3

9.8

12.5

17

22

27

32

41

52

62

75

100

125

150

200

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

77

99

130

172

–

–

Figure 2

16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 17 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

2 Mechanical Installation

2 Mechanical Installation

◆

Mechanical Installation

This section outlines specifications, procedures, and the environment for proper mechanical installation of the drive.

CAUTION!

Crush Hazard. Carrying the drive by the front cover may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury. Always hold the case when carrying the drive.

■

Installation Environment

Install the drive in an environment matching the specifications below to help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive.

Table 2 Installation Environment

Environment

Installation Area

Ambient Temperature

Humidity

Storage Temperature

Surrounding Area

Altitude

Vibration

Orientation

Conditions

Indoors

IP00 enclosure with top protective cover: -10 to +40 ° C (14 to 104 ° F)

IP00 enclosure: -10 to +50 ° C (14 to 122 ° F)

Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.

When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure does not exceed the specified levels.

Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.

95% RH or less and free of condensation

-20 to 60 ° C (-4 to 140 ° F)

Install the drive in an area free from:

• oil mist and dust

• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials

• radioactive materials

• combustible materials (e.g., wood)

• harmful gases and liquids

• excessive vibration

• chlorides

• direct sunlight

1000 m or lower, up to 3000 m with derating 1000 m (3280 ft.) or lower, up to 3000 m (9842 ft.) with derating

(Refer to

Altitude Derating on page 165 .)

10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s 2

20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s 2 (CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0180, 4  0005 to 4  0150, and 5  0003 to 5  0077)

2.0 m/s 2 (CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415, CIMR-LU4  0180 to 4  0605, and 5  0099 to 5  0200)

Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.

NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to erroneous operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.

NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.

2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 17

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 18 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

2 Mechanical Installation

■

Installation Orientation and Spacing

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet. Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire. When drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the enclosure does not exceed 40 ° C (104 ° F).

Installation Orientation

Install the drive upright as illustrated in Figure 2

to maintain proper cooling. Refer to

Mechanical Installation on page 17 for details on installing the drive.

Figure 3

OK Not OK Not OK

Figure 2 Correct Installation Orientation

Installation Spacing

Figure 3

shows the installation distance required to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring.

Figure 4

Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance

A

C

YEA_common

A

B B

C

D

D

A – 50 mm (1.97 in.) minimum

B – 30 mm (1.18 in.) minimum

C – 120 mm (4.72 in.) minimum

D – Airflow direction

Figure 3 Correct Installation Spacing

18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 19 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

2 Mechanical Installation

■

Instructions on Installation

Eye bolts are used to install the drive or to temporarily lift the drive when replacing it. The drive can be installed in an enclosure panel or on a wall. Do not leave the drive suspended by the wires in a horizontal or vertical position for long periods of time. Do not transport the drive over long distances. Read the following precautions and instructions before installing the drives.

WARNING!

Be sure to observe the following instructions and precautions. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury and damage to the drive from falling equipment.

• Before using wires to suspend the drive vertically and horizontally, make sure that the drive front cover, terminal blocks and other drive components are securely fixed with screws.

• Do not subject the drive to vibration or impact greater than 1.96 m/s 2 (0.2 G) while it is suspended by the wires.

• Do not overturn the drive while it is suspended by the wires.

• Do not leave the drive suspended by the wires for long periods of time.

Horizontal Suspension of the Drive (CIMR-LU2  0346, 2  0415, 4  0216 to 4  0605, and 5  0172 to 5  0200)

To make a wire hanger or frame for use when lifting the drive with a crane, lay the drive in a horizontal position and pass a wire through the holes of the four eye bolts.

When lifting the drive, confirm that the spring washer is fully closed. If not, the drive may become deformed or damaged when lifted.

Figure 5

A B C D

A – No space between drive and washer

B – Spring washer: Fully closed

C – Space between drive and washer

D – Spring washer: Open

Figure 4 Details of Spring Washers

Vertical Suspension of the Drive (CIMR-LU2  0346, 2  0415, 4  0216 to 4  0605, and 5  0172 to 5  0200)

When vertical suspension of the drive is required in an enclosure panel, the orientation of the eye bolts for these drive models can be easily changed by turning the eye bolts counterclockwise 90 degrees.

Figure 6

2

Figure 5 Adjusting Angle of Eye Bolts (CIMR-LU2  0346, 2  0415, 4  0216 to 4  0605, and 5  0172 to 5  0200)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 19

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 20 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

2 Mechanical Installation

■

Exterior and Mounting Dimensions

IP00 Enclosure Drive with Top Protective Cover

4-d

W1

W1

4-d t2

20

W

0060

0075

0085

0115

0145

0180

Drive Model

CIMR-LU2 

0008

0011

0014

0018

0025

0033

0047

Figure 1

Figure

1

2

W

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

180

(7.09)

220

(8.66)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

220

(8.66)

250

(9.84)

275

(10.83)

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

D

D1 t1

Max 8

(0.31)

W

YEA_common

H

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

300

(11.81)

350

(13.78)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

365

(14.37)

400

(15.75)

450

(17.72)

550

(21.65)

550

(21.65)

D

167

(6.57)

167

(6.57)

187

(7.36)

197

(7.76)

147

(5.79)

147

(5.79)

164

(6.46)

164

(6.46)

197

(7.76)

258

(10.16)

258

(10.16)

283

(11.14)

283

(11.14)

Table 3 Dimensions: 200 V Class

W1

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

160

(6.30)

192

(7.56)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

192

(7.56)

195

(7.68)

220

(8.66)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

Dimensions mm (in)

H1 H2

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

284

(11.18)

335

(13.19)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

335

(13.19)

385

(15.16)

435

(17.13)

535

(21.06)

535

(21.06)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

8

(0.31)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

D1

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

75

(2.95)

78

(3.07)

38

(1.50)

38

(1.50)

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

78

(3.07)

100

(3.94)

100

(3.94)

110

(4.33)

110

(4.33)

Max 8

(0.31)

Figure 2 t1

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09) t2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

D

D1 t1

M6

M6

M6

M6

M6

M6

M5

M5

M5

M5 d

M5

M5

M5

Wt. kg

(lb)

4

(8.8)

4

(8.8)

5.6

(12.3)

8.7

(19.2)

3.2

(7.1)

3.2

(7.1)

3.5

(7.7)

3.5

(7.7)

9.7

(21.4)

21

(46.3)

25

(55.1)

37

(81.6)

38

(83.8)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 21 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Drive Model

CIMR-LU4 

0005

0006

0024

0031

0039

0045

0007

0009

0015

0018

0060

0075

0091

0112

0150

2 Mechanical Installation

Figure

1

2

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

180

(7.09)

220

(8.66)

250

(9.84)

275

(10.83)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

180

(7.09)

W

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

510

(20.08)

510

(20.08)

550

(21.65)

550

(21.65)

300

(11.81)

350

(13.78)

400

(15.75)

450

(17.72)

H

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

300

(11.81)

258

(10.16)

258

(10.16)

283

(11.14)

283

(11.14)

187

(7.36)

197

(7.76)

258

(10.16)

258

(10.16)

164

(6.46)

167

(6.57)

167

(6.57)

167

(6.57)

D

147

(5.79)

164

(6.46)

164

(6.46)

Table 4 Dimensions: 400 V Class

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

160

(6.30)

192

(7.56)

195

(7.68)

220

(8.66)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

160

(6.30)

W1

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

Dimensions mm (in)

495

(19.49)

495

(19.49)

535

(21.06)

535

(21.06)

284

(11.18)

335

(13.19)

385

(15.16)

435

(17.13)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

284

(11.18)

H1

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

8

(0.31)

H2

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

105

(4.13)

105

(4.13)

110

(4.33)

110

(4.33)

75

(2.95)

78

(3.07)

100

(3.94)

100

(3.94)

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

D1

38

(1.50)

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20) t1

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

Wt. kg

(lb)

8.3

(18.3)

21

(46.3)

25

(55.1)

36

(79.4)

36

(79.4)

41

(90.4)

42

(92.6)

3.9

(8.6)

3.9

(8.6)

5.4

(11.9)

5.7

(12.6)

3.2

(7.1)

3.4

(7.5)

3.5

(7.7)

3.5

(7.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

3.2

(0.13)

3.2

(0.13)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

–

– t2

–

M6

M6

M6

M6

M5

M6

M6

M6

M5

M5

M5

M5 d

M5

M5

M5

2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 21

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 22 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

2 Mechanical Installation

Drive Model

CIMR-LU5 

0003

0004

0006

0010

0013

0017

0022

0027

0032

0041

0052

0062

0077

0099

Figure

1

2

220

(8.66)

275

(10.83)

275

(10.83)

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

450

(17.72)

140

(5.51)

180

(7.09)

180

(7.09)

220

(8.66)

W

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

140

(5.51)

350

(13.78)

450

(17.72)

450

(17.72)

550

(21.65)

550

(21.65)

550

(21.65)

705

(27.76)

H

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

300

(11.81)

300

(11.81)

350

(13.78)

197

(7.76)

258

(10.16)

258

(10.16)

283

(11.14)

283

(11.14)

283

(11.14)

330

(12.99)

167

(6.57)

187

(7.36)

187

(7.36)

197

(7.76)

D

147

(5.79)

164

(6.46)

164

(6.46)

Table 5 Dimensions: 600 V Class

192

(7.56)

220

(8.66)

220

(8.66)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

260

(10.24)

325

(12.80)

122

(4.80)

160

(6.30)

160

(6.30)

192

(7.56)

W1

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

122

(4.80)

Dimensions mm (in)

335

(13.19)

435

(17.13)

435

(17.13)

535

(21.06)

535

(21.06)

535

(21.06)

680

(26.77)

248

(9.76)

284

(11.18)

284

(11.18)

335

(13.19)

H1

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

248

(9.76)

8

(0.31)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

7.5

(0.30)

12.5

(0.49)

6

(0.24)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

H2

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

78

(3.07)

100

(3.94)

100

(3.94)

110

(4.33)

110

(4.33)

110

(4.33)

130

(5.12)

55

(2.17)

75

(2.95)

75

(2.95)

78

(3.07)

D1

38

(1.50)

55

(2.17)

55

(2.17)

–

–

–

–

–

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

3.2

(0.13)

–

– t2

–

5

(0.20)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

2.3

(0.09)

3.2

(0.13)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20) t1

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

5

(0.20)

M6

M6

M10

M6

M6

M6

M6

M5

M5

M5

M6 d

M5

M5

M5

Wt. kg

(lb)

25

(55.1)

25

(55.1)

41

(90.4)

41

(90.4)

41

(90.4)

80.5

(177.5)

5.7

(12.6)

5.7

(12.6)

8.3

(18.3)

8.3

(18.3)

3.2

(7.1)

3.5

(7.7)

3.5

(7.7)

3.9

(8.6)

22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 23 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

IP00 Enclosure Drive

W1

4-d t2

W1

2 Mechanical Installation

4-d t2

Max W2 W

W3

W1

W3

Max W2

Figure 1

6-d

D

D1 t1

Max W2 t2

W Max W2

Figure 2

D

D1 t1

YEA_common

Max W2 W Max W2

Figure 3

D

D1 t1

2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 23

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 24 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

2 Mechanical Installation

Drive Model

CIMR-LU2 

Figure

0215

0283

0346

0415

1

W

450

(17.72)

450

(17.72)

500

(19.69)

500

(19.69)

H

705

(27.76)

705

(27.76)

800

(31.50)

800

(31.50)

D

330

(12.99)

330

(12.99)

350

(13.78)

350

(13.78)

W1

325

(12.80)

325

(12.80)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

Table 6 Dimensions: 200 V Class

Dimensions mm (in)

W2

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

W3

–

–

–

–

H1

680

(26.77)

680

(26.77)

773

(30.43)

773

(30.43)

H2

12.5

(0.49)

12.5

(0.49)

13

(0.51)

13

(0.51)

Drive Model

CIMR-LU4 

Figure

0180

0216

0260

0304

0370

0450

0605

1

2

3

W

450

(17.72)

500

(19.69)

500

(19.69)

500

(19.69)

500

(19.69)

670

(26.38)

670

(26.38)

H

705

(27.76)

800

(31.50)

800

(31.50)

800

(31.50)

950

(37.40)

1140

(44.88)

1140

(44.88)

D

330

(12.99)

350

(13.78)

350

(13.78)

350

(13.78)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

W1

325

(12.80)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

440

(17.32)

440

(17.32)

Table 7 Dimensions: 400 V Class

Dimensions mm (in)

W2

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

W3

–

–

–

H1

680

(26.77)

773

(30.43)

773

(30.43)

H2

12.5

(0.49)

13

(0.51)

13

(0.51)

10

(0.39)

8

(0.31)

–

–

773

(30.43)

923

(36.34)

13

(0.51)

13

(0.51)

6

(0.24)

6

(0.24)

220

(8.66)

220

(8.66)

1110

(43.70)

1110

(43.70)

15

(0.59)

15

(0.59)

Table 8 Dimensions: 600 V Class

Drive Model

CIMR-LU5 

Figure

0130

0172

0200

1

W

450

(17.72)

500

(19.69)

500

(19.69)

H

705

(27.76)

800

(31.50)

800

(31.50)

D

330

(12.99)

350

(13.78)

350

(13.78)

W1

325

(12.80)

370

(14.57)

370

(14.57)

Dimensions mm (in)

W2

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

W3

–

–

–

H1

680

(26.77)

773

(30.43)

773

(30.43)

H2

12.5

(0.49)

13

(0.51)

13

(0.51)

D1

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12) t1

3.2

(0.13)

3.2

(0.13)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18) t2

3.2

(0.13)

3.2

(0.13)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

D1

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12)

135

(5.31)

150

(5.91)

150

(5.91) t1

3.2

(0.13)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18) t2

3.2

(0.13)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18)

D1

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12)

130

(5.12) t1

3.2

(0.13)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18) t2

3.2

(0.13)

4.5

(0.18)

4.5

(0.18) d

M10

M10

M12

M12

Wt. kg

(lb)

76

(167.6)

80

(176.4)

98

(216.1)

99

(218.3) d

M10

M12

M12

M12

M12

M12

M12

Wt. kg

(lb)

79

(174.2)

96

(211.6)

102

(224.9)

107

(235.9)

125

(275.6)

216

(476.2)

221

(487.2) d

M10

M12

M12

Wt. kg

(lb)

79

(174.2)

107

(235.9)

107

(235.9)

24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 25 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Standard Connection Diagram

Connect the drive and peripheral devices as shown in Figure 6 . It is possible to set and run the drive via the digital

operator without connecting digital I/O wiring. This section does not discuss drive operation;

Refer to Start-Up

Programming & Operation on page 58

for instructions on operating the drive.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure holding brake circuits are properly configured, load equipment may fall or drop during power loss or drive fault, which could result in death or serious injury.

・ Provide a separate holding brake if necessary.

・ Always construct the external sequence to confirm that the holding brake is activated in the event of an emergency, a power failure, or an abnormality in the drive.

・ When using the drive with an elevator, provide safety measures on the elevator to prevent the elevator from dropping.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Separate motor and/or braking circuit wiring (terminals, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, +3, +2, +1,(-), B1, B2, from all other wiring. Place motor wiring within its own conduit or cable tray with appropriate divider, and use shielded motor cable where appropriate. Improper wiring practices could result in malfunction of drive due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum

(200 V class), 480 Vac maximum (400 V class), and 600 Vac maximum (600 V class).

NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters (328 ft.), pay special attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive rated motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.

Note: Do not connect AC control circuit ground to drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.

NOTICE: The minimum load for the multi-function relay output MA-MB-MC is 10 mA. If a circuit requires less than 10 mA (reference value), connect it to a photocoupler output (P1-C1, P2-C2). Improper application of peripheral devices could result in damage to the photocoupler output of the drive.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 25

3

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 26 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Figure 7

Wiring sequence should shut off power to the drive when a fault output is triggered.

<14>

Terminals -, +1, +2, B1, B2 are for connecting options. Never connect power supply lines to these terminals

DC link choke

(option)

<1>

Jumper

Thermal relay

(option)

<2><3>

Braking resistor

(option)

2 1

Main Circuit

− B 1 B 2

U/T 1

V/T 2

W/T 3

<2> r1 s1 t1

<4>

FU

FV

FW

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

M

Cooling fan

M

YEA_common

Three-phase

ELCB (MCCB)

R power supply S

200 to 240 V

T

50 / 60 Hz

MC MB 2MCCB THRX OFF

Braking resistor unit

MC

Thermal relay trip contact

1 2

SA

TRX

2MCCB r1 s1 t1

ON

MC MA

TRX

MC

SA

THRX

SA

Multi-function analog inputs

MC

Fault relay contact

Multi-function digtial inputs

(default setting)

Up command / Stop

Down command / Stop

External Fault

Fault Reset

Multi-step Speed 1

Multi-step Speed 2

Multi-step Speed 3

Not Used

Sink / Source mode selection wire jumper

(default: Sink) <7>

2 k

Ω

MEMOBUS/Modbus comm. RS485/422 max. 115.2 kBps

Fuse

If running from a 400 V power supply or 600 V power supply, a step-down transformer is needed to reduce the voltage to 200 V.

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

Ground

S 1

S 2

S 3

S 4

S 5

S 6

S 7

S 8

SN

SC

SP

+ 24 V

Drive

Control Circuit <5>

PG X3

<6>

Option card connector

CN5-C

IP12

IP5

IG

NC

SD

FE

CN3

TB2

IP

IG

SG a+ ab+ bz+ z-

CN5-B

CN5-A

MA

MB

MC

TB1

A+

A

B+

B

Z+

Z

M 1

M 2

Shield ground terminal

<8>

+ V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA

A 1 Analog Input 1 (Speed Bias)

-10 to +10 Vdc (20 k Ω )

R

+

R

S

S

IG

A 2 Analog Input 2 (Not used)

-10 to +10 Vdc (20 k

Ω

)

AC

0 V

− V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA

<8>

Termination resistor

(120

Ω

, 1/2 W)

DIP

Switch S2

<9>

M 3

M 4

M 5

M 6

FM

AM

AC

PG

A pulse monitor signal

Fault relay output

250 Vac, max. 1 A

<13> <14>

30 Vdc, max 1 A

(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

Multi-function relay output (Brake Release Command)

250 Vac, max. 1 A

30 Vdc, max 1 A

(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

Multi-function relay output (Motor Contactor Close Command)

250 Vac, max. 1 A

30 Vdc, max 1 A

(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

Multi-function relay output (Drive Ready)

250 Vac, max. 1 A

30 Vdc, max 1 A

(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)

<15>

P1

C1

P2

Photo Coupler 1

(During Frequency Output)

C2

Photo Coupler 2

(not used)

Digital output

5 to 48 Vdc

2 to 50 mA

(default setting)

−

FM

+

Multi-function analog output 1

(Output Speed)

-10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) <12>

−

AM

+

Multi-function analog output 2

(Output Current)

-10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)

H 1

H 2

<10>

0 V

B pulse monitor signal

Z pulse monitor signal

E (G)

Safe Disable inputs

<11>

HC

DM

+

DM

EDM (Safety Electronic Device Monitor) shielded line twisted-pair shielded line control circuit terminal main circuit terminal

Figure 6 Drive Standard Connection Diagram (example: CIMR-LU2  0033)

<1> Remove the jumper when installing a DC link choke. Models CIMR-LU2  0085 through 2  0415, 4  0045 through 4  0605, and 5  0032 through 5  0200 come with a built-in DC link choke.

<2> Set L8-55 to 0 to disable the protection function of the built-in braking transistor of the drive when using an optional regenerative converter or dynamic braking option.

<3> Set up a thermal relay sequence to disconnect drive main power in the event of an overheat condition on the dynamic braking option.

<4> Self-cooling motors do not require the same wiring necessary for motors with separate cooling fans.

26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 27 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

<5> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires a 24 V power supply (option).

<6> For control modes that do not use a motor speed feedback signal, PG option card wiring is not necessary.

<7> This figure illustrates an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install the wire link between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode, between SC-SN for Source mode, or leave the link out for external power supply. Never short terminals SP and SN, as it will damage the drive.

<8> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and AC, as it can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.

<9> Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position to enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS/

Modbus network.

<10>The sink/source setting for the Safe Disable input is the same as with the sequence input. Jumper S3 has the drive set for an external power supply. When not using the Safe Disable input feature, remove the jumper

shorting the input and connect an external power supply. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe

Disable Inputs on page 55 for instructions.

<11> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1 - HC and H2 - HC when utilizing the Safe Disable input. Terminals

H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/

EN 61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

<12>Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters.

They are not intended for use as a feedback-type of signal.

<13>When the drive is set to trigger a fault output upon activation of the fault reset function (L5-02 = 1), a sequence to interrupt power when a fault occurs will shut off the power to the drive when the drive attempts a reset. The default setting for L5-02 is 0 (fault output not active during reset attempt).

<14>Wire fault contact outputs MA, MB, and MC. Wire so that a fault will open the safety circuit and interrupt drive output.

<15>When using the Programming Mode to edit parameter settings, L1000A will not accept an Up/Down command. If the drive still will not run when an Up/Down command has been entered and no fault is present, then use the "Drive ready" signal (the default setting for terminal M5-M6) to interlock components.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

NOTICE: When using the automatic fault reset function with wiring designed to shut off the power supply upon drive fault, make sure the drive does not trigger a fault output during fault reset (L5-02 = 0, default). Failure to comply will prevent the automatic fault reset function from working properly.

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 27

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 28 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Main Circuit Connection Diagram

Refer to the Figure 7

when wiring the main circuit of the drive. Connections may vary based on drive capacity. The DC power supply for the main circuit also provides power to the control circuit.

NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal “-” as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential. Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Separate motor and/or braking circuit wiring (terminals, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, +3, +2, +1,(-), B1, B2, from all other wiring. Place motor wiring within its own conduit or cable tray with appropriate divider, and use shielded motor cable where appropriate. Improper wiring practices could result in malfunction of drive due to electrical interference.

CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075

CIMR-LU4  0005 to 4  0039

CIMR-LU5  0003 to 5  0027

B1 B2

CIMR-LU2  0085, 2  0115

CIMR-LU4  0045, 4  0060

CIMR-LU5  0032, 5  0041

B1 B2

+1

+2

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

–

Relay

+

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

+1

DC link choke

Relay

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

+

–

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YEA_co mmon

Gate board

Control board

Operator Gate board

Control board

Operator

CIMR-LU2  0145 to 2  0180

CIMR-LU4  0075 to 4  0112

CIMR-LU5  0052 to 5  0077

+3

+1

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

DC link choke

Relay

–

+

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YEA_co mmon

Gate board

Control board

Operator

CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415

CIMR-LU4  0150 to 4  0605

CIMR-LU5  0003 to 5  0200

CIMR-LU5  0099 to 5  0200

+3

+1

DC link choke

Relay

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

–

+

Current sensor

24 V

Power

Supply

Gate board

Control board

Operator

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YEA_co mmon

Figure 7 Drive main circuit configurations

28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 29 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Terminal Cover

Follow the procedure below to remove the terminal cover for wiring and to reattach the terminal cover after wiring is complete.

■

Removing/Reattaching the Terminal Cover

Removing the Terminal Cover

Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027

1.

Loosen the terminal cover screw using a #2 Phillips screwdriver. Screw sizes vary by drive model.

Figure 8

YEA_common

Figure 9

Figure 8 Removing the Terminal Cover

2.

Push in on the tab located on the bottom of the terminal cover and gently pull forward to remove the terminal cover.

YEA_common

Figure 9 Removing the Terminal Cover

Models CIMR- LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0003 to 5  0027

1.

Loosen the screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.

CAUTION!

Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely, the terminal cover may fall off causing an injury.

Figure 10

Note: The shape of the terminal covers and the numbers of screws differ depending on the drive models.

3

YEA_common

Figure 10 Removing the Terminal Cover

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 29

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 30 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Figure 11

2.

Pull forward on the terminal cover to free it from the drive.

YEA_common

Figure 11 Removing the Terminal Cover

Reattaching the Terminal Cover

Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027

Power lines and signal wiring should pass through the opening provided.

Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 46 and

Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on page 51

for details on wiring.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Separate motor and/or braking circuit wiring (terminals, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, +3, +2, +1,(-), B1, B2, from all other wiring. Place motor wiring within its own conduit or cable tray with appropriate divider, and use shielded motor cable where appropriate. Improper wiring practices could result in malfunction of drive due to electrical interference.

Reattach the terminal cover after completing the wiring to the drive and other devices.

Figure 12

Connect ground wiring first, followed by the main circuit, and then wire the control circuit.

Power lines and signal wiring exit through the opening provided.

YEA_common

Figure 12 Reattaching the Terminal Cover

Models CIMR- LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0003 to 5  0027

After wiring the terminal board and other devices, double-check connections and reattach the terminal cover.

Refer to

Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 46

and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on page 51

for details on wiring.

Figure 13

30

Connect ground wiring first, followed by the main circuit, and then wire the control circuit.

Figure 13 Reattaching the Terminal Cover

YEA_common

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 31 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Digital Operator and Front Cover

Detach the digital operator from the drive for remote operation or when opening the front cover to install an option card.

Note: Be sure to remove the digital operator prior to opening or reattaching the front cover. Leaving the digital operator plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation caused by a poor connection. Firmly fasten the front cover back into place before reattaching the digital operator.

■

Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator

Removing the Digital Operator

While pressing on the tab located on the right side of the digital operator, pull the digital operator forward to remove it from the drive.

Figure 14

YEA_common

Figure 14 Removing the Digital Operator

Reattaching the Digital Operator

Insert the digital operator into the opening in the top cover while aligning it with the notches on the left side of the opening.

Next, press gently on the right side of the operator until it clicks into place.

Figure 15

YEA_common

Figure 15 Reattaching the Digital Operator

■

Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover

Removing the Front Cover

Models CIMR- LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027

After removing the terminal cover and the digital operator, loosen the screw that affixes the front cover (model

CIMR-LU2  0047, 4  0024, 4  0031, 5  0017, and 5  0022 does not use a screw to affix the front cover). Pinch inwards on the tabs found on each side of the front cover, then pull forward to remove it from the drive.

Figure 16

3

YEA_common

Figure 16 Remove the Front Cover (Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 31

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 32 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200

1.

Remove the terminal cover and the digital operator.

2.

Loosen the installation screw on the front cover.

3.

Use a straight-edge screwdriver to loosen the hooks on each side of the cover that hold it in place.

Figure 17

Hook

Front cover installation screw

Hook

Free hooks on both sides of the cover

Figure 18

Figure 17 Remove the Front Cover

(Models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200)

4.

Unhook the left side of the front cover then swing the left side towards you as shown in

Figure 18

until the cover comes off.

Figure 18 Remove the Front Cover

(Models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200)

Reattaching the Front Cover

Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027

Reverse the instructions given in Remove the Front Cover (Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027) on page 31 to reattach the front cover. Pinch inwards on the hooks found on each side of the

front cover while guiding it back into the drive. Make sure it clicks firmly into place.

32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 33 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200

1.

Slide the front cover so the hooks on the top connect to the drive.

Figure 19

3 Electrical Installation

Figure 19 Reattach the Front Cover

(Models CIMR- LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to 4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200)

2.

After connecting the hooks to the drive, press firmly on the cover to lock it into place.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 33

3

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 34 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Main Circuit Wiring

This section describes the functions, specifications, and procedures required to safely and properly wire the main circuit in the drive.

NOTICE: Only connect recommended devices to the drives braking transistor terminals. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit. Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 0  when connecting a braking option to the drive.

NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal “-” as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential.

Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Separate motor and/or braking circuit wiring (terminals, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, +3, +2, +1,(-), B1, B2, from all other wiring. Place motor wiring within its own conduit or cable tray with appropriate divider, and use shielded motor cable where appropriate. Improper wiring practices could result in malfunction of drive due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Comply with proper wiring practices. The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward, causing incorrect elevator direction movement. Connect motor input terminals U, V and W to drive output terminals U/T1,V/T2, and W/

T3. The phase order for the drive and motor should match.

NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.

NOTICE: Do not switch the drive input to start or stop the motor. Frequently switching the drive on and off shortens the life of the DC bus charge circuit and the DC bus capacitors, and can cause premature drive failures. For the full performance life, refrain from switching the drive on and off more than once every 30 minutes.

■

Main Circuit Terminal Functions

Table 9 Main Circuit Terminal Functions

Terminal

200 V

Class

400 V

Class

Model

CIMR-L

U

600 V

Class

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

B1

B2

+2

+1

–

+3

2

4

5







0008 to 2

0005 to 4

0003 to 5







0075

0039

0027

2

4

5







0085, 2

0045, 4

0032, 5

Main circuit power supply input

Drive output

Braking resistor

Type







0115

0060

0041

2

4

5







0145 to 2

0075 to 4

0052 to 5







0415

0605

0200

Not available

• DC reactor connection

(+1, +2) (remove the shorting bar between

+1 and +2)

• DC power supply input

(+1, –)

(+1, –)

Not available

For 200 V class: 100 Ω or less

For 400 V class: 10 Ω or less

For 600 V class: 10 Ω or less

Not available

DC power supply input

• DC power supply input (+1, –)

• Braking unit connection (+3, –)

Function

Connects line power to the drive

Connects to the motor

Available for connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit option

For connection

• of the drive to a DC power supply

(terminals +1 and – are not UL approved)

• of dynamic braking options

Grounding terminal

Note: Use terminal B1 and - terminals when installing the braking unit (CDBR type) to the drives with built-in braking transistor

(2  0008 to 2  0115, 4  0005 to 4  0060, and 5  0003 to 5  0041).

Page

26

26

–

–

45

34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 35 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

■

Protecting Main Circuit Terminals

Insulation Cap or Sleeves

Use insulation caps or sleeves when wiring the drive with crimp terminals. Take particular care to ensure that the wiring does not touch nearby terminals or the surrounding case.

Insulation Barrier

Insulation barriers are packaged with drive models CIMR-LU4A0370 through 4A0605 to provide added protection between terminals. Yaskawa recommends using the provided insulation barriers to ensure proper wiring. Refer to

Figure 20

for instructions on placement of the insulation barriers.

Figure 20

YEA_common

Insulation Barrier

Figure 20 Installing Insulation Barriers

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 35

3

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 36 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

■

Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque

Use the tables in this section to select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals.

Gauges listed in the tables are for use in the United States.

Note: 1.

Wire gauge recommendations based on drive continuous current ratings using 75°C (167°F) 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire assuming ambient temperature within 40°C (104°F) and wiring distance less than 100 m (328 ft.).

2.

Terminals B1, B2, -, +1, +2, and +3, are for connecting a DC link choke, braking resistor or DC power supply. Do not connect other nonspecific devices to these terminals.

• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:

Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance ( Ω /km) × wire length (m) × current (A) × 10 -3

• Refer to instruction manual TOBP C720600 0  for braking transistor option or braking resistor option wire gauges.

• Use terminal +1 and the negative terminal when connecting a regenerative converter or a regen unit.

• Use terminal B1 and - terminals when installing the braking unit to the drives with built-in braking transistor (2  0008 to 2  0115, 4  0005 to 4  0060, and 5  0003 to 5  0041).

•

Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 224

for information on UL compliance.

Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL/cUL approval requires the use of closed-loop crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415 and

4  0045 to 4 

0260. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping. Refer to Closed-Loop

Crimp Terminal Size on page 231

for closed-loop crimp terminal recommendations.

The wire gauges listed in the following tables are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to local codes for proper wire gauge selections.

36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 37 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Three-Phase 200 V Class

Table 10 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)

Model

CIMR-LU

2  0008

2  0011

2  0014

2  0018

2  0025

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14

14

–

–

10

<1>

–

–

12

14

10

<1>

–

–

10

10

10

<1>

10

<1>

8

8

–

–

–

–

10

10

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

18 to 10

18 to 10

12 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 10

12 to 6

12 to 6

10 to 6

12 to 10

Screw

Size

M4

M4

M4

M4

M4

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

8

<2>

10 to 8 M5

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

2  0033

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

6

8

–

–

12 to 6

12 to 6

6

12 to 10

M4

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

8 10 to 8 M5

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

2  0047

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

4

4

–

–

6

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 4

10 to 6

8 to 6

M6

M5

M6

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

3

3

–

10 to 2

10 to 2

4 to 3

M8

9.9 to 11.0

(87.6 to 97.4)

2  0060

B1, B2 –

6

8 to 6

6 to 4

M5

M6

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 37

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 38 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Model

CIMR-LU

2  0075

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

2  0085

2  0115

2  0145

2  0180

2  0215

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

2  0283

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

2  0346

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

10 to 2

10 to 2

3 to 2

6

4

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

1 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

4 to 2

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

1 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

4 to 1/0

6 to 4

10 to 1/0

10 to 1/0

2 to 1/0

6 to 1/0

6 to 4

10 to 3/0

10 to 3/0

1/0 to 3/0

4 to 2/0

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

2 to 300

3 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

2 to 300

4/0 to 600

4/0 to 600

250 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 350

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

2

2

–

–

4

4/0

4/0

–

–

4

1/0 × 2P

1/0 × 2P

–

–

6

1/0

1/0

–

–

6

2/0

2/0

–

–

4

2/0 × 2P

2/0 × 2P

–

–

3

3/0 × 2P

3/0 × 2P

–

–

2

250 × 2P

4/0 × 2P

–

–

1

Screw

Size

M8

M5

M6

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

9.9 to 11.0

(87.6 to 97.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

M8

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

M10

M8

M10

M10

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 39 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Model

CIMR-LU

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

350 × 2P

300 × 2P

–

–

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

250 to 600

300 to 600

300 to 600

3/0 to 600

Screw

Size

M12

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

2  0415

1 1 to 350

M10

M12

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

<1> When using the wire of this gauge in accordance with IEC/EN 61800-5-1, install an ELCB.

<2> When using the wire of this gauge in accordance with IEC/EN 61800-5-1, install an ELCB, or use copper wire of 10 mm 2 (AWG 8).

Note: When connecting peripheral devices and options to the terminals –, +1, +3, B1, and B2, refer to the instruction manuals for each device. For more information, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

Three-Phase 400 V Class

Table 11 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)

Model

CIMR-LU

Screw

Size

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

4  0005

4  0006

4  0007

4  0009

4  0015

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14

14

–

–

10

<1>

12

14

–

–

10

<1>

10

10

–

–

10

<1>

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

18 to 10

18 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 10

14 to 10

M4

M4

M4

M5

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

4  0018

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

10

10

–

–

10

<1>

12 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 10

12 to 10

M4

M5

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

8

8

–

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6

M5

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

4  0024

B1, B2 –

8

<2>

10 to 8

10 to 8

M5

M6

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

4  0031

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

6

8

–

–

6

10 to 6

10 to 6

6

10 to 8

10 to 6

M5

M5

M6

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 39

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 40 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Model

CIMR-LU

4  0039

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

4  0045

4  0060

4  0075

4  0091

4  0112

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 4

10 to 8

8 to 6

6 to 250

6 to 250

3 to 1/0

4 to 1/0

6 to 4

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

3 to 4/0

4

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

1 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

4 to 2

2 to 300

2 to 300

1 to 250

10 to 1/0

10 to 1/0

6 to 1

8 to 4

8 to 6

10 to 3/0

10 to 3/0

4 to 1

6 to 3

6

6 to 250

6 to 250

3 to 1/0

6 to 1/0

6 to 4

3 to 3/0

4 to 300

1 to 600

1/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 325

2 to 350

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

6

6

–

–

6

4

4/0

4/0

–

–

4

1 × 2P

1 × 2P

–

–

4

2/0 × 2P

2/0 × 2P

–

–

2

4

3/0

2/0

–

–

1/0

1

–

–

–

–

2

2

4

–

–

6

3

3

–

6

4

4

–

Screw

Size

M6

M5

M6

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

M8

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

M8

M8

M8

M10

M10

M10

M10

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 41 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Model

CIMR-LU

4  0260

4  0304

4  0370

4  0450

4  0605

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

3/0 × 2P

3/0 × 2P

–

–

2

4/0 × 2P

4/0 × 2P

–

–

1

300 × 2P

300 × 2P

–

–

1

3/0 × 4P

3/0 × 4P

–

–

1/0

300 × 4P

300 × 4P

–

–

2/0

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 325

2 to 350

3/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

4/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 350

4/0 to 300

4/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

1 to 3/0

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

4/0 to 300

4/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

2/0 to 300

Screw

Size

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

M12

M12

M12

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

<1> When using the wire of this gauge in accordance with IEC/EN 61800-5-1, install an ELCB.

<2> When using the wire of this gauge in accordance with IEC/EN 61800-5-1, install an ELCB, or use copper wire of 10 mm 2 (AWG 8).

Note: When connecting peripheral devices and options to the terminals –, +1, +3, B1, and B2, refer to the instruction manuals for each device. For more information, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

Table 12 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 600 V Class)

Model

CIMR-LU

5  0003

5  0004

5  0006

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14

14

10

14

–

–

14

–

–

10

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 10

Screw

Size

M4

M4

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 41

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 42 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Model

CIMR-LU

5  00010

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

5  0013

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

5  0017

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

5  0022

5  0027

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

5  0032

5  0041

5  0052

5  0062

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

12 to 8

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 8

10 to 8

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 4

10 to 8

10 to 6

10 to 4/0

10 to 4/0

4 to 4/0

6 to 4/0

4

10 to 4/0

10 to 4/0

3 to 4/0

6 to 4/0

4

10 to 3

10 to 3

6 to 1

12 to 3

6

10 to 3

10 to 3

6 to 1

8 to 3

6

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

14 to 6

14 to 6

14 to 6

14 to 10

12 to 8

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 8

8

8

10

–

–

8

6

6

–

–

6

–

–

3

3

4

–

–

4

4

4

–

–

4

6

6

–

–

6

6

6

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

10

14

–

–

8

10

10

–

–

M6

M6

M5

M6

Screw

Size

M4

M5

M5

M6

M5

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

M8

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

M8

M10

M10

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 43 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Model

CIMR-LU

5

5

5

5









0077

0099

0130

0172

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

5  0200

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

1/0

1

–

–

3

3/0

3/0

–

4

2/0

2/0

–

–

–

3

300

250

–

–

1

400

350

–

–

1

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

10 to 4/0

10 to 4/0

2 to 4/0

4 to 4/0

4

1 to 300

1 to 300

2/0 to 3/0

1 to 1/0

4 to 300

2/0 to 300

2/0 to 300

3/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 2/0

4 to 300

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 400

2/0 to 250

1 to 350

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 500

250 to 300

1 to 350

M10

M10

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

3 Electrical Installation

Screw

Size

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

M10

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 43

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 44 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

■

Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring

This section outlines the various steps, precautions, and checkpoints for wiring the main circuit terminals and motor terminals.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment and lock out the power source. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock. Wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level and main circuit terminals to confirm the circuit is safe before wiring.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Verify motor wiring bare wire ends do not contact the drive chassis or enclosure when wiring drive terminals U/T1, V/T2, W/T3. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death due to electrical shock.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case. Always properly ground the motor-side grounding terminal.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections. Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Do not use an improper voltage source. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire. Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.

WARNING!

Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Separate motor and/or braking circuit wiring (terminals, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, +3, +2, +1,(-), B1, B2, from all other wiring. Place motor wiring within its own conduit or cable tray with appropriate divider, and use shielded motor cable where appropriate. Improper wiring practices could result in malfunction of drive due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Comply with proper wiring practices. The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward, causing incorrect elevator direction movement and injury to personnel. Connect motor input terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 to drive output terminals U/T1,V/T2, and W/T3. The phase order for the drive and motor should match.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Improper equipment sequencing could shorten useful life of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays of the drive. Refrain from switching an input contactor more often than once every 30 minutes. Normally the drive I/O should be used to stop and start the motor.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Standard motors used with PWM drives may experience winding failures due to surge voltages, when input line voltage is greater than 480 V or motor wire distance is greater than 100 meters. Select a motor design with insulation tolerant of surge voltages and drive-rated motor for use with PWM drives. Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.

NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal "-" as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential. Improper wiring connections could damage the drive.

NOTICE: Improper application of devices on drive output circuits can damage the drive. Do not connect unapproved LC or RC interference suppression filters, capacitors, ground fault circuits, or overvoltage protection devices to the output of the drive.

NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault circuit interrupters.

NOTICE: Properly integrate auxiliary contacts into the control logic circuit to avoid unnecessary fault displays caused by contactors or output switches placed between drive and motor. Improper installation of input and output contactors could result in damage to the drive.

NOTICE: Before applying power to the drive, use power-off resistance checks to check for short-circuits between (R/L1, S/L2, and

T/L3) or between main circuit terminals and ground. Failure to comply may result in damage to the drive.

44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 45 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Cable Length Between Drive and Motor

Voltage drop along the motor cable may cause reduced motor torque when the wiring between the drive and the motor is too long, especially at low frequency output. This can also be a problem when motors are connected in parallel with a fairly long motor cable. Drive output current will increase as the leakage current from the cable increases. An increase in leakage current may trigger an overcurrent situation and weaken the accuracy of the current detection.

Adjust the drive carrier frequency according to

Table 13

. If the motor wiring distance exceeds 100 m (328 ft.) because of

the system configuration, reduce the ground currents. Refer to C6: Carrier Frequency on page 172

.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Separate motor and/or braking circuit wiring (terminals, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, +3, +2, +1,(-), B1, B2, from all other wiring. Place motor wiring within its own conduit or cable tray with appropriate divider, and use shielded motor cable where appropriate. Improper wiring practices could result in malfunction of drive due to electrical interference.

Table 13 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor

Cable Length

Carrier Frequency

50 m (164 ft.) or less

15 kHz or less

100 m (328 ft.) or less

5 kHz or less

Greater than 100 m (328 ft.)

2 kHz or less

Note: When setting carrier frequency for drives running multiple motors, calculate cable length as the total wiring distance to all connected motors.

Ground Wiring

Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.

WARNING!

When using an EMC filter, the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA. Therefore, according to IEC/EN 61800-5-1, at least one of the conditions below must be satisfied: a) The cross-section of the protective earthing conductor must be at least 10 mm 2 (Cu) or 16 mm 2 (Al).

b) The power supply must be disconnected automatically in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and local installation regulations. Minimize the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal (200 V class: Ground to 100

Ground to 10 Ω or less, and 600 V class: ground to 10 Ω

Ω or less, 400 V class:

or less). Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines or large-current electrical equipment. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.

Refer to Figure 21 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.

Figure 21

OK OK Not OK

3

Figure 21 Multiple Drive Wiring

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 45

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 46 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply to the drive before wiring the main circuit terminals. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.

Wire the main circuit terminals after the terminal board has been properly grounded.

Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, 4  0005 to 4  0039, and 5  0003 to 5  0027 have a cover placed over the DC bus and braking circuit terminals prior to shipment to help prevent miswiring. Use wire cutters to cut away covers as needed for terminals.

Figure 22

A

A – Protecting Cover

Figure 22 Protecting Cover to Prevent Miswiring (CIMR-LU2  0047)

Main Circuit Connection Diagram

Refer to Main Circuit Connection Diagram on page 28 when wiring terminals on the main power circuit of the drive.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect braking resistors to any other terminals. Improper wiring connections could cause the braking resistor to overheat and cause death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to the braking circuit or drive.

Refer to Standard Connection Diagram on page 25 when wiring the drive control circuit terminals.

■

Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions

Drive parameters determine which functions apply to the multi-function digital inputs (S3 to S8), multi-function digital outputs (M1 to M6), multi-function photocoupler outputs (P1-C1, P2-C2), multi-function analog inputs (A1, A2), and

multi-function analog monitor output (FM, AM). The default setting is listed next to each terminal in Figure 6 on page

26 .

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Improper equipment sequencing could shorten useful life of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays of the drive. Refrain from switching an input contactor more often than once every 30 minutes. Normally the drive I/O should be used to stop and start the motor.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation and wiring of control circuits after being wired. Operating a drive with untested control circuits could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: Frequently switching the drive power supply to stop and start the motor can damage the drive.

NOTICE: To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.

Note: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.

46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 47 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Input Terminals

Table 14

lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function input.

Table 14 Control Circuit Input Terminals

Type

Digital Inputs

Digital Input

Power Supply

Safe Disable

Inputs

<1>

Analog Inputs

No.

Terminal Name (Function)

S1 Up Command (Closed: Up, Open: Stop)

S2 Down Command (Closed: Down, Open: Stop)

S3 Multi-function input 1 (External Fault)

S4 Multi-function input 2 (Fault Reset)

S5

Multi-function input 3 (Multi-Step Speed

Reference 1)

S6

S7

Multi-function input 4 (Multi-Step Speed

Reference 2)

Multi-function input 5 (Multi-Step Speed

Reference 3)

S8 Multi-function input 6 (Not used)

SC Multi-function input common

SN 0 V

SP +24 Vdc

H1

Safe Disable input 1

<2>

H2

HC

+V

Safe Disable input 2

<2>

Safe Disable function common

Power supply for analog inputs

-V Power supply for analog inputs

A1

Multi-function analog input 1 (Speed reference bias)

A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Not used)

AC Analog input common

E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards

Function (Signal Level) Default Setting

Photocoupler

24 Vdc, 8 mA

Use the wire link between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.

24 Vdc, 150 mA (only when DI-A3 is not used)

Use the wire jumper between terminals SC and SN or between SC and SP to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.

24 Vdc, 8 mA

One or both open: Drive output disabled

Both closed: Normal operation

Internal impedance: 3.3 k Ω

Off time of at least 1 ms

Set the S3 jumper to select sinking or sourcing, and to select the power supply.

Common for the Safe Disable function

10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA)

-10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA)

-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 k

-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 k

0 V

–

Ω

Ω )

)

Page

183

54

237

234

–

–

–

–

–

<1> Setting jumper S3 for an external power supply makes the wire jumper between terminals H1, H2, and HC ineffective. Remove the wire jumper and connect an external power supply that can supply terminals H1, H2, and HC continuously.

<2> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-2, ISO/EN

13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 47

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 48 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Output Terminals

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. The logic of terminals DM+/DM- is inverted between drive models CIMR-L  A  and

CIMR-L  F  . Check all wiring to ensure that the sequence is correct after installing the drive and connecting any other devices.

Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury.

Table 15 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function

output.

Note: Multi-function relay output terminals are rated at a minimum of 10 mA. If less than 10 mA is required, use the photocoupler outputs (P1-C1, P2-C2). Using the wrong current output level may cause the output to malfunction when the terminal is activated.

Table 15 Control Circuit Output Terminals

Type Function (Signal Level) Default Setting

Fault Relay

Multi-Functio n Relay

Output

<1>

Multi-Functio n

Photocoupler

Output

Monitor

Output

Safety

Monitor

Output

<3>

No.

Terminal Name (Function)

MA N.O.

MB N.C. output

MC Fault output common

M1

M2

Multi-function relay output 1 (Brake release command)

M3 Multi-function relay output 2 (Output contactor close

M4 command)

M5

M6

Multi-function relay output 3 (Drive ready)

P1

Photocoupler output 1 (During Frequency output)

C1

P2

Photocoupler output 2 (Not Used/Through Mode)

C2

FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output speed)

AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current)

AC Monitor common

DM+ Safety monitor output

DM- Safety monitor output common

30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A

Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA

Contact relay output

30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A

250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A

Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA

48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA

<2>

-10 to +10 Vdc or 0 to +10 Vdc

0 V

Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA

<1> Refrain from assigning functions to terminals M1 thru M6 that involve frequent switching, as doing so may shorten relay performance life.

Switching life is estimated at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).

<2> Connect a suppression diode as shown in

Figure 23 when driving a reactive load such as a relay coil. Make sure the diode rating is greater than

the circuit voltage.

<3> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-2, ISO/EN

13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

Figure 23

B

A

C

D

YEA_common

A – External power, 48 V max.

B – Suppression diode

C – Coil

D – 50 mA or less

Figure 23 Connecting a Suppression Diode

48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 49 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Serial Communication Terminals

Table 16 Control Circuit Terminals: Serial Communications

Type

MEMOBUS/Modbus

Communication

<1>

No.

R+

R-

S+

S-

IG

Signal Name

Communications input (+)

Communications input (-)

Communications output (+)

Communications output (-)

Shield ground

MEMOBUS/Modbus communication: Use an RS-485 or RS-422 cable to connect the drive.

Function (Signal Level)

RS-485/422

MEMOBUS/Modbus communication protocol

115.2 kbps (max.)

0 V

<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.

■

Terminal Configuration

Control circuit terminals are arranged as shown in Figure 24

.

Figure 24

YEA_common

E

E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ RS+ S-

D

V+ AC VA1 A2 FM AM AC P1 C1 P2 C2

C

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP

A

M3 M4 M6

M1 M2 M5

MA MB MC

B

A – Terminal Block (TB 2)

B – Terminal Block (TB 5)

C – Terminal Block (TB 1)

D – Terminal Block (TB 3)

E – Terminal Block (TB 4)

Figure 24 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 49

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 50 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Wire Size and Torque Specifications

WARNING!

Fire hazard. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections. Improperly tightened terminal screws can also cause erroneous equipment operation.

Select appropriate wire type and gauges from

Table 17

. For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the wire ends. Refer to

Table 18

for ferrule terminal types and sizes.

Terminal

Block

Terminal

TB1, TB2

TB3, TB4

FM, AC, AM, P1,

P2, PC, SC, A1,

A2, A3, +V, -V, S1 to S8, MA, MB,

MC, M1, M2, HC,

H1, H2, DM+,

DM-, IG,

R+, R-, S+, S-,

RP, MP

E (G)

Table 17 Wire Gauges and Torque Specifications

Screw

Size

Tightening

Torque

N  m

(lb.in.)

Bare Wire Terminal

Applicable

Wire

Size mm 2 (AWG)

Recomm.

mm 2 (AWG)

Ferrule-Type Terminal

Applicable

Wire

Size mm 2 (AWG)

Recomm.

mm 2 (AWG)

M3

0.5 to 0.6

(4.4 to 5.3)

Stranded wire:

0.2 to 1.0

(24 to 17)

Solid wire:

0.2 to 1.5

(24 to 16)

0.75

(18)

0.25 to 0.5

(24 to 20)

0.5

(20)

TB5 E (G) M3.5

0.5 to 1.0

(4.4 to 8.9)

0.5 to 2

(20 to 14)

1.0 (16)

1.25

(12)

– –

Wire Type

Shielded wire, etc.

Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals

Yaskawa recommends using CRIMPFOX 6, a crimping tool manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT, to prepare wire

ends with insulated sleeves before connecting to the drive. Refer to Table 18 for dimensions.

Figure 25 d1

YEA_common

Size mm 2 (AWG)

0.25 (24)

0.34 (22)

0.5 (20) d2

Type

AI 0.25-8YE

AI 0.34-8TQ

AI 0.5-8WH

AI 0.5-8OG

Figure 25 Ferrule Dimensions

Table 18 Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes

L mm (in) d1 mm (in)

12.5 (0.49)

12.5 (0.49)

0.8 (0.03)

0.8 (0.03)

14 (0.55) 1.1 (0.04) d2 mm (in)

2 (0.08)

2 (0.08)

2.5 (0.10)

Manufacturer

PHOENIX CONTACT

50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 51 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

■

Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal

This section describes the proper procedures and preparations for wiring the control terminals.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Operating a drive with untested emergency circuits could result in death or serious injury.

Verify all drive fast stop circuit wiring and any additional emergency circuits before operating the drive.

WARNING!

Fire hazard. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not remove covers or touch the circuit boards while the power is on. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment and lock out the power source. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock. Wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level and main circuit terminals to confirm the circuit is safe before wiring.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement and Hazard. Install additional emergency circuits separately from the drive fast stop circuits. Failure to comply may result in personal injury.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Do not connect control circuit ground terminals to the drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Insulate shields with heat shrink tubing or tape to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment.

Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Use twisted-pair or shielded twisted-pair cables for control circuits. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

NOTICE: Separate wiring for output terminals MA, MB, MC, M1 and M2 from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2) and other high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.

NOTICE: Do not exceed 50 meters (164 ft.) for the control line between the drive and the operator when using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.

NOTICE: Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring. Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair wires, and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.

NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.

Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to

Figure 26

for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in

Figure 27

. Refer to Wire Size and Torque

Specifications on page 50

.

WARNING!

Do not tighten screws beyond the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may result in erroneous operation, damage the terminal block, or cause injury due to fire from overheating of loose electrical connections.

NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 51

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 52 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

Connect control wires as shown in

Figure 26

.

Figure 26

A

YEA_common

B

Preparing wire terminal ends

C

D

A – Loosen screw to insert wire

B – Single wire or stranded wire

C – Avoid fraying wire strands when stripping insulation from wire. Strip length 5.5 mm (0.22 in.)

D – Blade depth of 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) or less

Blade width of 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) or less

Figure 26 Terminal Board Wiring Guide

When connecting control wires to the terminals, use shielded twisted-pair wires (treating wire ends as shown in

Figure 27

and connect the shield to the ground terminal (E [G]) of the drive.

Figure 27

E B

A C

D

A – Drive side

B – Insulation

C – Control device side

D – Shield sheath (insulate with tape or heat-shrink tubing)

E – Shield

Figure 27 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables

NOTICE: Do not exceed 50 meters (164 ft.) for the control line between the drive and the operator when using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system performance.

52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 53 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

■

Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board

The terminal board is equipped with several switches used to adapt the drive I/Os to the external control signals.

Figure 28

shows the location of these switches. Refer to

Control I/O Configuration on page 54

for setting instructions.

Figure 28

YEA_c ommon

Jumper S3

Terminal H1/H2

Sink/Source Sel.

DIP Switch S2

RS-422/485 Termination

Resistor

Off On

Figure 28 Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Terminal Board

3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 53

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 54 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Control I/O Configuration

■

Setting Sink/Source with Input Terminals SN and SP

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

Use the wire jumper between terminals SC and SP or SC and SN to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the digital inputs S1 to S8 as shown in

Table 19

(Default: Sink mode, internal power supply).

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Do not short terminals SP and SN. Failure to comply will damage the drive.

Table 19 Digital Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection

Drive Internal Power Supply (Terminal SN and

SP)

External 24 Vdc Power Supply

S7 S7

Sinking Mode (NPN)

Sourcing Mode (PNP)

S8

SN

SC

SP

S7

S8

SN

SC

SP

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

S8

SN

SC

External

24 Vdc

±

10%

SP

S7

S8

SN

SC

External

24 Vdc

±

10%

SP

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 55 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

■

Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs

Use jumper S3 on the terminal board to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the Safe

Disable inputs H1 and H2 as shown in Table 20 (Default: Sink mode, internal power supply).

Table 20 Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection

Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Jumper S3 Jumper S3

24 Vdc 24 Vdc

HC HC

External

24 Vdc

Sinking Mode

H1 H1

Sourcing Mode

H2

HC

Jumper S3

24 Vdc

H1

H2

H2

HC

External

24 Vdc

H1

Jumper S3

24 Vdc

H2

◆

Connect to a PC

This drive is equipped with a USB port (type-B).

The drive can connect to a USB port on a PC using a USB 2.0, AB-type cable (sold separately). After connecting the drive to a PC, Yaskawa DriveWizard Plus software can be used to monitor drive performance and manage parameter settings. Contact Yaskawa for more information on DriveWizard Plus.

Download and install the USB driver before connecting L1000A to a PC with the USB cable.

To obtain the driver and software of USB Copy Unit, CopyUnitManager and DriveWizardPlus, access these sites:

U.S.A: http://www.yaskawa.com

Other areas: contact a Yaskawa representative.

Figure 29

3

USB Cable

(Type-AB)

(Type-B) (Type-A)

Figure 29 Connecting to a PC (USB)

PC

Y E A

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 55

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 56 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

3 Electrical Installation

◆

Wiring Checklist

1

2

3

No.

4

5

6

Item

Drive, peripherals, option cards

Check drive model number to ensure receipt of correct model.

Make sure you have the correct braking resistors, DC link choke, noise filters, and other peripheral devices installed.

Check the option card model number.

Installation area and physical setup

Ensure that the area surrounding the drive complies with specifications.

Power supply voltage, output voltage

The voltage from the power supply should be within the input voltage specification range of the drive.

The voltage rating for the motor should match the drive output specifications.

7 Verify that the drive is properly sized to run the motor.

8

Main circuit wiring

Confirm proper branch circuit protection as specified by national and local codes.

9

10

Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3.

Properly wire the drive and motor together.

The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase order. If the phase order is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.

11 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines.

12

Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit.

Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 36 .

• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:

Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance ( Ω /km) × wire length (m) × current (A) × 10 -3

• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m (164 ft.), adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-02 accordingly.

13

Properly ground the drive. Review page 45 .

14

15

16

Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals).

Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 36

.

Install a magnetic contactor when using a dynamic braking option. Properly install the resistor and ensure that overload protection shuts off the power supply using the magnetic contactor.

Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or ground fault circuit interrupters are NOT installed on the output side of the drive.

Control circuit wiring

17 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring.

18 Connect the shields of shielded wiring to the ground terminal (E [G] ).

19 Properly wire any option cards.

20

21

Check for any other wiring mistakes.

Only use a multimeter to check wiring.

Properly fasten the control circuit terminal screws in the drive.

Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 36

.

22 Pick up all wire clippings.

23 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections.

24 Properly separate control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring.

Page

17

44

36

36

36

–

15

205

15

205

25

28

–

–

–

45

45

36

–

–

46

51

50

–

36

–

–

–

56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 57 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

No.

Item

25 Analog signal line wiring should not exceed 50 m (164 ft.).

26 Safe Disable input wiring should not exceed 30 m (98 ft.).

27 Check the logic of the Safe Disable monitor output signals (terminals DM+ and DM-).

3 Electrical Installation

Page

–

–

237

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 57

3

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 58 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

◆

Using the Digital Operator

Use the digital operator to enter Run and Stop commands, edit parameters, and display data including fault and alarm information.

■

Figure 30

Keys and Displays

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALM

12

2

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

No.

1

4

Display

F1

F2

ESC

RESET

RUN

STOP

ENTER

LO

RE

RUN

1

2

3

10

F1

ESC

RESET

RUN

F2

LO

RE

ENTER

STOP

11 YEA_common

9

8

4 5 6 7

Figure 30 Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator

Name Function

Function Key

(F1, F2)

ESC Key

RESET Key

RUN Key

Up Arrow Key

Down Arrow Key

STOP Key

<1>

ENTER Key

LO/RE Selection Key

<2>

RUN Light

The functions assigned to F1 and F2 vary depending on the currently displayed menu.

The name of each function appears in the lower half of the display window.

• Returns to the previous display.

• Moves the cursor one space to the left.

• Pressing and holding this button will return to the Speed Reference display.

• Moves the cursor to the right.

• Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.

Starts the drive in the LOCAL mode.

The Run LED

• is on, when the drive is operating the motor.

• flashes during deceleration to stop or when the speed reference is 0.

• flashes quickly, the drive is disabled by a DI, the drive was stopped using a fast stop

DI, or an Up/Down command was active during power up.

Scrolls up to display the next item, select parameter numbers, and increment setting values.

Scrolls down to display the previous item, select parameter numbers, and decrements setting values.

Stops drive operation.

• Enters parameter values and settings.

• Selects a menu item to move between displays.

Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals (REMOTE) for the Run command and speed reference. The LED is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad).

Lit while the drive is operating the motor. Refer to page

61

for details.

58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 59 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

No.

11

Display

LO

RE

Name

LO/RE Light

Function

Lit while the operator is selected to run the drive (LOCAL mode). Refer to page 61

for details.

Refer to ALARM (ALM) LED Displays on page 61 .

12 ALM LED Light

<1> The STOP key has highest priority. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to stop the motor, even if an Up/Down command is active at any external Up/Down command source. To disable the STOP key priority, set parameter o2-02 to 0.

<2> The LO/RE key can only switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when the drive is stopped. By default settings the LO/RE key function is disabled. To allow using the LO/RE key for switching between LOCAL and REMOTE, set parameter o2-01 to 1.

■

Figure 31

LCD Display

1 2 3

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD

FWD/REV

4

5

6

YEA_common

2

3

4

No.

1

5

6

7

Name

Operation Mode Menus

Mode Display Area

Ready

Data Display

Speed Reference Source

Assignment

<1>

LO/RE

Display

<2>

Function Key 1

(F1)

9 8 7

Figure 31 LCD Display

Table 21 Display and Contents

Display

MODE Displayed when in Mode Selection.

MONITR Displayed when in Monitor Mode.

VERIFY Indicates the Verify Menu.

Content

PRMSET Displayed when in Parameter Setting Mode.

A.TUNE

Displayed during Auto-Tuning.

SETUP

DRV

Displayed when in Setup Mode.

Displayed when in Drive Mode.

PRG

Rdy

–

OPR

COM

OP

RSEQ

LSEQ

RREF

LREF

Displayed when in Programming Mode.

Indicates the drive is ready to run.

Displays specific data and operation data.

Displayed when the speed reference source is assigned to the LCD Operator.

Displayed when the speed reference source is assigned to MEMOBUS/Modbus

Communication.

Displayed when the speed reference is assigned to an option card.

Displayed when the Up/Down command is supplied from a remote source.

Displayed when the Up/Down command is supplied from the operator keypad.

Displayed when the speed reference is supplied from a remote source.

Displayed when the speed reference is supplied from the operator keypad.

HELP Pressing

F1 displays the Help menu.

←

HOME Pressing

F1

returns to the top menu (Speed Reference).

ESC Pressing

F1

returns to the previous display.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 59

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 60 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

No.

8

Name

FWD/REV

Display

FWD

REV

FWD/REV

Content

During Up command

During Down command

Pressing

F1 the digital operator.

switches between Up and Down when the Up/Down command is set from

Pressing

F1

scrolls to the next display.

9

Function Key 2

(F2)

DATA

→ Pressing

F1

scrolls the cursor to the right.

RESET Pressing resets the existing drive fault or error.

F1

<1> Displayed when in Drive Mode.

<2> Displayed when in Drive Mode and Monitor Mode.

■

The Drive and Operation Status Display

Powering Up the Drive

Perform the following power-off checks before applying main power to the drive.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not contact live electrical parts. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Never touch the output terminals directly with your hands or allow the output lines to come into contact with the drive case.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Operating a drive with untested emergency circuits could result in death or serious injury.

Always check the operation of drive fast stop circuits and any additional emergency circuits after they are wired. Fast stop circuits are required to provide safe and quick shutdown of the drive.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

Power-off Checks

Power supply voltage

Description

Ensure the power supply voltage is correct on the supply side of the disconnect, before applying power to the drive.

200 V class: 3-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz

400 V class: 3-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz

600 V class: 3-phase 500 to 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

Properly wire the power supply input terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3). Check for correct wiring, terminals are tightened, and there are no loose wire strands.

Drive output terminals and motor terminals

Check for proper grounding of drive and motor.

Properly wire drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 with motor terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.

Check for correct wiring, terminals are tightened, and there are no loose wire strands.

Control circuit terminals

Check control circuit terminal connections. Check that control circuit terminals are correctly wired, terminals are tightened, and there are no loose wire strands.

Drive control terminal status Open all control circuits to the drive I/O terminal block.

Status Display

When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the digital operator lights will appear as follows:

No.

Normal

Operation

Name

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALM

- MODE -

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

DRV Rdy

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

YEA_ common

Description

The data display area in the upper half of the display, displays the speed reference.

DRV is displayed.

Fault

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM

- MODE DRV

EF3

Ext Fault S3

FWD RESET

YEA_ common

External fault (example)

Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and

Possible Solutions on page 132

for more information and possible solutions. ALM

LED is lit and DRV displayed.

60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 61 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

ALARM (ALM) LED Displays

Table 22 ALARM (ALM) LED Status and Contents

State Content

Illuminated

Flashing

When the drive detects an alarm or error.

• When an alarm occurs.

• When oPE is detected.

• When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning.

Off Normal operation (no fault or alarm).

Display

■

LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications

Table 23 LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications

LED Lit

When source of the Up/

Down command is assigned to the digital operator

(LOCAL).

During run

Flashing

–

Flashing Quickly

–

Off

Up/Down command to be given from a device other than the digital operator (REMOTE).

• During deceleration to stop.

• When an Up/Down command is input and speed reference is

0%.

• While the drive is set for

LOCAL, an Up/Down command was entered to the input terminals after which the drive was then switched to REMOTE.

• An Up/Down command was entered via the input terminals while not in the

Drive Mode.

• During deceleration when a

Fast Stop command was entered.

• The drive output is shut off by the Safe Disable function.

• While the drive was running in the REMOTE mode, the

STOP key was pushed.

During stop

Examples

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 61

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 62 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Figure 32

Menu Structure for Digital Operator

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

- MODE DRV

Monitor Menu

U1-01= 0.00%

Rdy

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

-MONITRDRV

Speed Ref 1

Rdy

U1-01= 0 00.00%

←

㧔 0.00

㨪 50.00

㧕

̌ 0.00% ̍

FWD

→

-MONITRDRV

Monitor

U 1 -01= 0.00%

Rdy

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

-MONITRDRV

Fault Trace

U 2 -01= oC

Rdy

U2-02= oPr

U2-03= 0.00Hz

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

<3>

- MODE PRG

Modified Consts

Modified

X Parameters

HELP FWD DATA

<4>

- MODE PRG

Quick Setting

HELP FWD DATA

Initial Display

<5>

-MONITRDRV Rdy

Speed Reference

U1- 01 = 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

-MONITRDRV

Output Speed

U1- 02 = 0.00%

Rdy

U1-03= 0.00A

U1-04= 0

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

L1000A

YASKAWA

L1000A

XXXV X.X/X.XkW

XX.XX/XX.XXA

<XXXXXXXXX>

<6>

- MODE PRG

Programming

HELP FWD DATA

- MODE PRG Rdy

Auto-Tuning

AUTO

HELP FWD DATA

YEA_common

Figure 32 Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure

<1> Pressing

RUN will start the motor.

<2> Drive cannot operate the motor.

<4> An "X" character is used as a placeholder for illustration purposes in this manual. The LCD Operator will display the actual setting values.

<5> The Speed Reference appears after the initial display which shows the product name.

<6> The information that appears on the display will vary depending on the drive.

62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 63 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

◆

The Drive and Programming Modes

The drive has a Drive Mode to operate the motor and a Programming Mode to edit parameter settings.

Drive Mode: In Drive Mode the user can operate the motor and observe U Monitor parameters. Parameter settings cannot be edited or changed when in Drive Mode.

Programming Mode: In Programming Mode the user can edit and verify parameter settings and perform Auto-Tuning.

The drive will not accept an Up/down command when the digital operator is in the Programming Mode unless parameter b1-08 is set to 1 to allow an Up/down command.

■

Changing Parameter Settings or Values

This example explains changing C1-02 (Deceleration Ramp 1) from 1.50 seconds (default) to 2.50 seconds.

Step

1.

Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.

Display/Result

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

- MODE PRG

Programming

2.

Press or until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.

3.

Press

4.

Press

5.

6.

Press

7.

Press

to enter the parameter menu tree.

or

or

to select the C parameter group.

to select the parameter C1-02.

to view the current setting value (1.5 s). The left most digit flashes.

8.

Press

F1 left

,

F2 right

or until the desired number is selected. “1” flashes.

HELP FWD DATA

-PRMSETPRG

Initialization

A 1-00= 0

Select Language

←

FWD

→

-PRMSETPRG

Accel/Decel

C 1 -01= 1.50 sec

←

Accel Ramp 1

FWD

→

-PRMSETPRG

Basic Setup

C 1-01 = 1.50 sec

Accel Ramp 1

←

FWD

→

-PRMSETPRG

Accel Ramp 1

C101 = 1.50 sec

(0.0~600.00)

“1.50 sec”

←

FWD

→

-PRMSETPRG

Decel Ramp 1

C102 = 1.50 sec

(0.0~600.00)

“1.50 sec”

φ

FWD

ψ

-PRMSETPRG

Decel Ramp 1

C1-02= 0 01.50 sec

(0.0~600.00)

←

“1.50 sec”

FWD

→

-PRMSETPRG

Decel Ramp 1

C1-02=00 1 .50 sec

←

(0.0~600.00)

“1.50 sec”

FWD

→

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 63

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 64 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Step

9.

Press and enter 0020.0.

10.

Press to confirm the change.

11.

The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4.

12.

Press as many times as necessary to return to the initial display.

Display/Result

-PRMSETPRG

Decel Ramp 1

C1-02=00 2 .50 sec

(0.0~600.00)

←

“1.50 sec”

FWD

→

Entry Accepted

-PRMSETPRG

Decel Ramp 1

C102 = 2.50 sec

(0.0~600.00)

“1.50 sec”

φ

FWD

ψ

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 65 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

mplified SiSetup Using the Setup Group

In the Setup Group, the drive lists the basic parameters needed to set up the drive for an elevator application. This group expedites the startup process for an elevator application by showing only the most important parameters for the application.

Using the Setup Group

Figure 33

illustrates how to enter and how to change parameters in the Setup Group.

The first display shown when entering the Setup Group is the Control Method menu. Skipping this display will keep the current Setup Group parameter selection. The default setting for the Setup Group is a group of parameters most commonly use in control methods.

In this example, the Setup Group is accessed to change b1-01 from 0 to 1. This changes the source of the speed reference from the digital operator to the control circuit terminals.

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

Speed reference appears when powered up

- MODE PRG

Quick Setting

HELP FWD DATA

YEA_common

<1>

- SETUP PRG

Control Method

Rdy

A1-02 = 2 ∗ 2 ∗

Open Loop Vector

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP PRG

Speed Ref Sel

Rdy b1-01 = 0 ∗ 0 ∗

Operator

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP PRG Rdy

Up/Dn Command Sel b1-02 = 1 ∗ 1 ∗

Digital Inputs

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP PRG Rdy

StallP Accel Sel

L3-01 = 1 ∗ 1 ∗

General Purpose

Home FWD DATA

Entry Accepted

- SETUP PRG

Speed Ref Sel

Rdy b1-01= 0 ∗

0

∗

Operator

←

“1”

FWD

→

Control Circuit

Terminal

<2>

- SETUP PRG

Speed Ref Sel

Rdy b1-01= 0 ∗ 0 ∗

←

Analog Input

“1”

FWD

Operator

→

<2>

<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.

<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.

Figure 33 Setup Group Example 4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 65

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 66 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE

LOCAL mode is when the drive is set to accept the Up/Down command from the digital operator keypad. REMOTE mode is when the drive is set to accept the Up/Down command from an external device (via the input terminals or serial communications, etc.).

Switch the operation between LOCAL and REMOTE using the LO/RE key on the digital operator or via a digital input.

This key is disabled with default settings, but can be enabled by setting parameter o2-01 to 1.

Note: 1.

After selecting LOCAL, the LO/RE light will remain lit.

2.

The drive will not allow the user to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE during run.

Using the LO/RE Key on the Digital Operator

Step Display/Result

1.

Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.

2.

Press . The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in LOCAL.

To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press again.

YEA_c ommon

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref(A1/A2)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

RREF

FWD FWD/REV

YEA_ com mon

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALM

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

FWD

LSEQ

LREF

F1

ESC

F2

LO

RE

RESET

RUN

ENTER

STOP

◆

Start-Up Flowcharts

This section covers basic setup for the drive, including Auto-Tuning procedures and corresponding flowcharts. Follow the flowchart that matches the motor used in your application. Refer to

Types of Auto-Tuning on page 73

for details on the types of Auto-Tuning.

Flowchart

A

B

C

D

Purpose

Installation, wiring, and basic steps required to setup the motor and elevator for operation

Auto-Tuning for induction motors

Auto-Tuning for PM motors

Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning

Page

67

70

71

72

66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 67 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Flowchart A: Installation, Wiring, Basic Setup for Motor and Elevator

The flowchart below covers the basic procedure required to install the drive, motor, and elevator.

Figure 33

START

Install the drive as explained in

Mechanical Installation on page 17

.

Wire the drive as explained in

Main Circuit Wiring on page 34 .

Check the PG encoder power supply selection.

(Closed Loop Vector Control only -CLV)

Apply main power to the drive.

Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power.

Check the motor rotation direction.

Select the control mode in parameter A1-02.

Set up the PG encoder feedback in F1 parameters when using a

Closed Loop Vector Control and check the PG encoder rotation direction.

Set the Unit Length in parameter o1-12.

Set up o1-20 to o1-22 and then select the display units for speed, acceleration and deceleration ramp and jerk settings in o1-03.

Perform Auto-Tuning for motor parameters and the PG encoder offset.

For control modes below, refer to

Flowchart B: Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 70 .

• V/f Control

• Open Loop Vector Control

• Closed Loop Vector Control

For Closed Loop Vector for PM, refer to

Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors on page 71 .

Digital operator (b1-01 = 0)

(Speed selection by digital inputs)

Determine the source of the speed reference.

Analog Input

Assign functions to the analog/digital I/O terminals using parameters H1, H2, H3, and H4.

Set the Speed Reference Selection mode parameter d1-18.

Assign functions to the digital I/O terminals using parameters H1 and H2.

Set up:

• Acceleration/deceleration ramp (C1-

• Jerk settings (C2)

)

Set up:

• Preset speed references (d1)

• Acceleration/deceleration ramp (C1-

• Jerk settings (C2)

)

Set up the Inspection Operation sequence.

Perform a test run.

Fine-tuning

• Adjust settings for the brake sequence (S1-

• Adjust speed control loop (C5) etc.

) .

FINISH

Figure 34 Installation, Wiring, Basic Setup for Motor and Elevator

Note: Set parameter H5-11 to 1 when setting parameters using MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 67

4

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 68 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Power On

Take the following precautions before applying main power to the drive:

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop, I/O and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing or running the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Do not use an improper voltage source. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire. Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.

• Do not connect AC line power to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.

• Make sure that the power supply lines are connected to main circuit input terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3

(or R/L1 and S/L2 for single-phase power).

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Clear personnel, secure equipment and check sequence and safety circuitry before starting the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

• Clear all personnel from the drive, motor, and machine area.

• Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads.

• Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Operating a drive with untested emergency circuits could result in death or serious injury.

Always check the operation of drive fast stop circuits and any additional emergency circuits after they are wired. Fast stop circuits are required to provide safe and quick shutdown of the drive.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Comply with proper wiring practices. The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward.

Connect motor input terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 to drive output terminals U/T1,V/T2, and W/T3. The phase order for the drive and motor should match.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Check all the wiring including the PG encoder wiring and PG option jumper settings, to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other devices. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

After applying the power, the drive mode display should appear and no fault or alarm should be displayed. In the event of a drive fault or error code, refer to

Troubleshooting on page 132

.

■

Control Mode Selection

Select one of the four motor control modes after applying power to the drive. Note that Closed Loop Vector modes require

PG encoder feedback cards. The table below indicates possible control modes depending on the motor type and shows the required encoder feedback card.

Machine Type

Induction motor without encoder

Induction motor with incremental encoder

Permanent magnet motor with EnDat 2.1/01,

EnDat 2.2/01, or EnDat 2.2/22 encoder

Permanent magnet motor with ERN1387 or

ERN487 encoder

Yaskawa IPM motor with incremental encoder

Control Mode

V/f Control

Open Loop Vector Control

Closed Loop Vector Control

Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors

A1-02 setting Encoder Option Card

0

2

3

No card required

No card required

PG-B3 / PG-X3

7 PG-F3

Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors

Closed Loop Vector Control for PM motors

7

7

PG-E3

PG-X3

68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 69 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Motor Rotation Direction Setup

Check the direction of motor rotation to verify the Up command causes the elevator to move in the upward direction.

Perform the following checks to confirm proper motor and load direction:

• The drive outputs motor voltage in U/T1-V/T2-W/T3 phase sequence when an Up command is issued. Check the motor rotation with this phase sequence (for most motors clockwise is seen from the shaft side).

• If the motor drives the elevator in the up direction with a U/T1-V/T2-W/T3 sequence, make sure parameter b1-14 is set to 0.

• If the motor drives the elevator in the down direction with a U/T1-V/T2-W/T3 sequence, make sure parameter b1-14 is set to 1. Motor direction may also be changed by reversing two motor leads connected to U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 on the drive terminal block.

DANGER!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least five minutes after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.

Note: Always perform motor rotation direction setup prior to setting the encoder rotation direction.

■

PG Encoder Setup

PG Encoder Resolution Setup

Set the encoder resolution (incremental signal in the case of absolute encoders with Sin/Cos channels) in parameter

F1-01.

PG Encoder Rotation Direction Setup

Perform the following steps to make sure the PG encoder rotation direction is set up correctly in the drive.

If information about the signal sequence of the PG encoder is available:

1.

Check the sequence of PG encoder phases A and B when the motor drives the elevator in the up direction.

2.

If the PG encoder A phase leads phase B, make sure F1-05 is set to 0.

3.

If the PG encoder B phase leads phase A, make sure F1-05 is set to 1.

If no information about the signal sequence of the PG encoder is available:

1.

Turn the motor manually in elevator up direction while checking the value of monitor U1-05.

2.

If the value in U1-05 is positive, the set PG encoder direction is correct.

3.

If the value in U1-05 is negative, alter the setting of parameter F1-05.

Note: Always set the motor rotation direction prior to the encoder rotation direction. Refer to

Motor Rotation Direction Setup on page 69

.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 69

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 70 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Flowchart B: Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

The flowchart below covers Auto-Tuning for induction motors operating with V/f Control, Open Loop Vector Control, or

Closed Loop Vector Control.

START

YEA_common

Set terminals H1 and H2 if the Safe Disable function is used.

Set the Baseblock input (H1 = 8/9) if used.

Refer to

Auto-Tuning Fault Detection on page 140

.

Remove the source of Fault/Alarm and repeat Auto Tuning.

Is the Control Mode

V/f Control ?

No

A1-02 = 2 or 3

Yes

A1-02 = 0

Select Stationary Auto-Tuning for Terminal Resistance only,

T1-01 = 2.

Can the motor rotate freely?

No

Select Stationary

Auto-Tuning 1 or 2

T1-01 = 1 or 4.

Yes

(Ropes removed)

Select Rotational

Auto-Tuning

T1-01 = 0.

Enter the data in to T1 parameters as indicated on the display.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed.

<1>

Enter the data in to T1displayed.

parameters as indicated on the display.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is

<1>

Release the Brake.

Close the motor contactor.

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.

Tuning

Successful?

No

(Alarm or Fault code displayed Yes

(“Entry Accepted” displayed) <2>

Apply the brake if it was released during Auto-tuning.

Open the motor contactor.

Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence.

Open the Baseblock input (H1 = 8/9) if used.

FINISH

<1> If an LED operator is used, the display shows “

<2> If an LED operator is used, the display shows “

”.

”.

Figure 35 Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 71 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Flowchart C: Auto-Tuning for PM Motors

The flowchart below covers Auto-Tuning for permanent magnetic (PM) motors operating with Closed Loop Vector

Control for PM motors.

START

Set terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if Safe Disable function is used.

Set the Baseblock input (H1 = 8/9) if used.

YEA_common

No

Is the motor data sheet available?

Yes

Select Motor Data Input

T2-01 = 0.

Enter the data in to T2 parameters as indicated on the display.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed.

<1>

Select Stationary Auto-Tuning

T2-01 = 1.

Enter the data in to T2 parameters as indicated on the display.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed.

<1>

Close the motor contactor.

Refer to

Auto-Tuning Fault Detection on page 140

.

Remove the Fault/Alarm source and repeat Auto Tuning.

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.

Tuning

Successful?

Yes

(“Entry Accepted” displayed <2>

Continue with encoder offset tuning.

Refer to

Flowchart D: PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning on page 72 .

Can the motor rotate freely?

No

Yes (Ropes removed)

・  Select Rotational Back EMF Constant Auto-Tuning T2-01=11.

・  Press the Up key.

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.

Open the motor contactor.

Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence.

Open the Baseblock input (H1 = 8/9) if used.

FINISH

<1> If an LED operator is used, the display shows “

<2> If an LED operator is used, the display shows “

”.

”.

Figure 36 Auto-Tuning for PM Motors

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 71

4

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 72 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Flowchart D: PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning

The flowchart below covers Rotational and Stationary Auto-Tuning procedures used to automatically set up the PG encoder offset. PG encoder Offset Tuning should be performed when the PG encoder offset (T2-17) is unknown, when a

PG encoder offset value has been set but problems with the speed feedback occur, or when the PG encoder is replaced.

START

YEA_comm on

Set the motor and PG encoder data manually or perform motor data Auto-tuning.

No

Has all motor and PG encoder data been set correctly?

Yes

Set terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if Safe Disable function is used.

Set the Baseblock input (H1 = 8/9) if used.

Close the motor contactor(s).

Select Initial Magnet Pole Search Parameter Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 3.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed.

<1>

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until

Auto-Tuning is finished.

No - “Er-22” <2>

Rotational PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning necessary

Tuning

Successful?

Yes

(Stationary PG Encoder Offset

Auto-Tuning possible)

Absolute PG encoder necessary for driving the motor.

Change the PG option card and use an absolute PG Encoder

(EnDat, ...).

Absolute PG encoder used?

Yes

(EnDat, ...)

No

(PG-X3, Incremental

PG encoder used)

Uncouple motor and the mechanical system of the elevator (remove ropes).

Select Stationary Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning

T2-01 = 4.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed.

<1>

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.

Select Rotational PG Encoder Offset

Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 10.

Press the Up key until “Tuning Ready” is displayed.

<1>

Tuning

Successful?

No

Yes

Refer to

Auto-Tuning Fault Detection on page 140

.

Remove the Fault/Alarm source and repeat Auto Tuning.

Release the brake.

Press the Run key on the digital operator and wait until Auto-Tuning is finished.

Apply the brake.

Tuning

Successful?

Yes

No

Refer to

Auto-Tuning Fault Detection on page 140

.

Remove the Fault/Alarm source and repeat Auto Tuning.

Open the motor contactor.

Open the Baseblock input (H1 = 8/9) if used.

Open terminals H1-HC and H2-HC if used during the normal sequence.

Recouple the motor (ropes) to the load if decoupled for tuning.

FINISH

<1> If an LED operator is used, the display shows “

<2> If an LED operator is used, the display shows “ ”.

”.

Figure 37 PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning

72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 73 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Types of Auto-Tuning

The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of

Auto-Tuning used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select the type of Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Directions for performing Auto-Tuning are listed in

Start-Up Flowcharts on page 66 .

Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set in A1-02. If the control mode is for an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available. If the control mode is for a PM motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for induction motors will not be available. Inertia Tuning and ASR Gain Tuning parameters and setting options will be visible only when the drive is set for operation with CLV or CLV/PM.

Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

Table 24 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

Type Setting Requirements and Benefits

Control Mode (A1-02)

V/f (0) OLV (2) CLV (3)

Rotational

Auto-Tuning

Stationary

Auto-Tuning 1

Stationary

Auto-Tuning for

Line-to-Line

Resistance

Stationary

Auto-Tuning 2

T1-01 = 0

T1-01 = 1

T1-01 = 2

T1-01 = 4

• Rotational Auto-Tuning gives the most accurate results, and is recommended if possible.

• Motor must run freely or with light load (<30%), i.e. ropes have to be removed.

• A motor test report listing motor data is not available.

• Automatically calculates motor parameters needed for vector control.

• Use if ropes cannot be removed. Note that the accuracy is less then with

Rotational Auto-Tuning.

• Used for V/f Control or in vector control modes when the drive was previously set up properly and now the motor cable has changed.

• Used in V/f control if drive and motor capacities differ.

• Should not be used for any vector control modes unless the motor cable has changed.

• A motor test report is available. Once the no-load current and the rated slip have been entered, the drive calculates and sets all other motor-related parameters.

• Use if ropes cannot be removed and if slip and no-load current data are available.

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors

Automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1 , E5 , and some F1 parameters for speed feedback detection.

Table 25 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors

Type

Motor Data Input

Stationary Auto-Tuning

Stationary Stator

Resistance Auto-Tuning

Rotational Back EMF

Constant Auto-Tuning

Setting

T2-01 = 0

T2-01 = 1

T2-01 = 2

T2-01 = 11

Requirements and Benefits

• Use if a motor test report is available.

• Input motor data from the motor test report. Convert data into the correct unit before inputting data if necessary.

• Motor does not rotate during Auto-Tuning.

• Use if a motor test report is not available.

• Input motor data from the motor name plate. Make sure to convert data into the correct units. The drive automatically calculates the motor data.

• Tunes stator resistance only.

• Should be performed if the motor cabling has changed.

• Use if a motor test is not available.

• Tunes the Motor Induction Voltage only.

• Should be performed after Motor data are set and the encoder offset is adjusted.

• The motor must be uncoupled from the mechanical system (remove ropes).

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3

Encoder Characteristics

<1>

T2-01 = 12 Perform this Auto-Tuning to obtain accurate position data from the motor rotor for driving a PM motor.

<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics requires a PG-E3 option with software version 1102 or later. To identify the PG-E3 software version, refer to the PG-E3 labeling on the option, in the field designated “C/N” (S + four digit number).

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 73

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 74 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Input Value

Input

Paramet er

Unit

Control Mode

Motor Rated Power

Motor Rated Voltage

A1-02

T2-04

T2-05

Motor Rated Current

Number of Motor Poles

T2-06

T2-08

Motor Rated Speed T2-09

Stator 1 Phase Resistance T2-10

T2-11

T2-12 d-Axis Inductance q-Axis Inductance

Induced Voltage

Constant Unit Selection

Voltage Constant

PG Number of Pulses per

Revolution

T2-13

T2-14

T2-16

– kW

V

A

N/A r/min

Ω mH mH

N/A

<2>

Yes

Yes

Z Pulse Offset

Speed Reference for

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3

Encoder

Characteristics

<1>

Rotation Direction for

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3

Encoder

Characteristics

<1>

T2-17

T2-18

T2-19

N/A deg

(mech.) r/min

N/A

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

<1> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

<2> Depends on T2-13 setting.

Table 26 Auto-Tuning Input Data

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

0

Motor

Paramet er

Settings

1

Stationar y

2

Stationar y

Stator

Resistan ce

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

N/A

N/A

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Tuning Type (T2-01)

3

Initial

Magnet

Pole

Search

Paramete rs

Auto-Tuni ng

7

4

Encoder

Offset

Stationar y

Auto-Tuni ng

10

Encoder

Offset

Rotationa l

Auto-Tuni ng

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

11

Back

EMF

Constant

12

Auto-

Tuning of

PG-E3

Encoder

Characteristics

7

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

Properly set the motor and PG encoder data before performing PG Encoder Offset Tuning.

Table 27 Types of Auto-Tuning for PG Encoder Offset

Type

Initial Magnet Pole Search

Parameters Auto-Tuning

Stationary PG Encoder

Offset

Auto-Tuning

Rotational PG Encoder

Offset

Auto-Tuning

Setting

T2-01 = 3

T2-01 = 4

Requirements and Benefits

• Should be performed after motor Auto-Tuning in order to determine the PG encoder tuning method.

• Attempts to detect the motor rotor position, determines whether PG encoder offset can be tuned using

Stationary Encoder Offset Tuning and sets parameters needed for Initial Magnet Pole Search (n8-36, n8-37).

• When using the Rescue Operation mode, perform this tuning to let the drive automatically set the parameters needed for Initial Magnet Pole Search with power supply from a battery or UPS (n8-81, n8-82).

• Must be performed when using an incremental PG encoder.

Important: If this tuning fails when using a PG-X3 card with an incremental PG encoder the motor cannot be driven using an incremental PG encoder. Change the PG encoder to an absolute PG encoder.

• Tunes the PG encoder offset without rotating the motor.

• If the PG encoder offset cannot be tuned properly by this method, try Rotating PG Encoder Offset

Tuning.

T2-01 = 10

• Tunes the PG encoder offset while rotating the motor.

• Motor and mechanical system must be uncoupled (ropes must be removed from traction sheave).

74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 75 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics

This feature optimizes the drive settings for the characteristics of the PG-E3 speed-control option card for the ERN1387 encoder (manufactured by HEIDENHAIN) while rotating the motor. Perform Auto-Tuning to obtain accurate position data from the motor rotor for driving a PM motor. This type of Auto-Tuning automatically sets the characteristics of the

PG-E3 option card for the ERN1387 encoder in parameters F1-66 to F1-81 (Encoder Adjust 1 to 16).

Note: 1.

The motor rotates during execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics. Before starting, refer to the drive technical manual.

2.

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics adjusts the unique characteristics of the ERN1387 encoder connected to the drive by using a PG-E3 option card. This type of tuning should be performed when setting up the drive or after replacing the encoder or drive.

The signal lines between the PG-E3 option card and the ERN1387 encoder must be connected between the R+ and R- terminals while this type of tuning is performed.

3.

The setting values of parameters F1-66 to F1-81 are reset to factory default values when A1-03 is set to 2220. The setting values of parameters F1-66 to F1-81 are modified at completion of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics.

■

Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes

If tuning results are abnormal or the STOP key is pressed before completion, Auto-Tuning will be interrupted and a fault code will appear on the digital operator.

Figure 34

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALM

DRV FOUT

DRV Rdy

Tune Proceeding

X.XX Hz/ X.XXA

FWD

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

- MODE DRV

ALM

Er-03

STOP key

FWD RESET YEA_ common

During Auto-Tuning Auto-Tuning Aborted

Figure 38 Auto-Tuning Aborted Display

■

Auto-Tuning Operation Example

The following example demonstrates Rotational Auto-Tuning when using OLV (A1-02 = 2).

Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning

Step

1.

Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.

Display/Result

- MODE DRV Rdy

Speed Ref (OPR)

U1-01= 0.00%

U1-02= 0.00%

U1-03= 0.00A

RSEQ

LREF

FWD FWD/REV

2.

Press or until the Auto-Tuning display appears.

- MODE PRG

Auto-Tuning

AUTO

HELP FWD DATA

3.

Press

4.

Press

to begin setting parameters.

to select the value for T1-01.

- A.TUNE PRG

Tuning Mode

T101 = 0 ∗

0

∗

Standard Tuning

ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE PRG

Tuning Mode

T1-01= 0 ∗

0

∗

Standard Tuning

“0”

FWD

4

5.

Save the setting by pressing .

Entry Accepted

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 75

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 76 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Step

6.

The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3.

Display/Result

- A.TUNE PRG

Tuning Mode

T101 = 0 ∗ 0 ∗

Standard Tuning

ESC FWD DATA

Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate

After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.

Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning”.

Step

1.

Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02.

2.

Press to view the default setting.

3.

Press

F1 left data in kW.

,

F2 right

, , and to enter the motor power nameplate

Display/Result

- A.TUNE PRG

Mtr Rated Power

T102 = 3.70kW

(0.00 ~ 650.00)

“3.70kW”

ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE PRG

Mtr Rated Power

T1-02= 0 03.70kW

(0.00 ~ 650.00)

“3.70kW”

FWD

- A.TUNE PRG

Mtr Rated Power

T1-02= 004.0

0 kW

(0.00 ~ 650.00)

“3.70kW”

FWD

4.

Press to save the setting.

Entry Accepted

5.

The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1.

- A.TUNE PRG

Mtr Rated Power

T102 = 4.00kW

(0.00 ~ 650.00)

“3.70kW”

ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE PRG

Mtr Rated Power

T102 = 4.00kW

(0.00 ~ 650.00)

“3.70kW”

ESC FWD DATA

6.

Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters:

• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage

• T1-04, Motor Rated Current

• T1-05, Motor Base Frequency

• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles

• T1-07, Motor Base Speed

- A.TUNE PRG

Rated Speed

T107 = 1450RPM

(0 ~ 24000)

“1450RPM”

ESC FWD DATA

Starting Auto-Tuning

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death or serious injury. Ensure the areas surrounding the drive, motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with the motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.

WARNING!

When performing Rotational Auto-Tuning for motor data or PG encoder offset, always uncouple the motor from the mechanical system (remove ropes from traction sheave). Performing Rotational Auto-Tuning with the mechanical system connected to the motor can cause hazardous situations, injury to personnel and damage to the equipment.

NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is applied on the load. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning. Failure to comply could result in improper operation of the drive.

Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.

Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”.

76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 77 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

1.

Step

After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm.

Display/Result

- A.TUNE DRV

Auto-Tuning

0.00 Hz/ 0.00A

Tuning Ready ?

Press RUN key

ESC FWD

2.

Press to activate Auto-Tuning. The drive begins by injecting current into the motor for about 1 min, and then starts to rotate the motor.

Note: The first digit on the display indicates which motor is undergoing Auto-Tuning

(motor 1 or motor 2). The second digit indicates the type of Auto-Tuning being performed.

- A.TUNE DRV Rdy

Tune Proceeding

X.XX Hz/ X.XXA

FWD

3.

Auto-Tuning finishes in approximately one to two minutes.

- MODE DRV

End

Tune Successful

FWD RESET

■

Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1

The T1 parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.

Note: For motors operating in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-Tuning is complete, change E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency, to the desired value.

T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used.

Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 73 for details on the

different types of Auto-Tuning.

Setting Range

2 (V/f)

0 to 2, 4 (OLV, CLV)

Default

2 (V/f)

1 (OLV, CLV)

No.

T1-01

Parameter Name

Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Setting 0: Rotational Auto-Tuning

Setting 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1

Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance

Setting 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2

T1-02: Motor Rated Power

Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.

No.

T1-02

Parameter Name

Motor Rated Power

Setting Range

0.00 to 650.00 kW

Default

Determined by o2-04

T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the motor voltage at base speed here if the motor is operating above base speed.

Enter the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load conditions at rated speed to T1-03 for better control precision around rated speed when using a vector control mode. The no-load voltage can usually be found in the motor test report available from the manufacturer. If the motor test report is not available, enter approximately 90% of the rated voltage printed on the motor nameplate. This may increase the output current and reduce the overload margin.

4

No.

T1-03

Parameter Name

Motor Rated Voltage

Setting Range

0.0 to 255.5 V

<1>

Default

200.0 V

<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double value for 400 V class drives. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<1>

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 77

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 78 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

T1-04: Motor Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. Set the motor rated current between 50% and 100% of the drive rated current for optimal performance in OLV or CLV. Enter the current at the motor base speed.

No.

T1-04

Parameter Name

Motor Rated Current

Setting Range

10 to 200% of drive rated current

Default

Depending on o2-04

T1-05: Motor Base Frequency

Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or if the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 (E3-04 for motor 2) after

Auto-Tuning is complete.

No.

T1-05

Parameter Name

Motor Base Frequency

T1-06: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.

Setting Range

0.0 to 200.0 Hz

Default

60.0 Hz

No.

T1-06

Parameter Name

Number of Motor Poles

Setting Range

2 to 48

Default

4

T1-07: Motor Base Speed

Sets the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or if the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the speed at base frequency to T1-07.

No.

T1-07

Parameter Name

Motor Base Speed

Setting Range

0 to 24000 r/min

T1-08: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution

Sets the number of pulses from the PG encoder. Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor rotation.

Default

1750 r/min

No.

T1-08

Parameter Name

PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution

Setting Range

0 to 60000 ppr

Default

1024 ppr

Note: T1-08 will only be displayed in CLV.

T1-09: Motor No-Load Current

Sets the no-load current for the motor. The default setting displayed is no-load current automatically calculated from the output power set in T1-02 and the motor rated current set to T1-04. Enter the data listed on the motor test report. Leave this data at the default setting if the motor test report is not available.

No.

T1-09

<1>

Parameter Name

Motor No-Load Current

Setting Range

0 to [T1-04] A

(Max: 0 to 2999.9)

Default

–

<1> The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) in the drive models 2  0008 to 2  0033,4  0005 to 4  0018 and 5  0003 to 5  0013 (refer to

Table 55 ,

Table 56 and

Table 57 ), and one decimal place (0.1 A) in the drive models 2

 0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605 and 5  0017 to

5  0200.

78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 79 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

T1-10: Motor Rated Slip

Sets the rated slip for the motor.

The default setting displayed is the motor rated slip for a Yaskawa motor calculated from the output power set in T1-02.

Enter the data listed on the motor test report.

No.

T1-10

Parameter Name

Motor Rated Slip

Setting Range

0.00 to 20.00 Hz

Default

–

■

Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2

The T2 parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.

T2-01: PM Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Selects the type of Auto-Tuning to be performed. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors on page 73 for

details on different types of Auto-Tuning.

No.

T2-01

Parameter Name

PM Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Setting Range

0 to 4, 10 to 12

<1>

Default

0

<1> Setting 12 is available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics requires a PG-E3 option with software version 1102 or later. To identify the PG-E3 software version, refer to the PG-E3 labeling on the option, in the field designated “C/N” (S + four digit number).

Setting 0: Motor Data Input

Setting 1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning

Setting 2: PM Stationary Stator Resistance Auto-Tuning

Setting 3: Initial Magnet Pole Search Parameters Auto-Tuning

Setting 4: Stationary PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning

Setting 10: Rotational PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning

Setting 11: Rotational Back EMF Constant Auto-Tuning

Setting 12: Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics

T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power

Specifies the PM motor rated power in kilowatts.

No.

T2-04

T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the PM motor rated voltage.

Parameter Name

PM Motor Rated Power

Setting Range

0.00 to 650.00 kW

Default

Depending on o2-04

No.

T2-05

Parameter Name

PM Motor Rated Voltage

Setting Range

0.0 to 255.0 V

<1>

Default

200.0 V

<1>

<1> Values shown are specific to 200 V class drives. Double value for 400 V class drives. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current

Enter the PM motor rated current in amps.

No.

T2-06

Parameter Name

PM Motor Rated Current

Setting Range

10% to 200% of the drive rated current

Default

Depending on o2-04

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 79

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 80 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles

Enter the number of motor poles.

No.

T2-08

Parameter Name

Number of PM Motor Poles

<1> When PG-E3 option connected: Max setting = 48

T2-09: PM Motor Base Speed

Enter the motor rated speed in r/min.

Note: T2-09 will be displayed when in CLV/PM.

No.

T2-09

Parameter Name

PM Motor Base Speed

T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance

Enter the motor stator resistance per motor phase.

No.

T2-10

Parameter Name

PM Motor Stator Resistance

T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

Enter the d axis inductance per motor phase.

No.

T2-11

Parameter Name

PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

Enter the q axis inductance per motor phase.

Setting Range

2 to 120

<1>

Setting Range

0 to 24000 r/min

Setting Range

0.000 to 65.000

Ω

Setting Range

0.00 to 600.00 mH

Default

6

Default

150 r/min

Default

–

Default

–

No.

T2-12

Parameter Name

PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

T2-13: Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection

Selects the units used for setting the induced voltage coefficient.

Setting Range

0.00 to 600.00 mH

Default

–

No.

T2-13

Parameter Name

Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection

Setting Range

0, 1

Default

1

Setting 0: mV (r/min)

Setting 1: mV (rad/sec)

Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor

Induction Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-24 to 0.0.

T2-14: PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant

Enter the motor induced voltage constant.

No.

T2-14

Parameter Name

PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant

Setting Range

0.0 to 2000.0

Default

Depending on T2-02

80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 81 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

T2-16: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Tuning

Enter the number of pulses from the PG encoder per motor rotation.

No.

T2-16

Parameter Name

Encoder Resolution (Pulses Per Revolution)

Setting Range

1 to 15000 ppr

Default

1024 ppr

T2-17: PG Encoder Z-pulse Offset

Sets the offset between the rotor magnet axis and the PG encoder zero position. If the PG encoder offset value is unknown or if the PG encoder is replaced, perform PG Encoder Offset Auto-Tuning.

No.

T2-17

Parameter Name

PG Encoder Z-pulse Offset

Setting Range

-180.0 to 180.0 deg

T2-18: Speed Reference for Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics

Note: Available in drive software PRG: 7017 or later.

Sets the speed reference for execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics (T2-01 = 12).

Default

0.0 deg

No.

T2-18

Parameter Name

Speed Reference for Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics

Setting Range

1 to 30 r/min

Default

10 r/min

T2-19: Rotation Direction for Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics

Note: Available in drive software PRG: 7017 or later.

Sets the direction of motor rotation for execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics (T2-01 = 12).

No.

T2-19

Parameter Name

Rotation Direction for Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 Encoder Characteristic

Setting 0: Forward (Up)

Setting 1: Reverse (Down)

Setting Range

0, 1

Default

0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 81

4

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 82 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

◆

Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications

■

Up and Down Commands and Speed Reference Selection

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Remove the Up/Down Command before resetting alarms and faults. Failure to comply can result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Verify drive parameter b1-03 Stopping Method is set to 0:Ramp to Stop before starting the drive. Failure to comply may cause the elevator to free-fall when the Up/Down command is removed.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive is capable of running the motor at high speed. Verify the maximum drive output frequency before starting the drive. Failure to comply may cause injury or death due to inadvertent high speed operation.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Use the Initial Pole Search Status Signal (H2 = 61) to interlock the brake to ensure the brake is not released before the Initial Magnetic Pole Search is completed. Failure to comply may cause inadvertent elevator movement resulting in serious injury.

NOTICE: Always turn off the RUN command before changing the setting of parameters d1-18 (Speed Reference Selection Mode), b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection), or H1 (Multi-Function Digital Inputs). If the RUN command is on when changing any of these settings, the motor may unexpectedly start running, and could result in injury.

Speed Reference Selection

Parameter b1-01 determines the source of the speed reference.

b1-01

0 (default)

1

2

3

Reference source

Digital operator keypad

Analog input

<1>

Serial Communication

<2>

Option Board

<2>

Speed reference input

Set the speed references in the d1 parameters and use digital inputs to switch between different reference values.

Apply the speed reference signal to terminal A1 or A2.

Serial Communications using the RS422/485 port

Communications option card

<1> If source of the speed reference is assigned to the control terminals (b1-01 = 1), then d1-18 will automatically be set to 0 (so that the drive uses multi-speed references d1-01 to d1-08).

<2> If the speed reference selection in d1-18 is set so that either the high speed reference has priority (d1-18 = 1), or so that the leveling speed has priority (d1-18 = 2), then the drive will look to the multi-function input terminals for the speed reference.

Up/Down Command Source Selection

The input source for the Up and Down command can be selected using parameter b1-02.

b1-02

0

1 (default)

2

3

Up/Down source

Operator keypad

Digital inputs

Serial Communication

Option Board

Up/Down command input

RUN and STOP keys on the operator

Terminal S1: Run in the Up direction

Terminal S2: Run in the Down direction

Serial Communications using the RS422/485 port

Communications option card

Travel Start and Stop

Travel Start

To start the elevator in the up or down direction, the following conditions must be fulfilled:

• A speed reference greater than zero must be provided.

• The Safe Disable signals at terminals H1 and H2 must both be closed (drive output enabled).

• If a multi-function digital input is programmed for Baseblock (H1 = 8 or 9), this input must be set so the drive is not in a baseblock condition.

• An Up or Down Signal must be set at the source specified in b1-02.

• If a multifunction input is programmed for output contactor feedback (H1 = 56), then the output contactor must be closed.

82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 83 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Travel Stop

The drive stops under the following conditions:

• The Up or Down command is removed.

• d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and the Up/Down or Leveling Speed signal (H1 = 53) is removed.

• d1-18 is set to 3 and all speed inputs are removed.

• A fault occurs. The stopping method depends on the specific fault that occurred, in combination with certain parameter settings.

• The Safe Disable inputs are opened or a Base Block signal is input. In this case, the brake is applied immediately and the drive output shuts off.

■

Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0)

Set parameter b1-01 = 0 to enable the speed selection using the drive digital inputs. Use parameter d1-18 to determine different travel speeds selected by the digital inputs.

NOTICE: Always turn off the RUN command before changing the setting of parameters d1-18 (Speed Reference Selection Mode), b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection), or H1 (Multi-Function Digital Inputs). If the RUN command is on when changing any of these settings, the motor may unexpectedly start running, and could result in injury.

d1-18

0 (default)

1

2

3

Speed Selection

Multi-speed inputs 1, Speed references are set in d1-01 to d1-08

Separate speed inputs, Speed references are set in d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26, Higher speed has priority

Separate speed inputs, Speed references are set in d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26, Leveling speed has priority

Multi speed inputs 2, Speed references are set in d1-02 to d1-08, Stop if no speed selection input is enabled

Multi-Speed Inputs 1, 2 (d1-18 = 0 or 3)

Speed Selection

When d1-18 = 0 or 3, multi-function digital inputs are preset as shown below.

Terminal

S5

S6

S7

Parameter Number

H1-05

H1-06

H1-07

Set Value

3

4

5

Details

Multi-Speed Reference 1

Multi-Speed Reference 2

Multi-Speed Reference 3

Different speed reference settings can be selected by combining the three digital inputs as shown in the table below.

Note: Parameters d1-19 through d1-26 are displayed only if d1-18 is set to 1 or 2.

Multi-Speed

Reference 1

0

1

0

1

0

1

1

0

0 = Off, 1 = On

Digital Inputs

Multi-Speed

Reference 2

0

0

1

0

1

1

1

0

Multi-Speed

Reference 3

0

0

0

1

1

1

0

1

Selected Speed d1-18 = 0 d1-18 = 3

Speed reference 1 (d1-01) Stop

Speed reference 2 (d1-02 or terminal A1, A2 input value if H3-02 or H3-10 is set to

2)

Speed reference 3 (d1-03 or terminal A1, A2 input value if H3-02 or H3-10 is set to

3)

Speed reference 4 (d1-04)

Speed reference 5 (d1-05)

Speed reference 6 (d1-06)

Speed reference 7 (d1-07)

Speed reference 8 (d1-08)

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 83

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 84 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Setting d1-18 = 0

Up to eight speed references can be set using parameters d1-01 to d1-08. The drive starts with an Up or Down command, and stops when the Up or Down command is removed. When d1-18 = 0, parameters d1-19 through d1-23 will not be displayed.

Setting d1-18 = 3

Allows seven speed references to be set using parameters d1-02 to d1-08. The drive starts with an Up or Down command, and stops either when all three input terminals that set the speed reference are released, or when the Up/Down command is released. When d1-18 = 0, parameters d1-19 through d1-23 will not be displayed.

Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2)

Six different speed settings (defined in the parameters d1-19 to d1-24 and d1-26) can be set and selected using four digital inputs.

Speed Selection

When d1-18 = 1 or 2, multi-function digital inputs are preset as shown below.

Terminal

S3

S5

S6

Parameter Number

H1-03

H1-05

H1-06

Set Value

50

51

53

Nominal speed (d1-19)

Intermediate speed

Leveling speed (d1-26)

Details

Different speed settings can be selected depending on the assignment of the speed selection digital inputs (H1 ) as shown in the table below.

Note: Parameters d1-19 through d1-26 are displayed only if d1-18 is set to 1 or 2.

Selected Speed

Nominal Speed (d1-19)

Intermediate Speed 1 (d1-20)

Intermediate Speed 2 (d1-21)

Intermediate Speed 3 (d1-22)

Releveling Speed (d1-23)

Leveling Speed (d1-26)

Zero Speed

Leveling and Nominal Speed assigned

(H1 = 50 and H1 = 53)

50 51 52 53

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

A

A

A

1

A

A

0

Leveling speed not assigned

(H1 ≠ 53)

50 51 52

0

0

1

0

1

0

N/A

0

1

1

1

0

0

N/A

0

0

1

0

1

1

N/A

0 = Off, 1 = On, A = 0 when d1-18 = 2 and no influence when d1-18 = 1, B = no influence, N/A = Not available

N/A

1

0

B

N/A

Nominal Speed not assigned

(H1 ≠ 50)

51 52 53

0

1

0

0

0

0

N/A

1

1

B

N/A

N/A

0

0

B

N/A

Higher Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1 = 53) (Default)

The higher speed has priority over the leveling speed. The leveling signal is disregarded as long as any other speed selection input is active. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference signal is removed.

DC Injection/

Position lock

Speed

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

Up/Down Command

Leveling speed

Selected speed (other than leveling)

DC Injection/

Position lock

Input is set No effect

84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 85 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Higher Speed Priority is Selected and the Leveling Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1 ≠ 53)

The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the selected speed reference signal is removed.

If no speed reference is selected at start, the drive will trigger an “FrL” fault. Set parameter S6-15 to 0 to disable Speed

Reference Missing (FrL) detection. With this setting the drive starts using leveling speed if no other speed reference is selected.

DC Injection/

Position lock

DC Injection/

Position lock

Speed

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

Up/Down Command

Selected speed (other than leveling)

Input is set

Leveling Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1 = 53)

The leveling signal has priority over other speed references. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed (d1-26) when the leveling speed selection input is activated. The drive stops when either the leveling input or the Up/Down command is released.

DC Injection/

Position lock

DC Injection/

Position lock

Speed

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

Up/Down Command

Leveling speed

Leveling speed has priority

Selected speed (other than leveling)

Input is set No effect

Leveling Speed Priority is Selected and the Nominal Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1 ≠ 50)

The drive runs at nominal speed (d1-19) when no speed selection input is set. When the leveling speed signal is set, the drive decelerates to the leveling speed. The leveling speed signal has priority over all other speed signals.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. This function may not work properly if a broken wire connection to the drive I/O causes improper elevator speed selection. Properly tighten wire connections at the drive terminals before enabling this function.

DC Injection/ position lock

DC Injection/ position lock

Speed

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

Up/Down Command

Leveling speed

Input is set

■

Multi-Function Terminal Setup

Multi-Function Digital Input (Terminals S3 to S8)

The H1 parameters assign functions to digital input terminals S3 to S8 digital input terminal functions, refer to

H1:

Multi-Function Digital Inputs on page 183

.

Multi-Function Digital Outputs

The H2 parameters assign functions to digital output terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-C1, and P2-PC digital input terminal functions, refer to

H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs on page 185 .

Multi-Function Analog Inputs

The H3 parameters assign functions to analog input terminals A1 and A2 analog input functions, refer to

H3:

Multi-Function Analog Inputs on page 187

.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 85

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 86 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Multi-Function Analog Outputs

The H4 parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM. Select the function for these terminals by

entering the last three digits of the desired U monitor. For a list of analog output functions, refer to U: Monitors on page 207

.

■

Accel/Decel Ramp and Jerk Settings

Acceleration and deceleration ramps are set using the C1 parameters. Use the C2 parameters to adjust the jerk at the start of acceleration or deceleration.

Figure 39 explains how accel/decel ride and jerk settings can be used to adjust the ride profile.

Figure 35

C2-02

(Jerk at

Accel End)

C2-01

(Jerk at

Accel Start)

C1-01

(Accel Ramp 1)

C2-03

(Jerk at

Decel Start)

C2-04

(Jerk at

Decel End) C2-05 (Jerk Below Leveling Speed) d1-26 (Leveling Speed)

C1-02

(Decel Ramp 1)

Figure 39 Accel/Decel Ramp and the Jerk Function

Units used to set the acceleration and deceleration ramp as well as the Jerk function change with the setting of parameter o1-03.

■

Elevator Emergency Stop

Start condition for Elevator Emergency Coast to Stop

An emergency coast to stop is performed when the Up or Down command is cleared and all of the following conditions are met.

• Parameter b1-03 (Stopping Method Selection) is set to 4.

• Parameter d1-18 (Speed Reference Selection Mode) is set to 0 or 3.

• Parameter b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection) is set to 1.

• The Up/Down command is cleared and U1-05 (Speed Feedback) is equal to or greater than S1-26 (Emergency Stop

Start Level).

Elevator Emergency Stop Timing Chart

A timing chart for Elevator Emergency Coast to Stop and normal Ramp to Stop appears in

Figure 40

and Figure 41 .

Figure 36

Selected Speed

Speed

DC Injection Braking/

Position Lock at Start

S1-26

Emergency Stop

Start Level

S1-11

(Output Contactor Open

Delay Time)

Coast to Stop

Up/Down Command

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) or Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

H2 = 51 (Output Cont. Contr.)

H2 = 50 (Brake Control)

Enabled

Figure 40 With Up/Down command cleared and U1-05 ≥ S1-26

86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 87 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Figure 37

Speed

DC Injection Braking/

Position Lock at Start

Up/Down Command

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) or Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

H2 = 51 (Output Cont. Contr.)

H2 = 50 (Brake Control)

Selected Speed

S1-26

Emergency Stop

Start Level

S1-05

(DC Injection/Position

Lock Time at stop)

DC Injection/

Position Lock at Stop

S1-07

(Brake Close

Delay Time)

S1-11

(Output Contactor Open

Delay Time)

Enabled

Figure 41 With Up/Down command cleared and U1-05 < S1-26

■

Inspection Operation

Start Condition in Inspection Operation

NOTICE: Always turn off the RUN command before changing the setting of parameters d1-18 (Speed Reference Selection Mode), b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection), or H1 (Multi-Function Digital Inputs). If the RUN command is on when changing any of these settings, the motor may unexpectedly start running, and could result in injury.

Inspection operation is performed when an Up or Down signal is input while one of the following conditions is true:

• Parameter d1-18 is set to 0 or 3 and the selected speed is higher than d1-28 but lower than d1-29.

• Parameter d1-18 is set to 1 or 2 and a digital input programmed for Inspection Operation Speed (H1 = 54) is enabled.

Inspection Operation uses the same acceleration characteristics and brake sequence at start as normal operation.

The carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz during Inspection Operation, but can be changed using parameter C6-21.

Stop Condition in Inspection Operation

To stop the drive during Inspection Operation, either remove the Up or Down command or reset the input terminal for

Inspection Operation.

A deceleration ramp can be set for Inspection Operation using parameter C1-15.

• If C1-15 = 0.00, the drive immediately applies the brake, shuts off the drive output, and opens the motor contactor, i.e., the multi-function output terminals set for “Brake Control” (H2 = 50) and “Output Contactor Control” (H2 =

51) are cleared.

• If C1-15 > 0.00, the drive decelerates to stop at the rate set to C1-15, then applies the brake, shuts the output off, and opens the motor contactor.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 87

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 88 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Inspection Operation Timing Chart

A timing chart for Inspection Operation appears in

Figure 42

.

Inspection Operation without Decel Ramp (C1-15 = 0) Inspection Operation with Decel Ramp (C1-15 > 0)

■

Speed

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

H1 = 54 (Inspection Operation)

H2-

Up/Down command

= 51 (Output Cont. Contr.)

H2 = 50 (Brake Control)

Inspection Operation

Speed

DC Injection Braking/

Position Lock at start

<1>

Speed

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

H1 = 54 (Inspection Operation)

H2-

Up/Down command

= 51 (Output Cont. Contr.)

H2 = 50 (Brake Control)

Inspection Operation

Speed

DC Injection Braking/

Position Lock at start

C1-15

<1>

Enabled

<1> The drive stops if either the Up/Down command or Inspection Operation signals are removed.

Figure 42 Inspection Operation Sequence

Brake Sequence

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Rapid deceleration may cause the drive to fault on an overvoltage condition, resulting in death or serious injury due to an uncontrolled motor state. Be sure to set an acceptable deceleration time in parameter C1-09, Fast Stop

Ramp, when using the fast-stop feature.

NOTICE: Always turn off the RUN command before changing the setting of parameters d1-18 (Speed Reference Selection Mode), b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection), or H1 (Multi-Function Digital Inputs). If the RUN command is on when changing any of these settings, the motor may unexpectedly start running, and could result in injury.

The drive supports two types of brake sequences, one with torque compensation at start using an analog input terminal

(H3 = 14) and the other without torque compensation at start.

Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation

To configure the brake sequence operation without torque compensation, do not set any analog input terminals for

“Torque compensation” (H3 = 14).

Figure 38

S1-10

(Up/Down Command

Delay Time)

Speed

S1-04

(DC Injection/

PositionLock

Time at Start)

DC Injection Braking/

Position Lock at Start

S1-06

(Brake

Release

Delay

Time)

Selected Speed

S1-11

(Output Contactor

Open Delay Time)

Up/Down Command

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

Output Contactor Control

(H2= 51)

Motor Contactor Response

(H1 = 56)

Brake Control (H2 = 50) d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

S1-05

(DC Injection

Braking/Position

Lock Time at stop)

DC Injection/

Position Lock at Stop

S1-07

(Brake

Close

Delay

Time) t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9

Enabled

Figure 43 Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation at Start

88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 89 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Figure 43

is divided into time zones.

Table 28

explains the sequence in each time zone.

Time Zone t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9

Table 28 Time Zones for Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation at Start

Description

Up or Down command is issued.

Safe Disable terminals H1-HC and H2-HC must be set and Baseblock must be disabled (digital inputs set to H1 = 8/9).

Speed reference must be selected by multi-function input terminals.

Output contactor control signal is set (H2 = 51) by the drive.

Drive waits for the “Motor Contactor Feedback” signal (H1 = 56) to be issued. If the motor contactor feedback is not received within t1, or if the feedback signal is on before the contactor control command has been issued, an SE1 fault is triggered.

If the motor contactor feedback signal is not used, then the drive waits for the operation start delay time set in S1-10 to pass, then proceeds to the next step.

After the delay time set in S1-10 has passed, the drive outputs current to the motor.

DC Injection Braking or Position Lock begins.

After the brake release delay time set in S1-06 has passed, the drive sets the “Brake Control” output (H2 = 50) in order to release the brake.

DC Injection Braking or Position Lock will continue until: the time S1-04 has elapsed, or the time S1-06 has elapsed if S1-06 > S1-04 (this setting should be avoided since the motor could be driven against the applied brake).

The drive accelerates up to the selected speed. The speed is kept constant until the leveling speed is selected.

Leveling speed is selected. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed and maintains that speed until the Up or Down command is removed.

The Up or Down signal is cleared. The drive decelerates to zero speed.

The motor speed reaches the zero speed level (S1-01).

DC Injection Braking or Position Lock is then executed for the time set in S1-05.

After the delay time to close the brake set in S1-07 has passed, the drive clears the “Brake Control” output (H2 = 50). The brake applies.

The drive continues DC Injection or Position Lock until the time S1-05 has passed. When S1-05 has passed the drive output is shut off.

After the delay for the magnetic contactor set in S1-11 has passed, the drive resets the output terminal set for “Output Contactor

Control” (H2 = 51).

The Safe Disable Inputs can be cleared and Baseblock can be enabled.

Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation

If a load measuring device is installed in the elevator, an analog input can be used to input a torque compensation value to the drive. This function requires one of the closed loop control modes (CLV or CLV/PM). To use torque compensation, one of the analog input terminals must be configured to provide the torque compensation signal (H3 = 14).

Figure 44

is a timing chart for a brake sequence using torque compensation.

Figure 39

S1-10

(Up/Down Command

Delay Time)

S1-04

(DC Injection/

Position Lock

Time at Start)

Position Lock

Selected Speed

S1-11

(Output Contactor

Open Delay Time)

Speed

Latch value from analog input

Torque Compensation at Start

300%Torque

S3-14 (Torque

Compensation

Diminish Speed)

Torque Compensation

Fades Out with S3-15 at S3-14.

d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

S1-05

(DC Injection

Braking/

Position Lock at stop)

Position Lock

S1-07

(Brake

Close

Delay

Time)

S3-10 (Starting

Torque Compensation

Increase Time)

Up/Down Command

Safe disable (terminals H1/H2 on) and Baseblock off (H1 = 8/9)

Output Contactor Control

(H2 = 51)

Motor Contactor Response

(H1 = 56)

Brake Control (H2 = 50) t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9

Enabled

Figure 44 Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation at Start

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 89

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 90 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Figure 44

is divided into time zones. Table 29 explains the sequence in each time zone.

Table 29 Time Zones for Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation at Start

Time Zone t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 t9

Description

Up or Down command is issued.

Safe Disable terminals H1-HC and H2-HC must be set and Baseblock must be disabled (digital inputs set to H1 = 8/9).

Speed reference must be selected by multi-function input terminals.

Output contactor control signal is set (H2 = 51) by the drive.

Drive waits for the “Motor Contactor Feedback” signal (H1 = 56) to be issued. If the motor contactor feedback is not received within t1, or if the feedback signal is on before the contactor control command has been issued, an SE1 fault is triggered.

If the motor contactor feedback signal is not used, then the drive waits for the operation start delay time set in S1-10 to pass, then proceeds to the next step.

The drive reads the torque value from the analog input (load cell).

After the delay time set in S1-10 has passed, the drive outputs current to the motor. Position Lock begins.

The torque value from the analog input is latched and internal torque compensation value is increased from zero to the latched value using the time constant set in S3-10.

After the internal torque compensation level reaches the latched value, the drive sets the “Brake Control” output (H2 = 50) in order to release the brake.

The brake is released and the drive executes Position Lock until the time set in S1-04 has passed.

The drive accelerates up to the selected speed.

After the torque compensation diminish speed level (S3-14) is reached during acceleration, the internal torque compensation value is reduced in accordance with the time constant set in S3-10.

Leveling speed is selected. The drive decelerates to the leveling speed and maintains that speed until the Up or Down command is removed.

The Up or Down signal is cleared. The drive decelerates to zero speed.

The motor speed reaches the zero speed level (S1-01).

DC Injection Braking or Position Lock is then executed for the time set in S1-05.

After the delay time to close the brake set in S1-07 has passed, the drive clears the “Brake Control” output (H2 = 50). The brake applies.

The drive continues DC Injection or Position Lock until the time S1-05 has passed. When S1-05 has passed the drive output is shut off.

After the delay for the magnetic contactor set in S1-11 has passed, the drive resets the output terminal set for “Output Contactor

Control” (H2 = 51).

The Safe Disable Inputs can be cleared and Baseblock can be enabled.

Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start

CAUTION!

Set all motor-related parameters (the E   parameters) and perform a test run before fine-tuning the torque compensation at start. Adjusting the torque compensation prematurely may result in faulty performance.

To use torque compensation at start, apply at least 50% of the maximum weight to the elevator car and set the drive according to the Load Condition 2 procedure below. If using a voltage signal to the analog input terminals as a load sensor, then that input signal will determine the rate of torque compensation applied according to S3-27 and S3-28.

Before the torque compensation function can be used, the analog input scaling must be adjusted to the load sensor output.

This can be done by bringing the elevator into two different load conditions and teaching the corresponding analog input value and torque reference value to the drive.

Note: 1.

This torque compensation requires a closed loop control mode (CLV, CLV/PM).

2.

The torque compensation value is limited to 120%.

90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 91 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Set an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3 = 14) and proceed with the steps below.

Procedure for Load Condition 1 (S3-27, S3-29)

1.

Make sure the drive is wired properly. For instructions, refer to

Standard Connection Diagram on page 25 .

2.

Set the speed reference to 0%.

3.

Apply no weight to the elevator car.

4.

Note the value of the analog input monitor for the load signal input is connected to (U1-13 for terminal A1, U1-14 for terminal A2).

5.

Provide an elevator Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car should be held in place when the brake releases.

6.

Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09.

7.

Stop the drive.

8.

Set the value noted in step 4 to parameter S3-29. Set the value noted in step 6 to parameter S3-27.

Procedure for Load Condition 2 (S3-28, S3-30)

1.

Set the speed reference to 0%.

2.

Apply load to the car has much as possible (at least 50% of the maximum weight).

3.

Note the value of the analog input monitor for the load signal input connected to (U1-13 for terminal A1, U1-14 for terminal A2).

4.

Provide an elevator Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car should be held in place when the brake releases.

5.

Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09.

6.

Stop the drive.

7.

Set the value noted in step 3 to parameter S3-30. Set the value noted in step 5 to parameter S3-28.

Figure 45

shows the Torque Compensation at Start settings with parameters S3-27 to S3-30.

The solid line in

Figure 45 indicates the torque compensation at start when the elevator moves up or down.

Figure 40

Torque Compensation Value

S3-28

(Torque Compensation

Value with Load Condition 2)

During Load Condition 2

S3-29

(Analog Input from

Load Sensor with Load

Condition 1)

0

S3-27

(Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1)

During Load Condition 1

S3-30

Analog Input Voltage (V)

(Analog input from Load Sensor with Load Condition 2)

Figure 45 Torque Compensation at start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction

Note: PRG: 7015 or earlier will apply a limit at 0 V torque compensation input value.

PRG: 7016 or later have no torque compensation limit when adding negative voltage to analog input voltage (see

Figure 45 ).

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 91

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 92 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

After setting load conditions 1 and 2, perform a trial run. If required, parameter S3-12 can be set up to add a bias to the load sensor input when riding in a Down direction (default: 0.0%, same torque compensation characteristics in up and

down direction). Figure 46 illustrates the effect of torque compensation on the settings of S3-12 and S3-27 through

S3-30.

Figure 41

S3-28

(Torque Compensation  

Value with Load Condition 2)

Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in the Down Direction

0

S3-29

(Analog Input from Load Sensor with Load

Condition 1)

During Load Condition 2

Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in the Up Direction

S3-12 (Starting Torque

Compensation Bias during Lowering)

S3-30

(Analog input

Analog Input Voltage (V) from Load Sensor with Load Condition 2)

S3-27

(Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1)

During Load Condition 1

Figure 46 Torque Compensation at start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction

92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 93 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

◆

S: Elevator Parameters

This section describes various functions and faults needed to operate an elevator application: braking sequence, slip compensation, optimal adjustments at start and stop, Rescue Operation, and elevator-related faults.

■

S1-01: Zero Speed Level at Stop

Determines the speed to begin applying DC Injection (or Position Lock) when the drive is ramping to stop (b1-03 = 0).

Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).

No.

S1-01

Parameter Name

Zero Speed Level at Stop

Setting Range

0.000 to 9.999%

Default

Determined by A1-02

The function set by S1-01 changes depending on the control mode:

• V/f Control or OLV Control (A1-02 = 0, 2)

For these control modes, parameter S1-01 sets the starting speed for DC Injection Braking at stop. Once the output speed falls below the setting of S1-01, the amount of DC Injection Braking current set in S1-03 is injected into the motor for the time set in parameter S1-05.

• CLV Control or CLV/PM Control (A1-02 = 3, 7)

For these control modes, parameter S1-01 sets the starting speed for Position Lock at stop. Once the motor speed falls below the setting of S1-01, Position Lock is enabled for the time set in parameter S1-05.

■

S1-02: DC Injection Current at Start

Determines the amount of current to use for DC Injection at start. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.

No.

S1-02

Parameter Name

DC Injection Current at Start

Setting Range

0 to 100%

Default

50%

■

S1-03: DC Injection Current at Stop

Determines the amount of current to use for DC Injection at stop. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current. When using OLV Control, the DC injection current is determined by multiplying S1-03 by S3-25 or S3-26.

No.

S1-03

Parameter Name

DC Injection Current at Stop

Setting Range

0 to 100%

Default

50%

■

S1-04: DC Injection / Position Lock Time at Start

Determines how long the drive should perform DC Injection at start. In CLV and CLV/PM, S1-04 determines how long

Position Lock should be performed. During this time, the drive allows motor flux to develop, which is essential for applying torque quickly once the brake is released. A setting of 0.00 disables S1-04.

No.

S1-04

Parameter Name

DC Injection / Position Lock Time at Start

Setting Range

0.00 to 10.00 s

Default

0.40 s

■

S1-05: DC Injection / Position Lock Time at Stop

Determines how long the drive should perform DC Injection at stop. In CLV and CLV/PM, S1-05 determines how long

Position Lock should be performed. A setting of 0.00 disables S1-05.

4

No.

S1-05

Parameter Name

DC Injection / Position Lock Time at Stop

Setting Range

0.00 to 10.00 s

Default

0.60 s

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 93

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 94 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S1-06: Brake Release Delay Time

Determines the time that must pass after an Up/Down command is entered before the output terminal set for “Brake control” (H2 = 50) is triggered.

Adjusting this delay time can help when there is not enough time to develop the appropriate amount of motor flux. Be sure to also increase the time S1-04 when setting S1-06 to relatively long delay time.

No.

S1-06

Parameter Name

Brake Release Delay Time

Setting Range

0.00 to 10.00 s

Default

0.20 s

■

S1-07: Brake Close Delay Time

Determines the time that must pass after zero speed is reached before the output terminal set for "Brake control"

(H2 = 50) is released.

No.

S1-07

Parameter Name

Brake Close Delay Time

Setting Range

0.00 to [S1-05]

Default

0.10 s

■

S1-10: Run Command Delay Time

Sets the time the drive waits after receiving an Up/Down command before starting operation. The time set should give the motor contactor enough time to close.

No.

S1-10

Parameter Name

Run Command Delay Time

Setting Range

0.00 to 1.00 s

Default

0.10 s

■

S1-11: Output Contactor Open Delay Time

Determines the time that must pass for an output terminal set for “Output contactor control” (H2 = 51) to be released after the drive has stopped and drive output has been shut off.

No.

S1-11

Parameter Name

Output Contactor Open Delay Time

Setting Range

0.00 to 1.00 s

Default

0.10 s

■

S1-12: Motor Contactor Control During Auto-Tuning Selection

Note: Available in drive software PRG: 7016 or later.

Determines the state of the output contactor control command (H2 = 51) during Auto-Tuning. The contactor closes as soon as the Enter key is pressed in the Auto-Tuning start menu.

No.

S1-12

Parameter Name

Motor Contactor Control during Auto-Tuning

<1> Setting 2 is available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

<2> The setting is 0 or 1 for software version PRG: 7016.

Setting Range

0 to 2

<1> <2>

Default

0

Setting 0: Disabled

Setting 1: Enabled

Setting 2: Enabled during Auto-Tuning and HBB

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Use parameter S1-12 to enable/disable automatic switching of the Motor Contactor Control output signal during Auto-Tuning. When using setting S1-12 = 1 or 2, ensure that the multi-function output terminals are properly wired and in the correct state before setting parameter S1-12. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive, serious injury or death.

94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 95 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

No.

S1-26

Parameter Name

Emergency Stop Start Level

■

S2-01: Motor Rated Speed

Sets the rated speed of the motor.

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S1-26: Emergency Stop Start Level

Note: Available in drive software PRG: 7017 or later.

Sets the Emergency Stop Start Level as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency. This setting is available when the control mode is set to Closed Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 3) or Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors (A1-02

= 7) and the stopping method is set to Elevator Emergency Stop (b1-03 = 4).

The drive coasts to a stop after the Up/Down command is cleared and when the value of U1-05 (Speed Feedback) is equal to or greater than the value of S1-26 (Emergency Stop Start Level).

The drive ramps to a stop after the Up/Down command is cleared and when the value of U1-05 (Speed Feedback) is lower than the value of S1-26 (Emergency Stop Start Level).

Setting Range

0.0 to 100.0%

Default

10.0%

No.

S2-01

Parameter Name

Motor Rated Speed

Setting Range

300 to 1800 rpm

Default

1380 rpm

■

S2-02/S2-03: Slip Compensation Gain in Motoring Mode / Regenerative Mode

Slip compensation for leveling speed can be set separately for motoring and regenerative states to help improve the accuracy of leveling.

No.

S2-02

S2-03

Parameter Name

Slip Compensation Gain in Motoring Mode

Slip Compensation Gain in Regenerative Mode

■

S2-05: Slip Compensation Torque Detection Delay Time

Sets a delay time before detecting torque for slip compensation.

Setting Range

0.0 to 5.0

0.0 to 5.0

Default

0.7

1.0

No.

S2-05

Parameter Name

Slip Compensation Torque Detection Delay Time

Setting Range

0 to 10000 ms

■

S2-06: Slip Compensation Torque Detection Filter Time Constant

Sets the filter time constant applied to the torque signal used for the slip compensation value calculation.

Default

1000 ms

No.

S2-06

Parameter Name

Slip Compensation Torque Detection Filter Time Constant

Setting Range

0 to 2000 ms

Default

500 ms

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 95

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 96 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S3-01 / S3-02: Position Lock Gain at Start 1 / 2

Sets gain levels 1 and 2 for the Position Lock at start function. Position Lock at start adjusts the internal torque reference value depending on the position deviation to hold the car in place when the brake is released. S3-01 sets the gain used to adjust the speed reference During Position Lock. S3-02 sets gain to adjust the internal torque reference directly

(Anti-Rollback function).

Increase S3-01 and S3-02 if there is a problem with rollback when the brake is released. Decrease S3-01 and S3-02 if motor oscillation occurs during Position Lock.

No.

S3-01

S3-02

Parameter Name

Position Lock Gain at Start 1

Position Lock Gain at Start 2 (Anti-Rollback Gain)

Setting Range

0 to 100

0.00 to 100.00

Default

5

0.00

Note: 1.

Check the C5 parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position

Lock gain.

2.

Sometimes a fault may occur with detecting the direction of motor rotation (dv4) when using Closed Loop Vector for PM motors. To correct this, either increase the settings of S3-01 and S3-02, or increase the number of pulses needed to trigger dv4 (F1-19).

■

S3-03: Position Lock Gain at Stop

Sets the gain used by the Position Lock control loop at stop to hold the car in place while the brake is applied.

Setting S3-03 to a high value will increase the ability of the drive to hold the car in place. Setting S3-03 too high can cause motor oscillation and car vibration.

No.

S3-03

Parameter Name

Position Lock Gain at Stop

Setting Range

0 to 100

Default

5

Note: 1.

Check the C5 parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position

Lock gain.

2.

Faults may occur when detecting the direction of motor rotation (dv4) when using CLV/PM. To correct this, either increase the settings of S3-01 and S3-02, or increase the number of pulses required to trigger dv4 (F1-19).

■

S3-04: Position Lock Bandwidth

Determines the bandwidth around the locked position to enable a digital output set for H2 = 33 (within position lock bandwidth). The output will be triggered when the car moves from the Position Lock start point to plus or minus the number of pulses set to S3-04.

No.

S3-04

Parameter Name

Position Lock Bandwidth

Setting Range

0 to 16383

Default

10

■

S3-10: Starting Torque Compensation Increase Time

Sets a time constant for the torque reference to reach 300%. Enabled by setting an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3 = 14).

No.

S3-10

Parameter Name

Starting Torque Compensation Increase Time

■

S3-12: Starting Torque Compensation Bias in Down Direction

Adds a bias to torque compensation in the Down direction.

Refer to

Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start on page 90 for details.

Setting Range

0 to 5000 ms

Default

500 ms

No.

S3-12

Parameter Name

Starting Torque Compensation Bias in Down Direction

Setting Range

–40.0 to 40.0%

Default

0.00%

96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 97 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S3-14: Torque Compensation Diminish Speed

Sets the speed level for torque compensation to diminish during the time determined by S3-15. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). A setting of 0.0% disables this function.

No.

S3-14

Parameter Name

Torque Compensation Diminish Speed

Setting Range

0.0 to 200.0%

■

S3-15: Torque Compensation Diminish Time

Sets the time for torque compensation to diminish when motor speed reaches the level set in S3-14.

Default

0.0%

No.

S3-15

Parameter Name

Torque Compensation Diminish Time

Setting Range

0 to 5000 ms

Default

1000 ms

■

S3-16: Torque Limit Reduction Time

After Position Lock at stop, S3-16 determines the length of time to reduce the torque limit rate =

Torque 300%

S3-16

Setting Range

0 to 10000 ms

Default

100 ms

No.

S3-16

Parameter Name

Torque Limit Reduction Time

■

S3-20: Dwell 2 Speed Reference

Sets the speed reference for the Dwell 2 function.

Note: Setting this parameter to 0.00 disables the Dwell 2 function.

No.

S3-20

Parameter Name

Dwell 2 Speed Reference

Setting Range

0.00 to 100.00%

Default

0.00%

Figure 42

Run Command

ON

C1-01

SFS output

Motor speed

C1-07

C2-01

S3-21

S3-20

Figure 47 Dwell Speed Reference at Start

■

S3-21: Dwell 2 End Speed

The Dwell 2 function will end when the drive reaches this speed. A setting of 0.00 will disable the acceleration rate switch that occurs at the end of Dwell 2.

4

No.

S3-21

Parameter Name

Dwell 2 End Speed

Setting Range

0.00 to 100.00%

Default

0.00%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 97

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 98 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S3-25: DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation

In OLV Control, S3-25 sets a gain level for DC Injection at stop (S1-03) for when the regenerative load reaches 100%. At that time, the current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 × S3-25.

No.

S3-25

Parameter Name

DC Injection Gain in Regenerative Operation

Setting Range

0 to 400%

Default

100%

■

S3-26: DC Injection Gain in Motoring Operation

In OLV Control, S3-26 sets a gain level for DC Injection at stop (S1-03) when the motoring load reaches 100%. At that time, the current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 × S3-26.

No.

S3-26

Parameter Name

DC Injection Gain in Motoring Operation

Setting Range

0 to 400%

Default

20%

■

S3-27: Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1

Adjusts the analog signal from a load sensor for torque compensation. Refer to

Adjusting the Torque Compensation at

Start on page 90 for details.

No.

S3-27

Parameter Name

Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 1

Setting Range

-100.0 to 100.0%

Default

-50.0%

■

S3-28: Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 2

Adjusts the analog signal from a load sensor for torque compensation. Refer to

Adjusting the Torque Compensation at

Start on page 90 for details.

No.

S3-28

Parameter Name

Torque Compensation Value with Load Condition 2

Setting Range

-100.0 to 100.0%

Default

50.0%

■

S3-29: Analog Input from Load Sensor with Load Condition 1

Adjusts the analog signal from a load sensor for torque compensation. Refer to

Adjusting the Torque Compensation at

Start on page 90 for details.

No.

S3-29

Parameter Name

Analog Input from Load Sensor with Load Condition 1

Setting Range

-100.0 to 100.0%

Default

0.0%

■

S3-30: Analog Input from Load Sensor with Load Condition 2

Adjusts the analog signal from a load sensor for torque compensation. Refer to

Adjusting the Torque Compensation at

Start on page 90 for details.

No.

S3-30

Parameter Name

Analog Input from Load Sensor with Load Condition 2

Setting Range

-100.0 to 100.0%

Default

100.0%

■

S3-34: Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1

Sets an intermediary value for the torque bias used for Anti-Rollback when Position Lock at start is performed. This setting rarely needs to be changed.

No.

S3-34

Parameter Name

Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1

Setting Range

0.0 to 100.0%

Default

0.0%

98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 99 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S3-35: Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 2

Sets a maximum value for the torque bias used for Anti-Rollback when Position Lock at start is performed. This setting rarely needs to be changed.

No.

S3-35

Parameter Name

Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 2

Setting Range

0.0 to 100.0%

Default

0.0%

■

S3-37: Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1

Sets the position deviation level to activate at Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1 (S3-34). This setting rarely needs to be changed.

No.

S3-37

Parameter Name

Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1

Setting Range

0 to 32767

Default

0

■

S3-38: Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 2

Determines the position deviation level when the drive should switch from the Anti-Rollback torque bias set in S3-34 to the torque bias set in S3-35. This setting rarely needs to be changed.

No.

S3-38

Parameter Name

Position Deviation Level to Apply Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 2

Setting Range

0 to 32767

Default

0

■

S3-39: Anti-Rollback Integral Gain

Determines the drive responsiveness for Anti-Rollback during Position Lock.

Increasing the value set to S3-39 may help if there is still too much deviation from the Position Lock start position after

Position Lock gain 1 and gain 2 have already been adjusted. Lower S3-39 if oscillation occurs. This parameter rarely needs to be changed.

No.

S3-39

Parameter Name

Anti-Rollback Integral Gain

■

S3-40: Anti-Rollback Movement Detection

Sets the amount of speed feedback signal pulses to detect a movement of the rotor.

Setting Range

-30.00 to 30.00

Default

0.00

No.

S3-40

Parameter Name

Anti-Rollback Movement Detection

Setting Range

0 to 100 pulses

Default

1 pulse

■

S3-41: Position Lock Gain at Start 2 Reduction

Sets a reduction factor for the Position Lock Gain at Start 2 (Anti Rollback Gain) set in parameter S3-02.

If the motor rotation (i.e., car movement) is below the movement detection level set to S3-40, the drive will reduce the

Anti-Rollback gain according to the gain reduction level set in S3-41.

No.

S3-41

Parameter Name

Position Lock Gain at Start 2 Reduction

Setting Range

0.00 to 1.00

0.50

Default

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 99

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 100 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S4-01: Light Load Direction Search Selection

Enables and disables the Light Load Direction Search.

No.

S4-01

Parameter Name

Light Load Direction Search Selection

Setting 0: Disabled

Setting 1: Enabled

Setting 2: Enabled for motor 1 only

■

S4-02: Light Load Direction Search Method

Determines the method used to perform Light Load Direction Search.

Setting Range

0 to 2

No.

S4-02

Parameter Name

Light Load Direction Search Method

Setting 0: Output current

Setting 1: Detect direction of regeneration

■

S4-03: Light Load Direction Search Time

Sets the time to perform Light Load Direction Search.

No.

S4-03

Parameter Name

Light Load Direction Search Time

■

S4-04: Light Load Direction Search Speed Reference

Sets the speed reference to use during Light Load Direction Search.

No.

S4-04

Parameter Name

Light Load Direction Search Speed Reference

■

S4-05: Rescue Operation Torque Limit

Sets the torque limit used during Rescue Operation.

Setting Range

0 or 1

Setting Range

0.0 to 5.0 s

Setting Range

0.00 to 20.00%

No.

S4-05

Parameter Name

Rescue Operation Torque Limit

Setting Range

0 to 300%

■

S4-06: Rescue Operation Power Supply Selection

Specifies the type of backup power supply the drive should switch to when the power goes out.

No.

S4-06

Parameter Name

Rescue Operation Power Supply Selection

Setting 0: Battery

Setting 1: UPS (single-phase)

Setting 2: UPS (three-phase)

Setting Range

0 to 2

Default

0

Default

1

Default

1.0 s

Default

Determined by A-02

Default

100%

Default

0

100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 101 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S4-07: UPS Power

Sets the capacity of the UPS.

No.

S4-07

Parameter Name

UPS Power

Setting Range

0.0 to 100.0 kVA

Default

0.0 kVA

■

S4-08: UPS Operation Speed Limit Selection

Determines how a speed limit should be applied to the Rescue Operation speed (S4-15) when operating from a UPS. The drive calculates the appropriate speed limit based on the UPS capacity set in S4-07. This speed limit helps prevent voltage saturation and motor stall during Rescue Operation.

No.

S4-08

Parameter Name

UPS Operation Speed Limit Selection

Setting 0: Disabled

Setting 1: Enabled until Light Load Direction Search is complete

Setting 2: Enabled until stop

■

S4-12: DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation

Sets the DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation.

Setting Range

0 to 2

Default

2

No.

S4-12

Parameter Name

DC Bus Voltage during Rescue Operation

Setting Range

0 to 1150 V

Default

0 V

■

S4-13: Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Detection Level

Determines at which level of backup power supply deterioration a PF5 fault is triggered. The following conditions will trigger PF5:

• During Rescue Operation, DC bus voltage < [S4-12 × (S4-13 – 10%)]

• 100 ms after Rescue Operation has been triggered, the DC bus voltage does not rise above S4-12 × S4-13 before the motor starts

No.

S4-13

Parameter Name

Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Detection Level

■

S4-15: Speed Reference Selection at Rescue Operation

Note: Available in drive software PRG: 7016 or later.

Selects the speed reference used for Rescue Operation.

Setting Range

10 to 100%

Default

80%

No.

S4-15

Parameter Name

Speed Reference Selection for Rescue Operation

Setting Range

0, 1

Setting 0: The setting of parameter d1-25 is used as speed reference for Rescue Operation

Setting 1: The speed selected by digital inputs is used as speed reference

Default

0

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 101

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 102 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Short Floor Function

Short Floor automatically adjusts the speed in order to reduce the leveling time if leveling speed was activated before the selected speed was reached. Short Floor is enabled setting S5-01 = 1. The drive calculates the distance to decelerate from rated speed to the leveling speed, then controls the stop so that the stopping time is shortened. In

Figure 48

below, area S indicates the distance for a stop from nominal speed.

Figure 43

Speed d1-19 (nominal speed)

S nominal speed × 0.4

d1-26 (leveling speed) <1>

0 t

Figure 48 Speed During Normal Operation

<1> The drive will recognize the speed reference that is lower than the Leveling Speed Detection Level (d1-28) as the leveling speed if the speed priority is set for multi-step speed reference (d1-18 = 0 or 3).

Advance Short Floor

Advanced Short Floor minimizes the operation time to arrive at a designated floor. It uses the leveling speed once the leveling speed command is entered via one of the multi-function inputs (H1 = 53). Advance Short Floor calculates optimal speed based on the Short Floor Minimum Constant Speed Time (S5-03) and the currently selected deceleration rate.

102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 103 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Table 30

explains the Short Floor and Advance Short Floor functions.

Table 30 Short Floor Operation Example

Leveling

Speed Input

Timing

Short Floor Advanced Short Floor

Constant speed operation at rated speed

(normal stop sequence)

0

Time d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

H1 = 53

(Leveling Speed) <1>

(The speed is 40% of the nominal speed or more.)

Operating speed d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

0

Time

40% of nominal speed d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

H1 = 53

(Leveling Speed ) 

<1>

ON(close)

ON(close)

H1-

(The speed is over Optimum Speed.)

Operating speed

= 53

0

( Leveling Speed ) <1>

ON (close)

During acceleration

Operating speed d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

(The speed is optimal speed or less.)

Operating speed

S5-03

(The speed is less than 40% of the nominal speed.)

Operating speed d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

40% of nominal speed

0 d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

Time

H1 = 53

(Leveling Speed) <1>

ON(close)

0

H1 = 53

(Leveling Speed ) <1>

ON (close) d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

Optimal Speed

Time d1-26

(Leveling Speed) d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

Optimal Speed

Time d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

Constant speed operation at less than the rated speed

(The speed is 40% of the nominal speed or more.)

Operating speed

0 d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

40% of nominal speed d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

Time

H1 = 53

(Leveling Speed) <1>

ON(close)

(The speed is less than 40% of the nominal speed.)

Operating speed d1-19

(Nominal Speed)

Not Available.

0

40% of nominal speed d1-26

(Leveling Speed)

Time

H1 = 53

( Leveling Speed ) <1>

ON(close)

Before start Operates at the leveling speed.

<1> The drive will recognize the speed reference that is lower than the Leveling Speed Detection Level (d1-28) as the leveling speed if the speed priority is set for multi-step speed reference (d1-18 = 0 or 3).

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 103

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 104 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S5-01: Short Floor Operation Selection

Enables and disables the Short Floor function.

Note: 1.

The Short Floor and Advanced Short Floor functions cannot be used during Rescue Operation.

2.

Do not use Short Floor or Advanced Short Floor when the analog input terminals are configured to supply the speed reference.

3.

The drive will accelerate or decelerate to the specified speed reference at the specified Accel/Decel rate if the speed priority is set for multi-step speed reference (d1-18 = 0 or 3) and the leveling speed reference is selected during Short Floor or Advanced Short Floor.

No.

S5-01

Parameter Name

Short Floor Operation Selection

Setting Range

0 to 2

Default

0

Setting 0: Disabled

Setting 1: Enabled (Short Floor Operation)

Setting 2: Enabled (Advanced Short Floor Operation)

■

S5-02: Nominal Speed for Short Floor Calculation

Determines the rated speed used to calculate the distance for the Short Floor function when speed priority is set for

Multi-step Speed Reference (d1-18 = 0 or 3).

No.

S5-02

Parameter Name

Nominal Speed for Short Floor Calculation

Setting Range

0.0 to 100.0%

Default

0.0%

■

S5-03: Short Floor Minimum Constant Speed Time

Sets the minimum time of the constant speed operation when the Advanced Short Floor function is enabled (S5-01 = 2).

No.

S5-03

Parameter Name

Short Floor Minimum Constant Speed Time

Setting Range

0 to 2.0 s

Default

0.0 s

■

S5-04: Distance Calculation Acceleration Time Gain

Sets the gain used to adjust the jerk at acceleration for an optimum speed calculation when Short Floor Operation

Selection (S5-01) is set to 2.

• Increase the gain level set to S5-04 and S5-05 if the leveling time is too short or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too fast.

• Decrease the gain level set to S5-04 and S5-05 if the leveling time is too long or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too slow.

No.

S5-04

Parameter Name

Distance Calculation Acceleration Time Gain

Setting Range

50.0 to 200.0%

Default

150.0%

Note: Setting S5-04 too low may trigger an overrun due to faster optimum speeds and shortened leveling times. Avoid setting this gain less than 100%.

■

S5-05: Distance Calculation Deceleration Time Gain

Sets the gain used to adjust the jerk at deceleration and optimum speed calculation when Short Floor Operation Selection

(S5-01) is set to 2.

• Increase the gain level set to S5-04 and S5-05 if the leveling time is too short or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too fast.

• Decrease the gain level set to S5-04 and S5-05 if the leveling time is too long or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too slow.

No.

S5-05

Parameter Name

Distance Calculation Deceleration Time Gain

Setting Range

50.0 to 200.0%

Default

150.0%

Note: Setting S5-05 too low may trigger an overrun due to faster optimum speeds and shortened leveling times. Avoid setting this gain less than 100%.

104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 105 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Leveling Distance Control

Leveling Distance Control uses the accel/decel rate, jerk settings, and stopping distance to automatically calculate a speed sequence and arrive at the designated floor with increased accuracy. Two types of Leveling Distance Control are available that allow the user to select the Stopping Method (S5-10).

WARNING!

Inadvertent Movement Hazard. The elevator will not stop at the designated location and an overrun will occur which may cause injury to personnel if parameters o1-20, S5-11, and S5-12 are set incorrectly. Before using Leveling Distance Control, make sure that parameters for Traction Sheave Diameter (o1-20), Deceleration Distance (S5-11) and the Stop Distance (S5-12) are set to the correct units.

Note: Leveling Distance Control should be used only for elevators with a constant stopping distance. Do not use Leveling Distance

Control in elevators where the stopping distance changes frequently.

The following functions are disabled when Leveling Distance Control is selected:

• Switching between deceleration times

• Droop Control (b7 parameters)

• Shoot Floor, Advanced Short Floor (S5-01 = 1, 2)

Leveling Distance Control is disabled when any one of the following functions are selected:

• Analog frequency reference

• Rescue Operation

• Inspection Operation

• During Motor 2 selection

Direct Landing

Direct Landing (S5-10 = 1) is activated at the start of deceleration, and brings the elevator car to the designated floor without the use of the leveling speed.

Direct Landing disables Leveling Distance Control, and uses a speed reference calculated by multiplying E1-04 times

S5-13. If a Stop distance correction command (H1 = 5C) is triggered during Direct Landing, then the drive will switch to the stop distance set in S5-12 for the remaining distance. Direct Landing will end once data from the encoder indicates that the stopping distance is 0.

Figure 49

illustrates a Direct Landing Operation example.

Table 31 Conditions for Direct Landing

Speed Priority

Multi-step speed sequence

(d1-18 = 0, 3)

High speed reference has priority

(d1-18 = 1)

Leveling speed reference has priority

(d1-18 = 2)

Direct Landing Start Conditions

Speed reference ≥ E1-04 × S5-13 and the Up/Down command is not active or the speed reference is

0.

The Up/Down command is not active, the speed reference is 0, or the leveling speed reference has been selected by one of the multi-function input terminals (H1 ).

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 105

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 106 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Run Command

(Forward [Up] / Reverse [Down])

H1 = 5C

(Stop Distance Correction)

H2 = 51

( Output Contactor Control )

H1 = 56

( Motor Contactor Feedback )

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

Output Contactor Open

Delay Time (S1-11)

Run Command Delay Time (S1-10)

Brake Release Delay Time

( S1-06 )

ON

OFF

H2 = 50 (Brake Control )

Operation

Speed

Brake Close

Delay Time

(S1-07)

Zero Speed at Start

S1 <1>

Zero Speed at Stop

S2

<1>

Time

<1> Area S1 is the deceleration distance (S5-11) from the start of deceleration to stop. Area S2 is the stopping distance (S5-12) from the point at which the stopping distance compensation signal is entered to when the car arrives at the designated floor.

Figure 49 Direct Landing Operation Example

Leveling Distance Control

Leveling Distance Control (S5-10 = 2) uses the leveling speed reference for the remaining distance to arrive at the designated floor. Leveling Distance Control is activated when the conditions listed in

Table 32

are met.

Table 32 Leveling Distance Control Operation

Speed Priority Selection

Multi-step speed sequence

(d1-18 = 0, 3)

High speed reference has priority

(d1-18 = 1)

Multi-step speed sequence

(d1-18 = 2)

Multi-Function Input Terminal Settings Leveling Distance Control Start Conditions

–

The Up/Down command is not active or the speed reference is 0.

Leveling speed reference is selected

(H1 = 53).

The Up/Down command is not active, or all input terminals set for

H1 = 50 to 53 are open.

Leveling speed reference is not selected

(H1 ≠ 53).

Up/Down command is not active.

Rated speed reference is selected

(H1 = 50).

The Up/Down command is not active, or all input terminals set for

H1 = 50 to 53 are open.

Rated speed reference is not selected

(H1 ≠ 50).

Up/Down command is not active.

106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 107 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Run Command

(Forward [Up] / Reverse [Down])

H2 = 53 (Not Zero Speed )

H2 = 51

(Output Contactor Control )

H1 = 56

(Motor Contactor Feedback )

ON

OFF

Run Command Delay Time (S1-10)

Brake Release Delay Time

( S1-06 )

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

Output Contactor Open

Delay Time (S1-11)

OFF

H2 = 50 (Brake Control )

Operation

Speed

Brake Close

Delay Time

( S1-07 )

Zero Speed at Stop

Zero Speed at Start

S

<1>

Time

<1> Area S is the stopping distance (S5-12) from the point at which leveling operation is complete to when the car arrives at the designated floor.

Figure 50 Operation Sequence Example for Leveling Distance Control

■

S5-10: Stopping Method Selection

Selects the stopping method.

No.

S5-10

Parameter Name

Stopping Method Selection

Setting Range

0 to 2

Default

0

Setting 0: Disable

Setting 1: Direct Landing

Setting 2: Leveling Distance Control

■

S5-11: Deceleration Distance

Sets the deceleration distance when Stop Distance Control is enabled. Refer to Direct Landing on page 105

for details.

No.

S5-11

Parameter Name

Deceleration Distance

Setting Range

0 to 32767 mm

<1>

Default

0 mm

<1> The setting range becomes 0.00 to 650.00 inches when the length units are set for inches (o1-12 = 1).

■

S5-12: Stop Distance

Sets the stopping distance when Stop Distance Control is enabled. Refer to Direct Landing on page 105 and

Leveling

Distance Control on page 106 for details.

No.

S5-12

Parameter Name

Stop Distance

Setting Range

0 to 10000 mm

<1> The setting range becomes 0.00 to 393.00 inches when the length units are set for inches (o1-12 = 1).

<1>

Default

0 mm

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 107

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 108 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S5-13: Direct Landing Minimum Speed Level

Sets the speed level for the start of Direct Landing. Direct Landing is disabled if the starting speed for Direct Landing is less than the maximum output speed multiplied by this parameter (E1-04 × S5-13).

No.

S5-13

Parameter Name

Direct Landing Minimum Speed Level

Setting Range

0 to 100%

Default

20%

■

S6-01: Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1) Detection/Reset Selection

Determines when the drive should detect a motor contactor response error (SE1). SE1 is triggered if there is no response from the motor contactor within the time set in S6-10 after the contactor control output has been set.

No.

S6-01

Parameter Name

Motor Contactor Response Error (SE1) Detection/Reset Selection

Setting Range

0 to 2

Default

0

Setting 0: Detect during stop, SE1 must be manually reset

Setting 1: Detect during stop, SE1 can be automatically reset

Setting 2: No SE1 detection

■

S6-02: Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time

Sets a delay time for starting current error (SE2). SE2 is detected when the drive output current is below 25% after the

Up/Down command has been entered and the brake release time and the time set to S6-02 have both passed. The brake control command will not be issued (brake stays applied).

No.

S6-02

Parameter Name

Starting Current Error (SE2) Detection Delay Time

Setting Range

0.00 to [S1-04 – S1-06]

Default

200 ms

■

S6-03: SE2 Detect Current Level

Note: Available in drive software PRG: 7017 or later.

Sets the level of current applied to the motor when the Brake Control command is activated, as a percentage of the Motor

No-load Current (E2-03). A Starting Current Error (SE2) occurs when the drive’s output current is less than the value in

S6-03 after both the Brake Release Delay Time (S1-06) and the SE2 Detection Delay Time (S6-02) have passed after a

RUN command.

No.

S6-03

Parameter Name

SE2 Detect Current Level

Setting Range

0 to 100%

Default

25%

■

S6-04: Output Current Error (SE3) Detection Delay Time

Sets a delay time for detecting an output current fault (SE3). SE3 is detected when the drive output current drops below

25% after the brake has released.

No.

S6-04

Parameter Name

Output Current Error (SE3) Detection Delay Time

Setting Range

0 to 5000 ms

Default

200 ms

■

S6-05: Brake Response Error (SE4) Detection Time

Sets a delay time for detecting a brake response error (SE4). SE4 is detected when an output terminal set for “Brake release” (H2 = 50) and an input terminal set for “Brake feedback” (H1 = 79) do not match for the time set to

S6-05.

No.

S6-05

Parameter Name

Brake Response Error (SE4) Detection Time

Setting Range

0 to 10000 ms

Default

500 ms

108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 109 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

S6-10: Overacceleration Detection Level

If the elevator car accelerates at an abnormal rate, the drive triggers an overacceleration fault (dv6) and the motor coasts to stop. Parameter S6-10 determines the acceleration rate that triggers the dv6 fault. A setting of 0.0 m/s 2 disables overacceleration detection.

No.

S6-10

Parameter Name

Overacceleration Detection Level

Setting Range

0.0 to 20.0 m/s 2

Default

1.5 m/s

2

<1>

<1> Default setting is determined by parameter o1-03. If o1-03 is set to 0 through 5, the default is 1.5 m/s2. If o1-03 is set to 6, the default is 5.0 ft/ s 2 (setting range: 0.0 to 50.0 ft/s 2 ).

■

S6-11: Overacceleration Detection Time

Sets the time that the acceleration must exceed the overacceleration detection level before as fault is triggered.

No.

S6-11

Parameter Name

Overacceleration Detection Time

■

S6-12: Overacceleration Detection Selection

Determines the conditions for detecting an overacceleration situation.

Setting Range

0 to 5000 ms

Default

50 ms

No.

S6-12

Parameter Name

Overacceleration Detection Selection

Setting 0: Always enabled

Setting 1: During run only

■

S6-15: Speed Reference Loss Detection

Enabled or disables detection for missing speed reference (FrL).

Setting Range

0 or 1

Default

0

No.

S6-15

Parameter Name

Speed Reference Loss Detection

Setting Range

0 or 1

Default

1

Setting 0: Disabled

Setting 1: Enabled

■

S6-16: Restart after Baseblock Selection

Allows the drive to restart the motor after returning to normal operation from Baseblock state (H1 = 8/9) or from

Safe Torque-Off state (Safe Disable inputs H1 and H2 enabled) while the Up/Down command is still active.

No.

S6-16

Parameter Name

Restart after Baseblock Selection

Setting Range

0 or 1

Default

0

Setting 0: No restart after Baseblock or Safe Torque-Off

Do not restart the motor when leaving the Baseblock or Safe Torque-Off state even if an Up/Down command is still active.

Setting 1: Restart after Baseblock or Safe Torque-Off

Restart when the Up/Down command is still active while the Baseblock or Safe Torque-Off state is left. To use this function with the Safe Disable function, parameter L8-88 must be set to 1.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 109

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 110 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Rescue Operation

In the event of a power outage, Rescue Operation allows the elevator to travel to the nearest floor by switching to a backup battery or UPS (Uninterruptable Power Supply) for power.

An input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55) can be used to initiate Rescue Operation. During Rescue

Operation, the drive uses the speed reference set in S4-15 to travel to the nearest floor.

NOTICE: Equipment Hazard. Do not use the Rescue Operation feature for extended periods. Failure to comply may result in drive heat sink overtemperature alarms (oH).

NOTICE: When changing parameters while the drive is supplied from the rescue operation power supply, wait at least 5 s after entering parameters before switching off the power supply. Instantly switching off the power can cause parameter settings corruption that can only be resolved by initializing the drive. This may cause erroneous drive performance.

NOTICE: Always turn off the RUN command before changing the setting of parameters d1-18 (Speed Reference Selection Mode), b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection), or H1 (Multi-Function Digital Inputs). If the RUN command is on when changing any of these settings, the motor may unexpectedly start running, and could result in injury.

Drive Power Supply for Rescue Operation

There are various methods of supplying power to the drive for rescue operation. Independent of the chosen method, the voltage in the DC bus of the drive and the voltage supplied to the drive control circuit must meet the specifications provided in

Table 33

.

The DC bus voltage can either be supplied by a battery connected to the DC bus terminals of the drive or by a UPS connected to drive terminals L1 and L2. The control circuit voltage can be supplied directly from the drives DC bus (no external wiring required), from an external battery (connection to CN19), or by using an optional 24 Vdc control power backup unit.

When using a single-phase AC power supply for rescue operation such as a single-phase UPS, the ripple in the DC bus voltage will be higher than with a three-phase or battery supply. Make sure that the DC bus voltage never falls below the

minimum value listed in Table 33 .

When using a PM motor with an incremental PG encoder and a PG-X3 option card, always perform Initial Magnet Pole

Search Parameters Auto-Tuning (T2-01 = 3) with the normal power supply connected. The tuning function will prepare the drive for Rescue Operation by automatically setting certain parameters. If the tuning ends with an “End8” to “End10” fault, then rescue operation will require a battery or UPS that supplies the drive DC bus with at least 280 Vdc for 200 V class drives, 560 Vdc for 400 V class drives, and 700 Vdc for 600 V class drives. Alternatively utilize to an absolute PG encoder and a PG-E3 or PG-F3 option card.

If the DC bus voltage is low, the overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) will be reduced due to the low speed run and the drive overload (oL2) will be triggered. If oL2 is detected, select the battery or UPS so that the output speed is equal to or greater than 6 Hz.

The upper speed limit during rescue operation can be monitored by U4-40.

110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 111 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Motor Type

Induction Motor

Permanent Magnet

Motor

Table 33 Power Supply Ratings for Rescue Operation

Speed Feedback

Without PG Encoder or

Incremental PG Encoder with

PG-B3 or PG-X3 option card

Incremental PG Encoder with

PG-X3 option card

“End8” to “End10” error occurs during Initial Magnet Pole Search

Auto-Tuning.

Incremental PG Encoder with

PG-X3 option card

No error occurs during Initial

Magnet Pole Search Auto-Tuning.

Absolute PG Encoder with PG-F3 or PG-E3 option card

DC Bus Voltage

200 V class drives: 48 to 340

Vdc

400 V class drives: 48 to 680

Vdc

600 V class drives: 48 to 850

Vdc

200 V class drives: 280 to 340

Vdc

400 V class drives: 560 to 680

Vdc

600 V class drives: 700 to 850

Vdc

200 V class drives: 72 to 340

Vdc

400 V class drives: 144 to 680

Vdc

600 V class drives: 207 to 850

Vdc

200 V class drives: 48 to 340

Vdc

400 V class drives: 48 to 680

Vdc

600 V class drives: 48 to 850

Vdc

Control Circuit Voltage

When supplied from a battery or the drive DC bus:

200 V class drives: 250 to 340 Vdc

400 V class drives: 280 to 680 V (recommended:

500 to 680 Vdc)

600 V class drives: 280 to 850 V (recommended:

720 to 850 Vdc)

When supplied via a 24 Vdc control power backup unit:

200 V, 400 V and 600 V class drives: 24 Vdc

Parameter Setup

Adjust drive parameters as described below when using Rescue Operation.

• Select the type of Rescue Operation power supply for the drives main circuit in parameter S4-06.

• When using a UPS, set the UPS power value to parameter S4-07. Use parameter S4-08 to decide if the Rescue

Operation speed shall be limited automatically depending on the UPS power.

• If deterioration of the battery or UPS shall be detected, also set up parameters S4-12 and S4-13. Measure the DC bus voltage during operation using the rescue power supply and set the measured value to parameter S4-12. Set the deterioration detection level to parameter S4-13.

• Set parameters S4-01 to S4-04 if light load direction search shall be automatically performed when Rescue Operation is started.

Wiring Examples

Switching the main power supply to a battery or UPS requires magnetic contactors that must be controlled by an external controller. Wiring methods and the sequence used for the magnetic contactors depend on the application. This instruction manual describes the following configurations:

• A single-phase, 230 V UPS is used as backup power supply for a 200 V, 400 V or 600 V class drive.

• Two separate batteries for the main power and control power supplies. Main power battery voltage is below 250 Vdc for

200 V class drives, 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives, or 720 Vdc for 600 V class drives.

• Two separate batteries. One is used for the main power supply, a second battery supplies the controller via an optional

24 V Backup Power Supply Unit.

• A single battery with minimum 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives, 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives, or 720 Vdc for 600 V class drives is used for the main and control power supply.

Select the configuration that matches your application. Follow the corresponding instructions for wiring and drive settings. For configurations not covered in the list above, contact your Yaskawa representative or our sales office directly for consultation.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 111

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 112 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Never remove or install option cards or attempt to replace the cooling fan while the drive is switched on. Make sure that the drive and all devices connected to the drive have been shut off prior to performing and type of maintenance or wiring. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components or perform wiring. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.

NOTICE: Be sure to thoroughly read the instructions for wiring and magnetic contactor sequence described in this section before setting up the drive for Rescue Operation. Failure to follow these instructions can damage the drive.

NOTICE: Refrain from using Rescue Operation for extend periods of time. Rescue Operation uses a low DC bus voltage, which can cause the cooling fan to shut off temporarily during Rescue Operation. Continuing to operate under these conditions can trigger an overheat fault and damage the drive.

NOTICE: Install the inrush current suppression circuit outside the drive if the DC bus battery voltage is lower than 190 Vdc for 200 V.

NOTICE: Install the inrush current suppression circuit outside the drive if the DC bus battery voltage is lower than 190 Vdc for 200 V class drives of models CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415, 380 Vdc for 400 V class drives of models CIMR-LU4  0150 to 4  0605, and 500

Vdc for 600 V class drives of models CIMR-LU5  0099 to 5  0200. Failure to comply will cause the soft-charge bypass relay to remain open and result in damage to the drive.

Using a Single-Phase, 230 Vac UPS (Uninterruptable Power Supply)

Follow the instructions when using a single-phase 230 V UPS for Rescue Operation. A 230 V UPS can be used for 200 V,

400 V and 600 V class drives.

Wiring

Refer to

Figure 51

for a wiring diagram.

Figure 44

Elevator control system

L1000A

Magnetic

Contactor A B2

N UPS sine wave

230 Vac single-phase

L1

L2

L3

Magnetic

Contactor B

+1

+2

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

-

Power supply

Control circuit

CN19

1

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

4

S3 to S8

SC

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

Magnetic Contactor B

Magnetic Contactor A

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Figure 51 Using a Single-Phase 230 V UPS

112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 113 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Operation Sequence

Starting Rescue Operation

1.

Open contactor B.

2.

Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Close contactor A.

4.

Set the Up/Down command.

Ending Rescue Operation

1.

After the car has stopped open contactor A.

2.

Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.

Application Precautions

The drive may fault on a control power supply fault (Uv2) if the UPS can’t provide enough voltage, or if the Light Load

Direction Search is not set properly. If this problem occurs, take the following corrective actions:

Corrective Action:

• Use a separate battery for the controller power supply.

• Use a battery with a voltage higher than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives, 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives, or 720 Vdc for

600 V class drives and connect it to the control power supply input (CN19). Alternatively use a 24 Vdc battery and an optional 24 V Backup Power Supply Unit.

• Enable Light Load Direction Search (S4-01 = 1).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 113

4

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 114 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Using Separate Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply, DC Bus Battery under 250 Vdc (500 Vdc, 720

Vdc)

Follow these instructions when using separate batteries for Rescue Operation with the battery for the DC bus having a lower voltage than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives, 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives, or 720 Vdc for 600 V class drives.

Follow the wiring diagram shown in

Figure 52 to

Figure 54

. When connecting the battery for the control power supply to the L1000A, use the 1.1 m cable packaged with the product. The connector cover must first be removed in order to

access connection port CN19 for the battery. Refer to Connecting the Drive and Battery on page 122 for details.

Wiring for CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0180, 4  0005 to 4  0112, and 5  0003 to 5  0077

Figure 45

YEA_common

L1000A

B2

Battery for DC bus

200 V Class: 48 to 250 Vdc

400 V Class: 48 to 500 Vdc

600 V Class: 48 to 720 Vdc

B1

Magnetic Contactor A

+1

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

Magnetic Contactor B

+2

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

-

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

CN19

1

Power supply

Control circuit

Magnetic Contactor C

Battery for control circuit

200 V Class: 250 to 340 Vdc

400 V Class: 500 to 680 Vdc

600 V Class: 720 to 850 Vdc

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

4

S3 to S8

SC

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

Magnetic Contactor B

5 s

Magnetic Contactor A

0.5 s

Magnetic Contactor C

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Figure 52 Wiring Two Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply

(DC Bus Battery is less than 250 Vdc (500 Vdc, 720 Vdc))

Operation Sequence

Starting Rescue Operation

1.

Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds.

2.

Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Close contactors A and C.

4.

Set the Up/Down command.

Ending Rescue Operation

1.

After the car has stopped, open contactors A and C.

2.

Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.

114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 115 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Wiring for CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415, 4  0150 to 4  0605, and 5  0099 to 5  0200

• Voltage Lower Than 48 to 190 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 48 to 380 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 48 to 500 Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

Figure 46

Inrush current suppression circuit <1>

Inrush current suppression resistor L1000A

(A)

+3

Battery for DC bus

200 V Class: 48 to 190 Vdc

400 V Class: 48 to 380 Vdc

600 V Class: 48 to 500 Vdc

(D)

+1

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

(B)

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

Relay

+

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

-

YEA_common

Battery for control circuit

200 V Class: 250 to 340 Vdc

400 V Class: 500 to 680 Vdc

600 V Class: 720 to 850 Vdc

(C) CN19

Power supply board

Control board

OPE

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

S3 to S12

SC

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

After the DC bus voltage falls lower than the battery voltage

Magnetic Contactor B

0.5 s

Magnetic Contactor A

Magnetic Contactor C

Magnetic Contactor D

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

After the DC bus voltage is charged to the battery voltage

Figure 53 Voltage Lower Than 48 to 190 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 48 to 380 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 48 to 500 Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

<1> Install the inrush current suppression circuit outside the drive if the DC bus battery voltage is lower than 190 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 380 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Failure to comply will cause the soft-charge bypass relay to remain open and result in damage to the drive.

Refer to the following table to install the inrush current suppression circuit for battery.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 115

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 116 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Table 34 Installation of the Inrush Current Suppression Circuit for Battery

Voltage

200 V

400 V

575 V

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

2  0215

2  0283

2  0346

2  0415

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

4  0260

4  0304

4  0370

4  0450

4  0605

5  0099

5  0130

5  0172

5  0200

Resistor

1.0 Ω , 80 W

1.0 Ω , 80 W

1.0 Ω , 80 W

1.0 Ω , 80 W

1.0 Ω , 120 W

1.0 Ω , 220 W

1.0 Ω , 220 W

1.0 Ω , 220 W

1.0 Ω , 220 W

1.0 Ω , 500 W

2.0 Ω , 1000 W

2.0 Ω , 1000 W

2.0 Ω , 220 W

2.0 Ω , 220 W

2.0 Ω , 440 W

2.0 Ω , 440 W

Relay

<1>

<1> Select the appropriate relay referring to the following calculation even if the battery voltage or main power current is applied.

Load current of battery (A) =

Motor rated power (kW) × Operation frequency when running battery (Hz) × 2 × 1000

Battery voltage (Vdc) × 0.6 (Motor efficiency) × Motor rated frequency (Hz)

YEA_common

116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 117 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

• Voltage Lower Than 190 to 340 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 to 680 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 500 to 850

Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

Figure 47

L1000A

DC bus power supply

200 V Class: 190 to 340 Vdc

400 V Class: 380 to 680 Vdc

600 V Class: 500 to 850 Vdc

(A)

+3

+1

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

(B)

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

-

Relay

+

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YEA_common

Battery for control circuit

200 V Class: 250 to 340 Vdc

400 V Class: 500 to 680 Vdc

600 V Class: 720 to 850 Vdc

(C) CN19

Power supply board

Control board

OPE

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

S3 to S12

SC

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

Magnetic Contactor B

After the DC bus voltage falls lower than the battery voltage

0.5 s

Magnetic Contactor A

Magnetic Contactor C

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Figure 54 Voltage Lower Than 190 to 340 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 to 680 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 500 to 850 Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 117

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 118 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit

Follow the instructions when using a 24 V Power Supply Unit option for the control circuit and a battery for the main circuit. The main circuit battery voltage must be higher than 48 Vdc for 200 V, 400 V, and 600 V class drives.

Yaskawa offers a 24 V Power Supply Option for the control circuit that is useful in applications unable to connect to a

backup battery greater than 250 V. Wiring instructions can be found in Figure 55 to

Figure 57

. For a more detailed explanation of the 24 V Power Supply Option, refer to the manual provided with the option.

Wiring for CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0180, 4  0005 to 4  0112, and 5  0003 to 5  0077

Figure 48

L1000A

YEA_common

B2

B1

Magnetic Contactor A

Battery for DC bus

200 V Class: 48 to 340 Vdc

400 V Class: 48 to 680 Vdc

600 V Class: 48 to 850 Vdc

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

Magnetic Contactor B

+1

+2

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

-

Battery for control circuit

24 Vdc

Magnetic Contactor C

24 V

Power

Supply

Unit

CN19

1

4

Power supply

Control circuit

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

S3 to S8

SC

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

Magnetic Contactor B

5 s

Magnetic Contactor A

0.5 s

Magnetic Contactor C

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Figure 55 Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit

Operation Sequence

Starting Rescued Operation

1.

Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds.

2.

Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Close contactors A and C.

4.

Set the Up/Down command.

Ending Rescue Operation

1.

After the car has stopped, open contactors A and C.

2.

Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.

118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 119 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Wiring for CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415, 4  0150 to 4  0605, and 5  0099 to 5  0200

• Voltage Lower Than 48 to 190 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 48 to 380 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 48 to 500 Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

Figure 49

Inrush current suppression circuit <1>

Inrush current suppression resistor L1000A

(A)

+3

Battery for DC bus

200 V Class: 48 to 190 Vdc

400 V Class: 48 to 380 Vdc

600 V Class: 48 to 500 Vdc

(D)

+1

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

(B)

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

Relay

+

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

-

YEA_common

Battery for control circuit

24 Vdc

Magnetic Contactor C

24 V

Power

Supply

Unit

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

CN19

S3 to S12

SC

Power supply board

Control board

OPE

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

After the DC bus voltage falls lower than the battery voltage

Magnetic Contactor B

0.5 s

Magnetic Contactor A

Magnetic Contactor C

Magnetic Contactor D

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

After the DC bus voltage is charged to the battery voltage

Figure 56 Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit

(CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415, 4  0150 to 4  0605, and 5  0099 to 5  0200)

<1> Install the inrush current suppression circuit outside the drive if the DC bus battery voltage is lower than 190 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 380 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Failure to comply will cause the soft-charge bypass relay to remain open and result in damage to the drive.

Refer to Table 34

for the installation of the inrush current suppression circuit for battery.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 119

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 120 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

• Voltage Lower Than 190 to 250 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 to 500 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 500 to 720

Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

Figure 50

L1000A

DC bus power supply

200 V Class: 190 to 250 Vdc

400 V Class: 380 to 500 Vdc

600 V Class: 500 to 720 Vdc

(A)

+3

+1

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

(B)

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

-

Relay

+

Current sensor

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YEA_common

CN19

Power supply board

Control board

OPE

Battery for control circuit

24 Vdc

Magnetic Contactor C

24 V

Power

Supply

Unit

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

S3 to S12

SC

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

Magnetic Contactor B

After the DC bus voltage falls lower than the battery voltage

0.5 s

Magnetic Contactor A

Magnetic Contactor C

H1 = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Figure 57 Voltage Lower Than 190 to 250 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 to 500 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives, and 500 to 720 Vdc for 600 V Class Drives

120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 121 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Using a Single Battery with Minimum 250 Vdc (500 Vdc, 720 Vdc)

Follow the instructions when using one battery to supply both, main circuit and controller. The battery voltage must be at least 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives, 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives, or 720 Vdc for 600 V class drives.

Wiring

Following the wiring diagram show in Figure 58

.

Figure 51

L1000A

YEA_common

B2

B1

Magnetic Contactor A

Battery for DC bus

200 V Class: 250 to 340 Vdc

400 V Class: 500 to 680 Vdc

600 V Class: 720 to 850 Vdc

DC bus power supply

L1

L2

L3

Magnetic Contactor B

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

-

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

CN19

1

4

S3 to S8

SC

Power supply

Magnetic Contactor Sequence

Magnetic Contactor B

Control circuit

Magnetic Contactor A

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Figure 58 Using a Backup Battery With Minimum 250 Vdc (500 Vdc, 720 Vdc)

Operation Sequence

Starting Rescue Operation

1.

Open contactor B.

2.

Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Close contactor A.

4.

Set the Up/Down command.

Ending Rescue Operation

1.

After the car has stopped, open contactor A.

2.

Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1 = 55).

3.

Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply.

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 121

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 122 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Connecting the Drive and Battery

Use the 1.1 m cable packaged with the drive to connect the battery. Remove the connector covering port CN19 before connecting the cable to CN19.

Information on battery power ratings can be found in Table 33 .

Note: The connector port location and angle vary by drive model.

DANGER!

Switch off the power supply before wiring and connecting the battery cable. Failure to comply will lead to death or serious injury from electric shock.

Battery Connections for CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0075, CIMR-LU4  0005 to 4  0039, and CIMR-LU5  0003 to

5  0027

1.

Insert the tip of a screwdriver into the opening on the edge of the CN19 connector cover. Slide the cover off the

drive as indicated in Figure 59 .

NOTICE: A straight-edge screwdriver should be inserted into the opening provided on the connector cover at the proper angle.

Attempting to insert the screwdriver blade at a different angle could damage the drive.

Figure 52

Press inwards on the tab and slide the connector cover in the direction indicated by the arrow.

Figure 59 Removing the Connector Cover

2.

Connect the cable provided to the CN19 port.

NOTICE: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the drive port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable, or connector.

Figure 53

Port CN19

122

Press in on the connector clip to plug in the cable.

Figure 60 Connecting the Cable

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 123 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Figure 54

3.

Use a pair of diagonal cutters to cut an opening in the connector cover that allows the cable to pass through. The cable should pass through the connector cover with the cover fastened to the drive.

Cut an opening to allow the battery cable to pass through.

Figure 61 Reattaching the Connector Cover (1)

4.

Slide the connector cover back into place as shown in

Figure 62 .

NOTICE: Make sure the cable does not get pinched between the drive and the connector cover, as this could damage the cable.

Figure 55

Figure 56

Figure 62 Reattaching the Connector Cover (2)

Connect to battery.

Figure 63 Drive and Battery Connection Complete

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 123

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 124 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415, CIMR-LU4  0045 to 4  0370, 5  0003 to 5  0200, and 5  0032 to 5  0200

1.

Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screw holding the CN19 connector cover in place.

Figure 57

Screw

Connector cover

Figure 58

Phillips screwdriver

Figure 64 Removing the CN19 Connector Cover

2.

Slide the CN19 connector cover from the drive as shown in

Figure 65

.

Figure 59

Figure 65 Sliding the CN19 Connector Cover

3.

Insert a straight-edge screwdriver into the opening as shown in Figure 66

, then remove the CN19 connector cover by sliding it as shown in

Figure 66 .

124

Figure 66 Removing the CN19 Connector Cover

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 125 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

4.

Connect the cable to the CN19 connector port on the drive.

Note: The connector port location and angle vary by drive model.

NOTICE: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the CN19 connector port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable, or connector.

Figure 60

Port CN19

Battery cable

Figure 61

Figure 67 Connecting the Cable

5.

The cable should pass through the connector cover with the cover fastened to the drive.

Figure 68 Reattaching the CN19 Connector Cover

6.

Slide the CN19 connector cover back into place as shown in Figure 69

.

NOTICE: Make sure the cable does not get pinched between the drive and the CN19 connector cover, as this could damage the cable.

Figure 62

Downward Leftward

4

Figure 69 Sliding the CN19 Connector Cover into Place

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 125

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 126 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

7.

Use a Phillips screwdriver to fasten the screw that holds the CN19 connector cover in place.

NOTICE: Use the screw provided to fasten the connector cover into place. Using a different screw may damage the internal drive components.

Figure 63

Figure 64

Figure 70 Reattaching the CN19 Connector Cover

Connect to battery

Figure 71 Drive and Battery CN19 Connection Complete

Models CIMR-LU4A0450 and 0605

1.

Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the drive covers.

Figure 65

A

B

C

A – Front cover 1

B – Front cover 2

C – Terminal cover

Figure 72 Removing the Connector Cover

126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 127 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

Figure 66

2.

Connect the cable provided to the CN19 port.

Note: Be sure that the connector fastens at the correct angle to the drive port. The incorrect angle could damage the battery, cable, or connector.

Port CN19

Figure 67

Figure 73 Connecting the Cable

3.

Reinstall the drive covers to their original locations.

A

B

C

A – Front cover 1

B – Front cover 2

C – Terminal cover

Figure 74 Reinstalling the Covers to the Drive

Rescue Operation Torque Limit

The Torque Limit During Rescue Operation is set in parameter S4-05. After Rescue Operation is complete, the drive utilizes to the torque limits set in the L7 parameters.

Light Load Direction Search Function

Light Load Direction Search can be used to automatically perform Rescue Operation in the direction with the lower load.

It can help to minimize the amount of power required by the backup power supply required for Rescue Operation. Light

Load Direction Search can be set so that it is automatically performed when Rescue Operation is started. To enable Light

Load Direction Search set parameter S4-01 = 1.

When Light Load Direction Search is enabled the drive first runs in the up and then in the down direction, each for the time set to S4-03. It then compares the load condition of both operations and travels to the next floor using the lighter load condition direction. The speed reference used for Light Load Direction Search can be set in parameter S4-04.

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 127

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 128 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

• When the lightest load direction is up, the drive stops after Light Load Direction Search and then accelerates upwards to the Rescue Operation speed set in parameter S4-15. The output terminals set for “Light Load Direction” (H2 = 54) and “Light Load Direction detection status” (H2 = 55) will close.

Figure 68

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Off (open) On (closed)

Up/Down command

Off (open) On (closed)

Speed agree torque calculations

Up command (internal)

Up Up

Down command (internal) Down

Elevator moves in the direction of the light load

H2 = 55

㧔 Light Load Direction Search status 㧕

Off (open) On (closed)

H2 = 54

㧔 Light load direction 㧕

Off (open) On (closed)

Figure 75 Light Load Direction Detection (Up)

• When the lightest direction is down, then after Light Load Direction Detection is finished the drive immediately accelerates to the Rescue Operation speed set in S4-15 without stopping. An output terminal set for “Light load direction” (H2 = 54) will stay open, and an output terminal set for “Light Load Direction detection status”

(H2 = 55) will close.

Figure 69

H1غغ = 55

(Rescue Operation)

Off (open) On (closed)

Up/Down command

Off (open) On (closed)

Speed agree torque calculations

Up command (internal)

Up

Down command (internal) Down

H2 = 55

㧔 Light Load Direction Search status 㧕

H2 = 54

㧔 Light load direction 㧕

Off (open)

Off (open)

Figure 76 Light Load Direction Detection (Down)

Elevator moves in the direction of the light load

On (closed)

128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 129 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

◆

Setup Troubleshooting and Possible Solutions

This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.

Symptom

Cannot Change Parameter Settings

Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External Up/Down Command

Motor Does Not Rotate

Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Up/Down

Command

Motor Gets Too Hot

Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning

Encoder Offset (E5-11) Set During Auto-Tuning (Rotational or Stationary) Consistently Differs by 30 Degrees or More

Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On

The Safety Controller Does Not Recognize Safe Disable Monitor Output Signals (Terminals DM+ and DM-)

■

Cannot Change Parameter Settings

Cause

The drive is running the motor (i.e., the Up/Down command is present).

The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter settings.

The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode.

The wrong password was entered.

Undervoltage was detected.

Possible Solutions

• Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.

• Most parameters cannot be edited during run.

Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).

• Verify the digital operator mode, Drive or Programming mode?

• Switch to the Programming Mode. Refer to

The Drive and Programming Modes on page 63

.

• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive settings cannot be changed.

• Reset the password.

If the password is unknown:

• Scroll to A1-04. Press

STOP

and press at the same time. Parameter A1-05 will appear.

• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.

• Check the drive main input voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).

• Check all main circuit wiring.

Page

129

130

130

131

131

131

131

131

4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 129

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 130 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External Up/

Down Command

Motor Does Not Rotate

Cause

The drive is not in the Drive Mode.

Possible Solutions

• Check if the DRV on the digital operator is displayed.

• Enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 63 .

Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the digital operator is the source, the LO/RE button LED must be on. If the source is REMOTE, it must be off.

Take the following steps to solve the problem:

The pushed.

button is enabled (o2-01=1) and was

Auto-Tuning has just completed.

A Fast Stop was executed and is not reset.

Settings are incorrect for the source that provides the Up/Down command.

There is faulty wiring in the control circuit terminals.

The speed reference source setting is incorrect.

The settings for the analog speed reference are incorrect.

Selection for the sink/source mode and the internal/ external power supply is incorrect.

Speed reference is too low.

• Push the button.

• o2-01 is set to 0 by default, i.e. the LO/RE button is disabled.

• When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The

Up/Down command will not be accepted unless the drive is in the Drive Mode.

• Use the digital operator to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming

Modes on page 63

.

Reset the Fast Stop command.

Check parameter b1-02 (Up/Down Command Selection).

Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Up/Down command source.

0: Digital operator

1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)

2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

3: Option card

• Check the wiring for the control terminal.

• Correct wiring mistakes.

• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).

Check parameter b1-01 (Speed Reference Selection).

Set b1-01 to the correct source of the speed reference.

0: Digital operator

1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)

2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

3: Option card

Check the settings (signal level, function, bias, gain) for the analog input that supplies the speed reference.

Check the position of the jumper and setting for S3.

Refer to Control I/O Configuration on page 54

.

• Check the speed reference monitor (U1-01).

• Increase the speed reference above the minimum output speed (E1-09).

• Make sure speed references are set properly and the speed selection works properly. If using an analog signal make sure the input signal is present at the time the Up/Down command is issued.

The brake does not release or motor contactor is not closed.

Check the brake and motor contactor sequence.

The

STOP

button is enabled (o2-02 = 1) and was • When the pressed when the drive was started from a

REMOTE source.

STOP

button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.

• Switch off the Up/Down command and then re-enter a new Up/Down command.

• o2-02 is set to 0 by default, i.e. the Stop button is disabled.

Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Up/Down Command

Cause

Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect.

Drive control circuit terminals for the Up and Down commands are switched.

Possible Solutions

Check the motor wiring. Perform the steps described in

Motor Rotation Direction Setup on page 69

and

PG Encoder Setup on page 69

.

• Check the control circuit wiring.

• Correct any fault wiring.

130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 131 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

4 Start-Up Programming & Operation

■

Motor is Too Hot

The load is too heavy.

Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases.

Cause

The air around the motor is too hot.

The drive is operating in a vector control mode but

Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed.

The motor fan has stopped or is clogged.

Possible Solutions

If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value for an extended period of time.

Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible solutions provided below:

• Reduce the load.

• Lower the acceleration and deceleration ramps. (Increase the acceleration time and deceleration time.)

• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current (E2-01).

• Increase motor capacity.

• Check the ambient temperature.

• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.

• Perform Auto-Tuning.

• Calculate the motor value and reset the motor parameters.

• Change the motor control method to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).

When the motor cable is long, high voltage surges occur between the motor coils and drive switching.

Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage.

• Use a motor with a voltage tolerance higher than the max voltage surge.

• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive. Make sure the output reactor can handle frequencies in the range of the drive carrier frequency.

Check the motor fan.

■

Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode

Cause

The desired Auto-Tuning mode is not available for the selected control mode.

Possible Solutions

• Check if the desired tuning mode is available for the selected control mode.

• Change the motor control method by setting A1-02.

■

Encoder Offset (E5-11) Set During Auto-Tuning (Rotational or Stationary) Consistently

Differs by 30 Degrees or More

Cause

PG-E3 option detected excess position error with the ERN1387 encoder.

Possible Solutions

Perform Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics (T2-01 = 12).

■

Electrical Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Operating

Cause

PWM switching in the drive generates excessive noise.

Possible Solutions

• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-03).

• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.

• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.

• Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.

• Ground the drive and motor properly.

• Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.

• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.

■

The Safety Controller Does Not Recognize Safe Disable Monitor Output Signals (Terminals

DM+ and DM-)

4

Cause

There is faulty wiring in the Safe Disable monitor output terminals.

Possible Solutions

• Check the wiring and logic for the Safe Disable monitor output terminal.

• Correct wiring mistakes.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 131

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 132 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

5 Troubleshooting

◆

Fault Detection

■

Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Faults are detected for drive protection, and cause the drive to stop while triggering the fault output terminal

MA-MB-MC. Remove the cause of the fault and manually clear the fault before attempting to run the drive again.

Table 35 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Digital Operator Display boL bUS

CE

CF

CoF

Fault Name

Braking Transistor Overload

The braking transistor has reached its overload level.

Option Communication Error

• The connection was lost after establishing initial communication.

• Only detected when the Up/Down command speed reference is assigned to an option card.

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error

Communication data was not received for the amount of time set in parameter, H5-09

Communication Fault Detection Time.

Control Fault

The torque limit was reached continuously for three seconds or longer while ramping to stop in OLV

Control.

Current Offset Fault

The current sensor is damaged or there was residual induction current in the motor (e.g., during sudden deceleration or when coasting) when the drive attempted to start the motor.

or

CPF00 or CPF01 Control Circuit Error

<1>

CPF02

CPF03

CPF06

A/D Conversion Error

An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.

Control Board Connection Error

Connection error between the control board and the drive

EEPROM Memory Data Error

An error in the data saved to EEPROM

to

to

<1>

CPF07

CPF08

,

CPF11 to CPF14,

CPF16 to CPF21

Terminal Board Connection Error

Control Circuit Error

to

CPF22

CPF23

CPF24

CPF25

CPF26 to CPF34

CPF35

Hybrid IC Failure

Control Board Connection Error

Connection error between the control board and the drive

Drive Unit Signal Fault

The drive capacity cannot be detected correctly (drive capacity is checked when the drive is powered up).

Terminal Board not Connected

Control Circuit Error

CPU error

A/D Conversion Error

An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.

132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 133 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Digital Operator Display dEv dv1 dv2 dv3

EF0

EF3

EF4

EF5

EF6

EF7

EF8

Err

FrL

GF

LF

LF2 oC dv6 dv7 dv8 dv4

5 Troubleshooting

Fault Name

Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with Encoder)

The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time set to F1-11.

Encoder Z Pulse Fault

The motor turned one full rotation without the Z Pulse being detected.

Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection

The Z pulse is out of phase by more than 5 degrees for the number of times specified in parameter

F1-17.

Inversion Detection

The torque reference and acceleration are in opposite directions and the speed reference and actual motor speed differ by over 30% for the number of times set to F1-18.

Inversion Prevention Detection

Pulses indicate that the motor is rotating in the opposite direction of the speed reference. Set the number of pulses to trigger inverse detection to F1-19.

Note: Set F1-19 to 0 to disable inverse detection in applications where the motor may rotate in the opposite direction of the speed reference.

Overacceleration Detection

The acceleration of the elevator car exceeds the overacceleration detection level (S6-10)

Rotor Polarity Detection Timeover

Unable to detect the magnetic poles within the designated time.

PM Rotor Position Estimation Error

An invalid value resulted from Initial Pole Search.

Note: Reset the fault and try Initial Pole Search again.

Option Card External Fault

An external fault condition is present.

External Fault (input terminal S3)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.

External Fault (input terminal S4)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.

External Fault (input terminal S5)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.

External Fault (input terminal S6)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.

External Fault (input terminal S7)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S7

External Fault (input terminal S8)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S8

EEPROM Write Error

Data cannot be written to the EEPROM.

Speed Reference Missing

Parameter d1-18 is set to 3, leveling speed detection is not assigned to a digital input (H1 ≠ 53) and no speed was selected while an Up or Down command was entered.

Ground Fault

A current short to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on the output side of the drive.

Output Phase Loss

• Phase loss on the output side of the drive.

• Setting L8-07 to 1 or 2 enables Phase Loss Detection.

Output Current Imbalance (detected when L8-29 = 1)

One or more of the phases in the output current is lost.

Overcurrent

Drive sensors have detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.

5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 133

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 134 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

,

,

to

to

Digital Operator Display

to

to

to

to oFA00

Fault Name

Option Card Connection Error at Option Connector CN5-A, Option Card Fault at Option Connector

CN5-A

Option compatibility error

Option Card Fault at Option Connector CN5-A

Option not properly connected oFA01 oFA05, oFA06 oFA10, oFA11 oFA12 to oFA17 oFA30 to oFA43 oFb00

Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A oFb01

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B

Option compatibility error

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B

Option not properly connected

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B

Same type of option card already connected oFb02 oFb03 to oFb11 oFb12 to oFb17 oFC00

Option card error occurred at Option Port CN5-B oFC01 oFC02

Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C

Option compatibility error

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C

Option not properly connected

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C

A maximum of two PG option boards can be used simultaneously. Remove the PG option board installed into option port CN5-A.

oFC03 to oFC11 oFC12 to oFC17 oFC50 oFC51 oFC52 oFC53 oFC54 oH oH1 oH3 oH4

Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C

Encoder Option AD Conversion Error

Error with the A/D conversion level (VCC level), or A/D conversion timed out.

Encoder Option Analog Circuit Error

Incorrect signal level (+2.5 V signal)

Encoder Communication Timeout

Signal encoder timed out waiting to receive data

Encoder Communication Data Error

Serial encoder CRC checksum error

Encoder Error

Alarm reading EnDat absolute position data from encoder

(OR flag from EnDat error for overvoltage, undervoltage, etc.)

Heatsink Overheat

The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).

Heatsink Overheat

The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the drive overheat level. The overheat level is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).

Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC thermistor input)

• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1 or A2 exceeded the alarm detection level.

• Detection requires multi-function analog input H3-02 or H3-10 be set to “E”.

Motor Overheat Fault (PTC thermistor input)

• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1 or A2 exceeded the fault detection level.

• Detection requires that multi-function analog input H3-02 or H3-10 = “E”.

134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 135 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Digital Operator Display oL1 oL2 oL3 oL4

<2>

oPr oS ov rF rr

SC

SCF

SE1

PF

PF5

PGo

PGoH

SE2

SE3

SE4

SvE

5 Troubleshooting

Fault Name

Motor Overload

The electronic motor overload protection tripped.

Drive Overload

The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.

Overtorque Detection 1

The current has exceeded the value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).

Overtorque Detection 2

The current has exceeded the value set for Overtorque Detection 2 (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).

External Digital Operator Connection Fault

• The external operator has been disconnected from the drive.

Note:

An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:

 Output is interrupted when the operator is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).

 The Up/Down command is assigned to the operator (b1-02 = 0 and LOCAL has been selected).

Overspeed

The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.

DC Bus Overvoltage

Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.

• For 200 V class: approximately 410 V

• For 400 V class: approximately 820 V

• For 600 V class: approximately 1040 V

Input Phase Loss

Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when L8-05 = 1, 2, 3 (enabled).

Rescue Operation Power Supply Deterioration Error

Encoder Disconnected (for Control Mode with Encoder)

No encoder pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.

Encoder Disconnected (detected when using an encoder)

Encoder cable is not connected properly.

Braking Resistor Fault

The resistance of the braking resistor being used is too low.

Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault

The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.

IGBT Short Circuit

Short Circuit or Ground Fault is detected

Safety Circuit Fault

Safety Circuit Fault is detected.

Motor Contactor Response Error

Motor contactor does not respond within the time set to S1-10 (Run Command Delay Time).

Starting Current Error

The output current was lower than 25% of the motor no-load current at start.

Output Current Error

The output current was lower than 25% of the motor no-load current during operation.

Brake Feedback Error

The input terminal set for “Brake feedback” (H1 = 79) or “Brake feedback 2” (H1 = 5B) did not respond within the SE4 error time set to S6-05 after an output terminal set for “Brake release” (H2 = 50) closed.

Position Lock Error

Position deviation during Position Lock.

5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 135

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 136 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator Display

STo

UL3

UL4

Uv1

Uv2

Uv3 voF

Fault Name

Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection

Motor pull out or step out has occurred. Motor has exceeded its pull out torque.

Undertorque Detection 1

The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).

Undertorque Detection 2

The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).

DC Bus Undervoltage

One of the following conditions occurred while the drive was running:

• Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05)

• For 200 V class: approximately 190 V

• For 400 V class: approximately 380 V (350 V when E1-01 is less than 400)

• For 600 V class: approximately 500 V

Control Power Supply Voltage Fault

Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.

Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault

The soft-charge bypass circuit failed.

Output Voltage Detection Error

Problem detected with the voltage on the output side of the drive.

<1> Displayed as will show or

or when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display

.

<2> Displayed only for models in compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Safety Integrity Level 3.

◆

Alarm Detection

■

Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Alarms are drive protection functions that do not necessarily cause the drive to stop. Once the cause of an alarm is removed, the drive will return to the same status as before the alarm occurred.

When an alarm has been triggered, the ALM light on the digital operator display blinks and the alarm code display flashes. If a multi-function output is set for an alarm (H2 = 10), that output terminal will be triggered for certain alarms.

Note: If a multi-function output is set to close when an alarm occurs (H2 = 10), it will also close when maintenance periods are reached, triggering alarms LT-1 through LT-4 (triggered only if H2 = 2F).

Table 36 Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Digital Operator Display

AEr bb boL bUS

CALL

CE

CrST

Minor Fault Name

Communication Option Node ID Setting Error (CANopen)

Option card node address is outside the acceptable setting range.

Baseblock

Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.

Braking Transistor Overload

The braking transistor in the drive has been overloaded.

Option Communication Error

• After initial communication was established, the connection was lost.

• Assign a Up/Down command or speed reference to the option card.

Serial Communication Stand By

Communication has not yet been established.

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error

Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.

Cannot Reset

136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 137 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Digital Operator Display dEv

EF

EF0

EF3

EF4

EF5

EF6

EF7

EF8

Hbb

HbbF

HCA

LT-1

LT-2

LT-3

LT-4 oH oH3 oL3 oL4 oS

5 Troubleshooting

Minor Fault Name

Speed Deviation (when using a PG option card)

The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time in F1-11.

Up/Down Command Error

Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for over 0.5 s.

Option Card External Fault

An external fault condition is present.

External fault (input terminal S3)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.

External fault (input terminal S4)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.

External fault (input terminal S5)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.

External fault (input terminal S6)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.

External fault (input terminal S7)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.

External fault (input terminal S8)

External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.

Safe Disable Circuit Fault Signal (H1-HC, H2-HC) Release

<1>

Both Safe Disable Input channels are open.

Safe Disable Circuit Fault Signal (H1-HC, H2-HC) Release

<1>

One Safe Disable channel is open while the other one is closed.

High Current Alarm

Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).

Cooling Fan Maintenance Time

The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.

Note: An alarm output (H2 = 10) will only be triggered if H2 = 2F.

Capacitor Maintenance Time

The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.

Note: An alarm output (H2 = 10) will only be triggered if H2 = 2F.

Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time

The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.

Note: An alarm output (H2 = 10) will only be triggered if H2 = 2F.

IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)

IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.

Note: An alarm output (H2 = 10) will only be triggered if H2 = 2F.

Heatsink Overheat

The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02 (90-100 ° C). Default value for L8-02 is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).

Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC thermistor input)

• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1 or A2 exceeded the alarm detection level.

• Detection requires multi-function analog input H3-02 or H3-10 be set to “E”.

Overtorque Detection 1

Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.

Overtorque Detection 2

Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06.

Overspeed (for Control Mode with Encoder)

The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.

5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 137

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 138 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

Digital Operator Display ov

PASS

PGo

PGoH

SE

TrPC

UL3

UL4

Uv voF

Minor Fault Name

DC Bus Overvoltage

The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.

For 200 V class: approximately 410 V

For 400 V class: approximately 820 V

For 600 V class drives: approximately 1040 V

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Complete

Encoder Disconnected (for Control Mode with Encoder)

Detected when no encoder signal is received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.

Encoder Disconnected (detected when using an encoder)

Encoder cable has become disconnected.

MEMOBUS/Modbus Self Test Failed

IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)

IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.

Note: This alarm will not trigger a multi-function output terminal that is set for alarm output (H2 =

10).

Undertorque Detection 1

Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 time.

Undertorque Detection 2

Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM) less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06 time.

Undervoltage

One of the following conditions was true when the drive was stopped and a Up/Down command was entered:

• DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified in L2-05.

• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was opened.

• Low voltage in the control drive input power. This alarm outputs only if L2-01 is not 0 and DC bus voltage is under L2-05.

Output Voltage Detection Error

There is a problem with the output voltage.

<1> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-2, ISO/EN

13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 139 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

◆

Operator Programming Errors

■

oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

An Operator Programming Error (oPE) occurs when a contradictory parameter is set or an individual parameter is set to an inappropriate value.

The drive will not operate until the parameter or parameters causing the problem are set correctly. An oPE, however, does

not trigger an alarm or fault output. If an oPE occurs, investigate the cause and refer to Table 37 for the appropriate

action. When an oPE appears on the operator display, press the ENTER button to view U1-18 and see which parameter is causing the oPE.

Table 37 oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Digital Operator Display oPE01 oPE02 oPE03 oPE04

Error Name

Drive Capacity Setting Fault

Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.

Parameter Range Setting Error

Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.

Multi-function Digital Input Selection Error

A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-03 to H1-08.

Terminal Board Mismatch Error oPE05 oPE06 oPE07 oPE08 oPE10 oPE16 oPE18 oPE20 oPE21

Reference Source Selection Error

Control Mode Selection Error

Correct the setting for the control method.

Multi-function Analog Input Selection Error

A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02 and H3-10.

Parameter Selection Error

A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.

V/f Pattern Setting Error

The following setting errors have occurred where:

E1-04 is greater than or equal to E1-06, E1-06 is greater than or equal to E1-07, E1-07 is greater than or equal to E1-09, or E1-09 is greater than or equal to E1-11.

Energy Savings Constants Error

Parameter Setting Error, Online Tuning Parameter Setting Error

• The input from load cell with load condition 1 (S3-29) is set to the same value as load condition 2

(S3-30).

• DWELL 2 related parameters are not set correctly.

• Parameters that control Online Tuning are not set correctly.

PG-F3 Setting Error

The encoder signal frequency is too high.

Elevator Parameter Setting Fault

Elevator parameters are not set correctly.

5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 139

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 140 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

◆

Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Auto-Tuning faults in this section are displayed on the digital operator and will cause the motor to coast to a stop.

Auto-Tuning faults do not trigger a multi-function digital output set for fault or alarm output.

An End  error on the digital operator display indicates Auto-Tuning has successfully completed with discrepancies in the calculations. Check the cause of the End  error using the tables in this section and perform Auto-Tuning again after fixing the cause.

The drive may be used in the application if no cause can be identified despite the existence of an End  error.

An Er  error indicates that Auto-Tuning has not completed successfully. Check for the cause of the error using the tables in this section, and perform Auto-Tuning again after fixing the cause.

■

Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Table 38 Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Digital Operator Display

End1

End2

End3

End4

End5

End6

End7

End8

End9

End10

Er-01

Error Name

Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning, and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Adjusted Slip Calculation Error

Resistance Tuning Error

Leakage Inductance Alarm

No-Load Current Alarm

Rescue Operation Speed Warning

Rescue Operation Rotor Pole Position Search Warning

Rescue Operation Rotor Polarity Detection Warning

Motor Data Error

Er-02

Er-03

Er-04

Alarm

STOP Button Input

Line-to-Line Resistance Error

Er-05

Er-08

Er-09

Er-10

Er-11

Er-12

Er-13

Er-18

Er-19

Er-20

Er-21

Er-22

Er-23

Er-24

No-Load Current Error

Rated Slip Error

Acceleration Error

Motor Direction Error

Motor Speed Fault

Current Detection Error

Leakage Inductance Error

Induction Voltage Error

Inductance Error

Stator Resistance Error

Z Pulse Correction Error

Initial Rotor Pole Search Error

Non-rotating Encoder Offset Tuning Warning

Auto-Tuning Error for PG-E3 Encoder Characteristics

140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 141 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

◆

Copy Function Related Displays

■

Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting

The table below lists the messages and errors that may appear when using the Copy function.

When executing the tasks offered by the Copy function, the operator will indicate the task being performed. When an error occurs, a code appears on the operator to indicate the error. Note that errors related to the Copy function do not trigger a multi-function output terminal that has been set up to close when a fault or alarm occurs. To clear an error, simply press any key on the operator and the error display will disappear.

Table 39

lists the corrective action that can be taken when an error occurs.

Note: 1.

Whenever using the copy function, the drive should be fully stopped.

2.

The drive will not accept an Up/Down command while the Copy function is being executed.

3.

Parameters can only be saved to a drive when the voltage class, capacity, control mode, and software version match.

Table 39 Copy Function Task and Error Displays

Digital Operator Display

CoPy

CPEr

CPyE

CSEr dFPS

ECE

ECS

EdE

EiF ndAT rdEr rEAd vAEr vFyE vrFy

End

EPE

ErE

EvE iFEr

Task

Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)

Control Mode Mismatch

Error Writing Data

Copy Unit Error

Drive Model Mismatch

Copy Error

Checksum Error

Write Impossible

Write Data Error

Task Complete

ID Mismatch

Data Error

Verify Error

Communication Error

Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch

Error Reading Data

Reading Parameter Settings (flashing)

Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch

Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same

Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing)

5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 141

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 142 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

5 Troubleshooting

■

Fault Reset Methods

When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault must be removed and the drive must be restarted. The table below lists the different ways to restart the drive.

After the Fault Occurs Procedure

Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and reset the fault

Press on the digital operator when error code is displayed.

Resetting via Fault Reset Digital

Input S4

Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default (H1-04 = 14).

YEA_

RESET

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALARM

- MODE DRV oC

Overcurrent

FWD RESET

F1

ESC

F2

LO

RE

RESET

RUN

ENTER

STOP

Drive

Fault Reset Switch

S4 Fault Reset Digital Input

SC Digital Input Common

2

ON

If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply.

Reapply power after the digital operator display is out.

1 OFF

Note: If the Up/Down command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. Remove the Up/Down command before attempting to clear a fault situation.

142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 143 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

◆

Inspection

Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and periodic inspection on the drive.

Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and relays. The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.

Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.

Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:

• High ambient temperatures

• Frequent starting and stopping

• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load

• Excessive vibrations or shock loading

• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres

• Poor storage conditions.

Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.

■

Recommended Daily Inspection

Table 40

outlines the recommended daily inspection for Yaskawa drives. Check the following items on a daily basis to avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.

Table 40 General Recommended Daily Inspection Checklist

Inspection Category

Motor

Cooling

Environment

Load

Power Supply Voltage

Inspect for abnormal oscillation or noise coming from the motor.

Inspect drive cooling fan and circulation fan operation.

Inspection Points

Inspect for abnormal heat generated from the drive or motor and visible discoloration.

Corrective Action

• Check the load coupling.

• Measure motor vibration.

• Tighten all loose components.

Check for excessive load.

• Excessive load.

• Loose connections.

• Dirty heatsink or motor.

• Ambient temperature.

Check for the following:

• Clogged or dirty fan.

• Correct fan operation parameter setting.

Verify the drive environment complies with the specifications listed in

Installation Environment on page 17 .

The drive output current should not be higher than the motor or drive rating for an extended period of time.

Check main power supply and control voltages.

Eliminate the source of contaminants or correct poor environment.

Check for the following:

• Excessive load.

• Correct motor parameter settings.

• Correct the voltage or power supply to within nameplate specifications.

• Verify all main circuit phases.

Checked

6

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 143

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 144 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

■

Recommended Periodic Inspection

Table 41 outlines the recommended periodic inspections for Yaskawa drive installations. Although periodic inspections

should generally be performed once a year, the drive may require more frequent inspection in harsh environments or with rigorous use. Operating and environmental conditions, along with experience in each application, will determine the actual inspection frequency for each installation. Periodic inspection will help to avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.

Periodic Inspection

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not inspect, connect, or disconnect any wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.

Table 41 Periodic Inspection Checklist

Inspection Area

General

Conductors and

Wiring

Terminals

Relays and

Contactors

Braking Resistors

Electrolytic

Capacitor

Diode, IGBT (Power

Transistor)

Operation Check

General

Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection on components.

Inspection Points

Main Circuit Periodic Inspection

• Inspect equipment for discoloration from overheating or deterioration.

• Inspect for damaged or deformed parts.

Corrective Action

• Replace damaged components as required.

• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.

• Inspect enclosure door seal if used.

• Remove foreign particles and dust by sucking them out with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.

• Replace components if cleaning is not possible.

• Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration, damage, or heat stress.

• Inspect wire insulation and shielding for wear.

Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.

• Inspect contactors and relays for excessive noise during operation.

• Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as melted or cracked insulation.

Inspect for discoloration of heat stress on or around resistors.

Repair or replace damaged wiring.

Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or terminals.

• Check coil voltage for overvoltage or undervoltage conditions.

• Replace damaged removable relays contactors or circuit board.

• Minor discoloration may be acceptable.

• Check for loose connections if discoloration exists.

• Inspect for leaking, discoloration, or cracks.

• Check if the cap has come off, for any swelling, or if the sides have burst open.

The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.

Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.

Remove foreign particles and dust by sucking them out with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.

Motor Periodic Inspection

Check for increased vibration or abnormal noise.

Stop the motor and contact qualified maintenance personnel as required.

Control Circuit Periodic Inspection

• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.

• Make sure all terminals have been properly tightened.

• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or terminals.

• If terminals are integral to a circuit board, then board or drive replacement may be required.

Checked

144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 145 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

Inspection Area

Circuit Boards

Inspection Points Corrective Action

Check for any odor, discoloration, and rust. Make sure connections are properly fastened and that no dust or oil mist has accumulated on the surface of the board.

• Fix any loose connections.

• If an antistatic cloth or vacuum plunger cannot be used, replace the board.

• Do not use any solvents to clean the board.

• Remove foreign particles and dust by sucking them out with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.

• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.

Cooling System Periodic Inspection

Checked

Cooling Fan,

Circulation Fan,

Control Board

Cooling Fan

• Check for abnormal oscillation or unusual noise.

• Check for damaged or missing fan blades.

Clean or replace the fan.

Heatsink

Air Duct

Digital Operator

Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.

Remove foreign particles and dust by sucking them out with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.

Inspect air intake and exhaust openings. They must be free from obstruction and properly installed.

• Visually inspect the area.

• Clear obstructions and clean air duct as required.

Display Periodic Inspection

• Make sure data appears on the operator properly.

• Inspect for dust or other foreign material that may have collected on surrounding components.

• Contact a Yaskawa representative if there is any trouble with the display or keypad.

• Clean the digital operator.

◆

Periodic Maintenance

The drive has Maintenance Monitors that keep track of component wear. This feature provides advance maintenance warning and eliminates the need to shut down the entire system for unexpected problems. The drive allows the user to check predicted maintenance periods for the components listed below.

• Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan, Control Board Cooling Fan

• Electrolytic Capacitors

• Inrush Prevention Circuit

• IGBTs

For replacement parts, contact the distributor where the drive was purchased or contact Yaskawa directly.

■

Replacement Parts

Table 42

contains the estimated performance life of components that require replacement during the life of the drive. Only use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive model and revision.

Table 42 Estimated Performance Life

Component

Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan

Electrolytic Capacitors

Estimated Performance Life

10 years

10 years

<1>

<1> The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.

NOTICE: Estimated performance life based on specific usage conditions. These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing parts to maintain performance. Some parts may require more frequent replacement due to poor environments or rigorous use. Usage conditions for estimated performance life:

Ambient temperature: Yearly average of 40 ° C (104 ° F) (IP00 enclosure)

Load factor: 80% maximum

Operation time: 24 hours a day

6

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 145

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 146 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors

The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.

When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.

Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 144 for more details.

Table 43 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement

Parameter

U4-03

U4-04

U4-05

U4-06

U4-07 IGBT

Component

Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan,

Control Board Cooling Fan

DC Bus Capacitors

Inrush (pre-charge) Relay

Contents

Displays the accumulated operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it reaches 99999.

Displays the accumulated fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.

Displays the accumulated time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.

Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit.

Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs.

Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors

An output can be set up to inform the user when a specific components has neared its expected performance life.

When one of multi-function digital output terminals has been assigned the maintenance monitor function (H2 = 2F), the terminal will close when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay reach 90% of the expected performance life, or when the IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life. Additionally the digital

operator will display an alarm like shown in Table 44 to indicate the specific components that may need maintenance.

Table 44 Maintenance Alarms

Alarm Display

LED Operator LCD Operator

Function Corrective Action

<1>

<1>

<1>

<1>

<2>

LT-1

LT-2

LT-3

LT-4

TrPC

The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated lifetime.

The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated lifetime.

The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated lifetime.

The IGBTs have reached 50% of their designated lifetime.

The IGBTs have reached 90% of their designated lifetime.

Replace the cooling fan.

Replace the drive.

Replace the drive.

Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.

Replace the drive.

<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2 = 2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2 = 10).

<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2 =

2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2 = 10).

Related Drive Parameters

Use parameters o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 to reset a Maintenance Monitor to zero after replacing a specific component.

Refer to Parameter Table on page 166

for details on parameter settings.

NOTICE: If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will continue to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset, the drive will not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component.

146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 147 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

◆

Drive Replacement

■

Serviceable Parts

The drive contains some serviceable parts. The following parts can be replaced over the life span of the drive:

• Terminal board I/O PCBs

• Cooling fan(s)

• Front cover

Replace the drive if the main power circuitry is damaged. Contact your local Yaskawa representative before replacing parts if the drive is still under warranty. Yaskawa reserves the right to replace or repair the drive according to Yaskawa warranty policy.

■

Terminal Board

CAUTION!

Crush Hazard. Carrying the drive by the front cover may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury. Always hold the case when carrying the drive.

NOTICE: Correctly set parameter o2-04 when replacing the control terminal board. Failure to comply may result in drive damage due to lack of protective functions and poor drive performance.

The drive has a modular I/O terminal block that facilitates quick drive replacement. The terminal board contains on-board memory that stores all drive parameter settings and allows the parameters to be saved and transferred to the replacement drive. To transfer the terminal board, disconnect the terminal board from the damaged drive then reconnect it to the replacement drive. Once transferred, there is no need to manually reprogram the replacement drive.

Figure 70

Note: If the damaged drive and the new replacement drive are have different capacities, the data stored in the control terminal board cannot be transferred to the new drive and an oPE01 error will appear on the display. The control terminal board can still be used, but parameter setting from the old drive cannot be transferred. The replacement drive must be initialized and manually programmed.

YEA_com mon

A E

B

C D

A – Removable terminal board

B – Charge LED

C – Bottom cover

D – Bottom cover screws

E – Control terminal board locking screws

Figure 77 Terminal Board

6

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 147

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 148 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

■

Replacing the Drive

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.

Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.

The following procedure explains how to replace a drive. This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.

To install option cards or other types of options, refer to the specific manuals for those options.

NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement drive, make sure they are working properly before reconnecting them to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate break down of the replacement drive.

Figure 71

1.

Remove the terminal cover. Refer to

Terminal Cover on page 29 for details.

Note: The shape of the terminal covers and the numbers of the screws differ depending on the drive models.

YEA_ comm on

Figure 72

Figure 78 Drive Replacement: Removing the Terminal Cover

2.

Loosen the screws holding the terminal board in place. Remove the screw securing the bottom cover and remove the bottom cover from the drive.

YEA_com mon

Figure 79 Drive Replacement: Removing the Control Terminal Board

148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 149 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

6 Periodic Inspection & Maintenance

Figure 73

3.

Slide the terminal board as illustrated by the arrows to remove it from the drive along with the bottom cover.

YEA_ comm on

Figure 80 Drive Replacement: Remove the Control Terminal Board

Figure 74

YEA_c ommon

Figure 81 Drive Replacement: Removable Control Terminal Board

Disconnected from the Drive

4.

Disconnect all option cards and options. Make sure they are intact before reusing them.

5.

Replace the drive and wire the main circuit.

Installing the Drive

1.

After wiring the main circuit, connect the terminal block to the drive as shown in Figure 82 . Use the installation

screw to fasten the terminal block into place.

Figure 75

YEA_ comm on

Figure 82 Drive Replacement: Installing the Control Terminal Board

2.

Reconnect all options to the new drive in the same way they were installed in the old drive. Connect option boards to the same option ports in the new drive that were used in the old drive.

3.

Put the terminal cover back into its original place.

4.

After powering on the drive, all parameter settings are transferred from the terminal board to the drive memory. If an oPE04 error occurs, load the parameter settings saved on the terminal board to the new drive by setting parameter A1-03 to 5550. Reset the Maintenance Monitor function timers by setting parameters o4-01 through o4-12 to 0, and parameter o4-13 to 1.

6

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 149

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 150 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

7 Option Card Installation

This section provides instructions on installing the option cards listed in

Table 45

.

◆

Prior to Installing the Option

Prior to installing the option, wire the drive, make the necessary connections to the drive terminals, and verify that the

drive functions normally. Refer to the Table 45 for information on wiring and connecting the drive.

Table 45 below lists the number of option cards that can be connected to the drive and the drive connectors for connecting

those option cards.

Table 45 Option Card Installation

Option Card

PG-B3, PG-X3

PG-F3

<2>

, PG-E3

DO-A3, AO-A3

SI-S3, DI-A3

<3>

Connector

CN5-C

CN5-C

CN5-A, B, C

CN5-A

Number of Cards Possible

2

<1>

1

1

1

<1> If two PG option cards are connected, use both CN5-B and CN5-C. If only one PG option card is connected to the drive, use the CN5-C connector.

<2> These option cards are not available for the application with Motor 2 Selection.

<3> When DI-A3 is to be used as monitors, the card can be connected to any of CN5-A, CN5-B or CN5-C. The input status of DI-A3 can then be viewed using U1-17.

Figure 83 shows an exploded view of the drive with the option and related components for reference.

Figure 76

A

B

C

L

K

J

I

D

E

F

H

G

YEA_common

A – Insertion point for CN5

B – Option card

C – Included screws

D – Front cover

E – Digital operator

F – Terminal cover

G – Removable tabs for wire routing

H – Ground wire

I – Drive grounding terminal (FE)

J – Connector CN5-A

K – Connector CN5-B

L – Connector CN5-C

Figure 83 Installing an Option Card

150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 151 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

◆

Installing the Option

Refer to the instructions below to install the option.

DANGER!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Disconnect all power to the drive and wait at least the amount of time specified on the drive front cover safety label. After all indicators are off, measure the DC bus voltage to confirm safe level, and check for unsafe voltages before servicing to prevent electric shock. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and Option Cards.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option, drive, and circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the application to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.

1.

Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the digital

operator (E) and front covers (D, F). Refer to Digital Operator and Front Cover on page 31 .

Figure 77

YEA_common

D

E

F

Figure 78

Figure 84 Remove the Front Covers and Digital Operator

2.

Insert the option card (B) into the CN5-A (J), CN5-B (K) or CN5-C (L) connectors located on the drive and fasten it into place using one of the included screws (C).

YEA_common

A

B

C

L

K

J

Figure 85 Insert the Option Card

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 151

7

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 152 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Figure 79

3.

Connect one end of the ground wire (H) to the ground terminal (I) using one of the remaining screws (C). Connect the other end of the ground wire (H) to the remaining ground terminal and installation hole on the option (B) using the last remaining provided screw (C).

YEA_common

B

C

I

H

Figure 86 Connect the Ground Wire

Note: 1.

The option package includes two ground wires. Use the longer wire when plugging the option into connector CN5-C on the drive side.

Use the shorter wire when plugging the option into connector CN5-B. Refer to the option card instruction manual for more information.

2.

There are two screw holes on the drive for use as ground terminals (I). When connecting three options, two ground wires will need to share the same drive ground terminal.

4.

Prepare and connect the wire ends as shown in Figure 87 and Figure 88 .

Wire Gauges and Tightening

Torques on page 155 to confirm that the proper tightening torque is applied to each terminal. Take particular

precaution to ensure that each wire is properly connected and wire insulation is not accidentally pinched into electrical terminals.

WARNING!

Fire Hazard. Tighten all terminal screws according to the specified tightening torque. Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating electrical connections. Tightening screws beyond the specified tightening torque may result in erroneous operation, damage to the terminal block, or cause a fire.

NOTICE: Heat shrink tubing or electrical tape may be required to ensure that cable shielding does not contact other wiring. Insufficient insulation may cause a short circuit and damage the option or drive.

Figure 80

Shield Insulation

PG option terminal PG at motor

B 3

FE/SD

Ground Terminal

Shield sheath

(Insulate with electrical tape or shrink tubing)

Figure 87 Preparing Ends of Shielded Cable

Figure 81

Screwdriver blade size

YEA_common Preparing wire ends:

Pull back the shielding and lightly twist the end with fingers, keeping the ends from fraying.

about 5.5 mm (0.22 in.)

When not using crimped insulated sleeves

Blade depth of

0.4 mm (0.015 in.) or less

Blade width of

2.5 mm (0.1 in.) or less

Loosen the screws and insert the wire into the opening on the terminal block.

Shielded cable

(do not solder ends)

Figure 88 Preparing and Connecting Cable Wiring

Option terminal block

152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 153 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

5.

For the PG-B3 and PG-X3 Option, wire the motor PG encoder to the terminal block. Refer to Figure 89 and

Figure 93 for wiring instructions.

Refer to Terminal Functions on page 154 for a detailed description of the option terminal functions.

■

Connecting PG-B3 Option

Parameter Settings and Connections for Different Encoder Types

• Connecting a Single-Pulse Encoder

When using a single-pulse encoder in V/f with PG control mode, connect the pulse output from the PG to the option and set drive parameter F1-21 to 0.

• Connecting a Two-Pulse Encoder

When using a two-pulse encoder, connect the A and B pulse outputs on the PG to the option and set F1-21 to 1.

When using a two-pulse encoder in Closed Loop Vector control mode, connect pulse outputs A and B from the encoder to the corresponding terminals on the option.

• Connecting a Two-Pulse Encoder with Z Marker Pulse

When using a two-pulse encoder with Z marker pulse, connect the A, B, and Z pulse outputs to the corresponding terminals on the option.

Control Method

No. of Encoders

Single Pulse (A)

Two Pulse (AB Quadrature)

Two Pulse with Marker (ABZ)

V/f with PG

1 (CN5-C)

F1-21 = 0

2 (CN5-B)

F1-37 = 0

F1-21 = 1

F1-21 = 1

F1-37 = 1

F1-37 = 1

Closed Loop Vector

1 (CN5-C)

N/A

2 (CN5-B)

N/A

No setting required

No setting required

No setting required

No setting required

Connection Diagram of PG-B3

Refer to Table 46

for a detailed description of the option board terminal functions.

Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques on page 155 for information on making cables.

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YASKAWA

Drive

M

FE

CN5

PG B3

Option

NC

TB1

A+

A

B+

B

Z+

Z

SD

FE

3

4

5

6

E

TB2

IP

IG

1

2

AO

IG

BO

IG

ZO

IG

PG

A pulse monitor signal  

B pulse monitor signal   

Z pulse monitor signal   

Ground wire

Twisted-pair shielded line

Main circuit terminal

Control circuit terminal

B 3

<1> Ground the shield on the PG side and the drive side. If noise problems arise in the PG signal, remove the shield ground from one end of the signal line or remove the shield ground connection on both ends.

Figure 89 PG-B3 Option and Encoder Connection Diagram

Note: The PG-B3 Option reads a maximum input frequency from the PG encoder of 50 kHz. Be sure to select an PG encoder with an output pulse frequency of maximum 50 kHz when operating at maximum speed.

7

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 153

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 154 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Take the following steps to prevent erroneous operation caused by noise interference:

• Use shielded wire for the PG encoder signal lines.

• Limit the length of all motor output power cables to less than 100 m. Limit the length of open-collector output lines to less than 50 m.

• Use separate conduit or cable tray dividers to separate option control wiring, main circuit input power wiring, and motor output power cables.

Interface Circuit

• Complementary Output

Figure 82

Vcc PG Encoder

PG-B3

470

Ω

12 V

330 Ω

IP

A+,B+,Z+

A-,B-,Z-

330

Ω

IG

A,B,Z

0 V

0 V

AO,BO,ZO

Monitor Signals

IG

Figure 90 Complementary Outputs for the Interface Circuit

• Open-Collector Outputs

Figure 83

PG B3

470

Ω

12 V

330

Ω

IP

A+,B+,Z+

A ,B ,Z

330 Ω

IG

AO,BO,ZO

IG

Vcc

PG Encoder

A,B,Z

0 V

Monitor Signals

Figure 91 Open-Collector Outputs for the Interface Circuit

Terminal Functions

Table 46 Option Terminal Functions

Terminal

Block

Terminal Function Description

TB1

TB2

TB1

TB2

A+

A–

B+

B–

Z+

Z–

SD

FE

IP

IG

AO

BO

ZO

IG

A+ pulse signal input

A– pulse signal input

B+ pulse signal input

B– pulse signal input

Z+ pulse signal input

Z– pulse signal input

NC pin (open)

Ground

PG power supply

PG power supply common

A pulse monitor signal

B pulse monitor signal

Z pulse monitor signal

Monitor signal common

• Pulse signal inputs from the PG.

• Signal inputs from complementary and open-collector outputs

• Signal level

H level: 8 to 12 V

L level: 2.0 V or less

For use when cables shields should not be grounded

Used for grounding shielded lines

• Output voltage: 12.0 V ± 5%

• Max output current: 200 mA

<1>

• Outputs the monitor signal for the A, B, and Z pulses from the PG speed control card

• For open collector outputs from the option

• Max voltage: 24 V

• Max current: 30 mA

<1> A separate UL Listed class 2 power supply is necessary when the PG requires more than 200 mA to operate.

154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 155 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques

Wire gauge and torque specifications are listed in

Table 47

. For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the wire ends. Refer to the option manuals for the wire size and torque specifications of other options.

A+, A–, B+,

B–, Z+, Z–,

FE, IP, IG

AO, IG, BO,

IG, ZO, IG

M2

Table 47 Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques

Tightening

Torque

N  m

(lb.in.)

0.22 to 0.25

(1.95 to 2.21)

Bare Cable

Applicable

Gauges mm 2

Recomm.

Gauge mm 2

0.75

(18 AWG)

Stranded wire:

0.25 to 1.0

(24 to 17 AWG)

Solid wire:

0.25 to 1.5

(24 to 16 AWG)

Crimp Terminals

Applicable

Gauges mm 2

Recomm.

Gauge mm 2

0.5

(20 AWG)

0.25 to 0.5

(24 to 20 AWG)

Wire Type

Shielded twisted pair, etc.

Shielded cable, etc.

Crimp Terminals

Yaskawa recommends using CRIMPFOX 6 by Phoenix Contact or equivalent crimp terminals with the specifications listed in

Table 48

for wiring to ensure proper connections.

Note: Properly trim wire ends so loose wire ends do not extend from the crimp terminals.

Table 48 Crimp Terminal Sizes

–

Wire Gauge mm 2

Phoenix Contact Model

L mm (in) d1

6 mm

(0.24 in.)

L d2

0.25 (24 AWG)

0.34 (22 AWG)

0.5 (20 AWG)

AI 0.25 - 6YE

AI 0.25 - 6BU

AI 0.34 - 6TQ

AI 0.5 - 6WH

10.5 (13/32)

10.5 (13/32)

12 (15/32) d1 mm (in)

0.8 (1/32)

0.8 (1/32)

1.1 (3/64) d2 mm (in)

2 (5/64)

2 (5/64)

2.5 (3/32)

PG Encoder Cables for PG-B3 Option

Yaskawa recommends using a LMA B-S185Y (complementary output) for cables running between the PG-B3

Option and the PG as show in

Figure 92

.

For instructions on wiring the terminal block, refer to

Table 46 .

Figure 84

TB1

A+ A- B+ B- Z+ ZSD FE

TB2

IP IG AO IG BO IG ZO IG

3 4 5 6 E 1 2

TA1

PG encoder side

B

C

A

H

D

G

E

F

Ｌ

（ Pin ）

Figure 92 Wiring PG Encoder Cable

B 3

7

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 155

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 156 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Option Terminal

IP

IG

A+

A–

B+

B–

FE

Table 49 Connecting the PG Encoder Cable Specification

6

E

4

5

Wire

1

2

3

PG Encoder Cable

Color

Blue

White

Yellow

White

Green

White

N/A (shield)

F

D

G

A

C

H

B

Table 50 PG Encoder Cable Types

Type

W5010

W5030

Length

50 m (164 ft.)

100 m (328 ft.)

Pin

Length

10 m (32 ft.)

30 m (98 ft.)

Type

W5050

W5100

■

Connecting PG-X3 Option

Parameter Settings and Connections for Different Encoder Types

• Connecting a Single-Pulse Encoder

When using a single-pulse encoder in V/f with PG control mode, connect the pulse output from the PG to the option and set drive parameter F1-21 to 0.

• Connecting a Two-Pulse Encoder

When using a two-pulse encoder, connect the A and B pulse outputs on the PG to the option and set F1-21 to 1.

When using a two-pulse encoder in Closed Loop Vector control mode, connect pulse outputs A and B from the encoder to the corresponding terminals on the option.

• Connecting a Two-Pulse Encoder with Z Marker Pulse

When using a two-pulse encoder with Z marker pulse, connect the A, B, and Z pulse outputs to the corresponding terminals on the option.

When using a two-pulse encoder in CLV/PM control mode, connect pulse outputs A and B from the encoder to the corresponding terminals on the option.

Control Method

No. of Encoders

Single Pulse (A)

Two Pulse (AB Quadrature)

Two Pulse with Marker (ABZ)

V/f with PG

1 (CN5-C) 2 (CN5-B)

F1-21 = 0

F1-21 = 1

F1-21 = 1

F1-37 = 0

F1-37 = 1

F1-37 = 1

Closed Loop Vector

1 (CN5-C) 2 (CN5-B)

N/A

No setting required

No setting required

N/A

No setting required

No setting required

156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 157 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Connection Diagram of PG-X3

Refer to Table 51

for a detailed description of the option board terminal functions.

The positioning of jumper CN3 selects the PG encoder power supply voltage (5.5 V or 12 V). Select the voltage level for the PG encoder connected to the option and motor. If the wrong voltage is selected, the PG encoder may not operate properly or may become damaged as a result.

Refer to Setting the PG Encoder Power Supply Voltage on page 158 for details.

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

YASKAWA

Drive

PG X3

Option

NC

TB1

A+

A

B+

B

Z+

Z

SD

FE

M

PG

FE

CN5-B or

CN5-C

IP12

IP5

IG

CN3

TB2

IP

IG

SG b z+ z a+ a b+

A pulse monitor signal

B pulse monitor signal

Z pulse monitor signal   

Ground wire twisted-pair shielded line

X3 main circuit terminal control circuit terminal

<1> Ground the shield on the PG side and the drive side. If noise problems arise in the PG signal, remove the shield ground from one end of the signal line or remove the shield ground connection on both ends.

Figure 93 PG-X3 Option and PG Encoder Connection Diagram

Note: The PG-X3 Option reads a maximum input frequency from the PG of 300 kHz. Be sure to select a PG with an output pulse frequency of maximum 300 kHz when operating at maximum speed.

Take the following steps to prevent erroneous operation caused by noise interference:

• Use shielded wire for the PG encoder signal lines.

• Use separate conduit or cable tray dividers to separate option control wiring, main circuit input power wiring, and motor output power cables.

Interface Circuit

Figure 85

PG Encoder

A,B,Z

PG X3

26LS32 level

A+,B+,Z+

600

Ω

A ,B ,Z a+,b+,z+ a ,b ,z

26LS31   level

SG

A,B,Z 26LS31 level

Monitor Signals

Figure 94 Interface Circuit (PG-X3)

7

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 157

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 158 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Terminal Functions

TB1

Terminal Block

TB2

TB1

TB2

SG a+ a– b+ b– z+ z–

Table 51 Option Terminal Functions

Terminal

A+

A–

B+

B–

Z+

Z–

Function

A+ pulse signal input

A– pulse signal input

B+ pulse signal input

B– pulse signal input

Z+ pulse signal input

Z– pulse signal input

Description

• Inputs for the A channel, B channel, and Z pulses from the

PG encoder

• Signal level matches RS-422

SD

FE

IP

NC pin (open)

Open connection connectors for use when cable shields should not be grounded

Used as the shield ground termination point.

IG

Ground

PG encoder power supply

PG encoder power supply common

Monitor signal common

A+ pulse monitor signal

A- pulse monitor signal

B+ pulse monitor signal

B- pulse monitor signal

Z+ pulse monitor signal

Z- pulse monitor signal

• Output voltage: 12.0 V ± 5% or 5.5 V ± 5%

• Max. output current: 200 mA

<1>

• Output signal for monitoring A channel, B channel, and Z pulses from the PG encoder

• Signal level matches RS-422

<1> A separate UL Listed class 2 power supply is necessary when the PG requires more than 200 mA to operate.

Setting the PG Encoder Power Supply Voltage

For the PG-X3 Option, set the voltage for the PG encoder power supply using jumper CN3 located on the option.

NOTICE: The positioning of jumper CN3 selects the PG encoder power supply voltage (5.5 V or 12 V). Select the voltage level for the

PG encoder connected to the option and motor. If the wrong voltage is selected, the PG encoder may not operate properly or may become damaged as a result.

Voltage Level

Table 52 Setting the PG Encoder Power Supply Voltage (IP) with Jumper CN3

5.5 V ± 5% (default) 12.0 V ± 5%

5.5 V 12 V

CN3

Jumper CN3

5.5 V 12 V

CN3

Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques

Wire gauge and torque specifications are listed in Table 53 . For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on

the wire ends. Refer to the option manuals for the wire size and torque specifications of other options.

A+, A–, B+,

B–, Z+, Z–,

SD, FE, IP, IG a+, a–, b+, b–, z+, z–, SG

M2

Table 53 Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques

Tightening

Torque

N  m

(lb.in.)

0.22 to 0.25

(1.95 to 2.21)

Bare Cable

Applicable

Gauges mm 2

0.75

(18 AWG)

Recomm.

Gauge mm 2

Stranded wire:

0.25 to 1.0

(24 to 17 AWG)

Solid wire:

0.25 to 1.5

(24 to 16 AWG)

Crimp Terminals

Applicable

Gauges mm 2

Recomm.

Gauge mm 2

0.5

(20 AWG)

0.25 to 0.5

(24 to 20 AWG)

Wire Type

Shielded twisted pair, etc.

Shielded cable, etc.

158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 159 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Crimp Terminals

Yaskawa recommends using CRIMPFOX 6 by Phoenix Contact or equivalent crimp terminals with the specifications listed in

Table 54

for wiring to ensure proper connections.

Note: Properly trim wire ends so loose wire ends do not extend from the crimp terminals.

Table 54 Crimp Terminal Sizes

Wire Gauge mm 2

Phoenix Contact Model

L mm (in) d1

6 mm

(0.24 in.)

L d2

0.25 (24 AWG)

0.34 (22 AWG)

0.5 (20 AWG)

AI 0.25 - 6YE

AI 0.25 - 6BU

AI 0.34 - 6TQ

AI 0.5 - 6WH

10.5 (13/32)

10.5 (13/32)

12 (15/32) d1 mm (in)

0.8 (1/32)

0.8 (1/32)

1.1 (3/64) d2 mm (in)

2 (5/64)

2 (5/64)

2.5 (3/32)

6.

Route the option wiring.

Depending on the drive model, some drives may require routing the wiring through the side of the front cover to the outside. For drive models CIMR-LU2  0008 through 2  0033, 4  0005 through 4  0018, and 5  0003 through 5  0010, cut out the perforated openings on the left side of the drive front cover as shown in

Figure 95 -A

and leave no sharp edges to damage wiring.

Route the wiring inside the enclosure as shown in Figure 95

-B for drive models CIMR-LU2  0047 through

2  0415, 4  0024 through 4  0605, and 5  0013 through 5  0200 that do not require routing through the front cover.

Figure 86

B

A

A – Route wires through the openings provided on the left side of the front cover.

<1>

(CIMR-LU2  0008 through 2  0033,

4  0005 through 4  0018, and

5  0003 through 5  0010)

B – Use the open space provided inside the drive to route option wiring.

(CIMR-LU2  0047 through 2  0415,

4  0024 through 4  0605, and

5  0013 through 5  0200)

<1> The drive will not meet IP20/NEMA 1, UL Type 1 requirements if wiring is exposed outside the enclosure.

Figure 95 Wire Routing Examples

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 159

7

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 160 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

7 Option Card Installation

Figure 87

7.

Replace and secure the front covers of the drive (D, F) and replace the digital operator (E).

YEA_common

D

E

F

Figure 96 Replace the Front Covers and Digital Operator

Note: Take proper precautions when wiring the option so that the front covers will easily fit back onto the drive. Make sure cables are not pinched between the front covers and the drive when replacing the covers.

Figure 88

8.

For the PG-B3 and PG-X3 Option, set drive parameters

A1: Initialization Parameters on page 166

and

F1: PG

Speed Control Card on page 179

for proper motor rotation.

With a two-pulse or three-pulse PG encoder, the leading pulse determines the motor rotation direction. A PG encoder signal with leading A pulse is considered to be rotating forward (counter-clockwise when viewing rotation from motor load side).

A pulse

The A pulse leads, followed by the B pulse displaced at 90 degrees

B pulse

Figure 89

Time  →

Figure 97 Displacement of A and B Pulses

9.

After connecting the PG encoder outputs to the option, apply power to the drive and manually rotate the motor and check the rotation direction by viewing monitor U1-05 on the digital operator.

Reverse motor rotation is indicated by a negative value for U1-05; forward motor rotation is indicated by a positive value.

If monitor U1-05 indicates that the forward direction is opposite of what is intended, set F1-05 to 1, or reverse the

two A pulse wires with the two B pulse wires on option terminal TB1 as shown in Figure 98 .

B 3

A+ A- B+ B- Z+ ZA+ A- B+ B- Z+ Z-

3 4 5 6 5 6 3 4

Figure 98 A Channel and B Channel Wire Switching

10.

If switching the wires is inconvenient, set drive parameter F1-05 to 1 to switch the direction of how the option reads pulses from the PG encoder output.

Please note that when the drive is initialized using A1-03 =1110, 2220, 3330, the value for F1-05 will reset to factory default and the parameter will need to be adjusted again to switch the direction.

160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 161 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

A Specifications

A Specifications

◆

Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives

Table 55 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class)

Item

CIMR-LU2 

Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity

(HP)

<1>

Input Current (A)

<2>

Rated Voltage

Rated Frequency

Input Allowable Voltage Fluctuation

Allowable Frequency

Fluctuation

Input Power (kVA)

Output

000

8 0011

2 3

001

4

4

001

8

3.7

(5)

002

5

7.5

003

3

10

004

7

15

Specification

006

0

20

007

5

25

008

5 0115

30 40

014

5

50

018

0

60

021

5

75

028

3

034

6

041

5

100 125 150

7.5

11 15.6 18.9 28 37 52 68 80 82 111 136 164 200 271 324 394

Three-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz/270 to 340 Vdc

-15 to 10%

±5%

<3>

Rated Output Capacity (kVA)

<4>

Rated Output Current (A)

Overload Tolerance

Carrier Frequency

Maximum Output Voltage (V)

Maximum Output Speed (Hz)

4.1

5.8

7.8

9.5 14 18 27 36 44 37 51 62 75 91 124 148 180

3 4.2

5.3

6.7

9.5

12.6

17.9

23 29 32 44 55 69 82 108 132 158

<5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <5> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6>

8

<5>

11

<5>

14

<5>

17.5

<5>

25

<5>

33

<5>

47

<5>

60

<5>

75

<5>

85

<5>

115

<5>

145

<6>

180

<6>

215

<6>

283

<6>

346

<6>

415

<6>

150% of rated output current for 60 s

User adjustable between 2 and 15 kHz

User adjustable between 2 and 10 kHz

Three-phase 200 to 240 V (proportional to input voltage)

200 Hz (user-set)

<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC rated 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.

<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring connections, and power supply impedance.

<3> DC is not available for UL standards.

<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 220 V.

<5> Carrier frequency can be set up to 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

<6> Carrier frequency can be set up to 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 161

A

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 162 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

A Specifications

◆

Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives

Table 56 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class)

Item

CIMR-LU4 

Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity

(HP)

<1>

Input Current (A)

<2>

Rated Voltage

Rated Frequency

Input

Allowable Voltage

Fluctuation

Allowable Frequency

Fluctuation

Output

Input Power (kVA)

Rated Output Capacity

(kVA)

<4>

Rated Output Current

(A)

Overload Tolerance

Carrier Frequency

Maximum Output

Voltage (V)

Maximum Output Speed

(Hz)

Specification

0005 0006 0007 0009 0015 0018 0024 0031 0039 0045 0060

2

3.6

4.1

3.5

<5>

3.5

<5>

3

5.1

5.8

4.1

<5>

4.1

<5>

5

8.3

Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz 510 to 680 Vdc

9.5

6.3

<5>

6.3

<5>

7.5

12

10

16

-15 to 10%

±

15

23

5%

20

31

14

9.8

<5>

9.8

18

12

<5>

12

26

17

<5>

17

35

22

<5>

22

<5> <5> <5> <5>

150% of rated output current for 60 s

<5>

User adjustable between 2 and 15 kHz

Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)

200 Hz (user-adjustable)

25

38

43

27

<5>

27

25-30

44

<3>

25-30

43

40

58

46.6 39.3 53.0

30

<5>

39

<5>

34

<5>

45

<5>

48

<5>

60

<5>

Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity

Input

Output

Item

CIMR-LU4

(HP)

<1>



Specification

0075 0091 0112 0150 0180 0216 0260 0304 0370 0450 0605

50-60 50-60 75 100 125-150 150 200 250 300 350

400-450

-

500

71 86 105 142 170 207 248 300 346 410 584

Input Current (A)

<2>

Rated Voltage

Rated Frequency

Allowable Voltage

Fluctuation

Allowable Frequency

Fluctuation

Input Power (kVA)

Rated Output Capacity

(kVA)

<4>

Rated Output Current

(A)

Overload Tolerance

Carrier Frequency

Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz 510 to 680 Vdc

-15 to 10%

± 5%

64.9 78.6 96.0 129.9 155

57 69 85 114 137

<5> <5> <6> <6> <6>

75

<5>

91

<5>

112

<6>

150

<6>

180

<6>

189

165

<6>

216

<6>

227

198

<6>

260

<6>

274

232

<6>

304

<6>

150% of rated output current for 60 s

User adjustable between 2 and 15 kHz

User adjustable between 2 and 10 kHz

<3>

316

282

<6>

370

<6>

375

343

<7>

450

<7>

534

461

<7>

605

<7>

User-adjustable between

2 and 5 kHz

Maximum Output

Voltage (V)

Maximum Output Speed

(Hz)

Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)

200 Hz (user-adjustable) 400 Hz (user-adjustable)

<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC rated 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.

<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring conditions, and power supply impedance.

<3> DC is not available for UL standards.

162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 163 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

A Specifications

<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.

<5> Carrier frequency can be set up to 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

<6> Carrier frequency can be set up to 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

<7> Carrier frequency can be set up to 2 kHz while keeping this current derating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

◆

Three-Phase 600 V Class Drives

Table 57 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 600 V Class)

Item

CIMR-LU5A

Maximum Applicable

Motor Capacity

(HP)

<1>

Input Current

(A)

<2>

Input

Rated Voltage

Rated

Frequency

Allowable

Voltage

Fluctuation

Allowable

Frequency

Fluctuation

Input Power

(kVA)

Rated Output

Capacity

(kVA)

<3>

Rated Output

Current (A)

Overload

Tolerance

Specification

0003 0004 0006 0010 0013 0017 0022 0027 0032 0041 0052 0062 0077 0099 0130 0172 0200

2

3.6

4.1

3.5

<5>

3.5

<5>

3

5.1

5.8

4.1

<5>

4.1

<5>

5

8.3

9.5

6.3

<5>

6.3

<5>

7.5

12

14

9.8

<5>

9.8

<5>

10

16

18

12

<5>

12.5

<5>

15

23

26

17

<5>

17

<5>

20

31

Three-phase 500 to 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

35

22

<5>

22

<5>

25

38

-10 (-15) to 10%

43

27

<5>

27

<5>

25-30

±

33

5%

38

32

<5>

32

<5>

40

44

50

41

<5>

41

<5>

50-60 50-60

54

62

52

<5>

52

<5>

150% of rated output current for 60 s

66

75

62

<5>

62

<5>

75

80

91

77

<6>

77

<6>

100

108

123

99

<4>

99

<4>

125

129

147

129

<4>

130

<4>

150

158

181

171

<4>

172

<4>

250

228

261

199

<4>

200

<4>

Outpu t

Carrier

Frequency

User adjustable between

2 and 15 kHz

User adjustable between

2 and 10 kHz

User adjustab le between

2 and 8 kHz

User adjustable between

2 and 3 kHz

Maximum

Output

Voltage (V)

Maximum

Output Speed

(Hz)

Three-phase 500 to 600 Vac (proportional to input voltage)

200 Hz (user-adjustable)

<1> The motor capacity (HP) refers to a NEC rated 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than the motor current. Select the appropriate capacity drive if operating the motor continuously above motor nameplate current.

<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring connections, and power supply impedance.

<3> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 575 V.

<4> Carrier frequency can be set up to 3 kHz while keeping this current derating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

<5> Carrier frequency can be set up to 8 kHz while keeping this current derating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

<6> Carrier frequency can be set up to 5 kHz while keeping this current derating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 163

A

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 164 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

A Specifications

◆

Drive Specifications

Note: 1.

Perform rotational Auto-Tuning to obtain the performance specifications given below.

2.

For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the required specifications.

Control

Characterist ics

Protection

Functions

Item

Frequency Accuracy

(Temperature Fluctuation)

Frequency Setting Resolution

Specification

Control Method

The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:

• V/f Control (V/f)

• Open Loop Vector Control (OLV)

• Closed Loop Vector Control (CLV)

• Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (CLV/PM)

Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 200 Hz

Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output speed [-10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)]

Analog input: within ±0.1% of the max output speed [25 ±10°C (77 ±18°F)]

Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz

Analog inputs: 1/2048 of the maximum output speed setting (11 bit plus sign)

Output Speed Resolution 0.001 Hz

Frequency Setting Signal

Starting Torque

<1>

Main speed frequency reference: DC -10 to +10 V (20 k Ω ), DC 0 to +10 V (20 k Ω ), 4 to 20 mA

(250 Ω ), 0 to 20 mA (250 Ω )

V/f: 150% at 3 Hz

OLV: 200% at 0.3 Hz

CLV, CLV/PM: 200% at 0 r/min

Speed Control Range

Speed Response

Torque Limit

<1>

<1>

Speed Control Accuracy

<1>

V/f: 1:40

OLV: 1:200

CLV, CLV/PM: 1:1500

OLV: ± 0.2% [25 ±10°C (77 ±18°F)]

CLV: ± 0.02% [25 ±10°C (77 ±18°F)]

OLV: 10 Hz [25 ±10°C (77 ±18°F)]

CLV: 100 Hz

<2>

CLV/PM: 100 Hz

<2>

Parameters setting allow separate limits in four quadrants (available in OLV, CLV, CLV/PM)

Accel/Decel Ramp

Braking Transistor

V/f Characteristics

Main Control Functions

0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings, unit changeable to m/s 2 or ft/s 2 )

Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0115, 4  0005 to 4  0060, and 5  0003 to 5  0041 have a built-in braking transistor.

Freely programmable

Inertia Compensation, Position Lock at Start and Stop/Anti-Rollback Function, Overtorque/

Undertorque Detection, Torque Limit, Speed Reference, Accel/decel Switch, 5 Zone Jerk Settings,

Auto-Tuning (Stationary and Rotational Motor/Encoder Offset Tuning), Dwell, Cooling Fan on/off

Switch, Slip Compensation, Torque Compensation, DC Injection Braking at Start and Stop,

MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. (RS-422/485 max, 115.2 kbps), Fault Reset, Removable Terminal

Block with Parameter Backup Function, Online Tuning, High Frequency Injection, Short Floor,

Rescue Operation (Light Load Direction Search Function), Inspection Run, Brake Sequence, Speed related parameters with elevator units display, etc.

Electronic thermal overload relay Motor Protection

Momentary Overcurrent

Protection

Overload Protection

Drive stops when output current exceeds 200% of rated output current

Overvoltage Protection

Undervoltage Protection

Drive stops after 60 s at 150% of rated output current

<3>

200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V

400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V

600 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 1040 V

200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 190 V

400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 380 V

600 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 500 V

Heatsink Overheat Protection Thermistor

Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, and during run.

Ground Protection

DC Bus Charge LED

Electronic circuit protection

<4>

Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V

164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 165 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

A Specifications

Environmen t

Item

Area of Use

Ambient Temperature

Humidity

Storage Temperature

Altitude

Vibration/Shock

Standards

Protection Design

Specification

Indoors

IP00 enclosure with top protective cover: [-10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)]

IP00 enclosure: [-10 to 50°C (14 to 122 ° F)]

95 RH% or less (no condensation)

[-20 to 60°C (-4 to 140 ° F)] (short-term temperature during transportation)

Up to 1000 meters (3280 ft.) without derating, up to 3000 meters (9842 ft.) with output current and voltage derating

10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s 2

20 to 55 Hz: 5.9 m/s 2 (CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0180, 4  0005 to 4  0150, and 5  0003 to

5  0077) or 2.0 m/s 2 (CIMR-LU2  0215 to 2  0415, 4  0180 to 4  0260, and 5  0099 to

5  0200)

• UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc:

UL508C Power Conversion Equipment

• IEC/EN 61800-3, IEC/EN 61800-5-1

• ISO International Organization for Standardization:

ISO/EN 13849-1 Cat. 3 PLd Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems (models

CIMR-L  A  )

ISO/EN 13849-1 Cat. 3 PLe Safety of machinery - Safety-related parts of control systems (models

CIMR-L  F  )

• IEC International Electrotechnical Commission:

IEC/EN 61508 SIL2 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems safety integrity level 2 (models CIMR-L  A  )

IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems safety integrity level 3 (models CIMR-L  F  )

• CSA Canadian Standards Association International

<5>

:

2411-02 Elevator Equipment - Enclosed Elevator-and Escalator Electrical Equipment

3211-06 Industrial Control Equipment - Motor Controllers - Miscellaneous

C22.2 No.04-04 Bonding and Grounding of Electrical Equipment

C22.2 No.14-05 Industrial Control Equipment

B44.1/ASME-A17.5-2004 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalator Electrical Equipment used by

CSA to evaluate the L1000 to Class 2411 (Elevator Equipment)

• ANSI/ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers/American National Standards Institute:

ANSI/ASME A17.1-2007/B44-04 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, Dumbwaiters,

Moving Walks, Material Lifts, and Dumbwaiters with Automatic Transfer Devices using IEC/EN

12016:2004 immunity requirements.

ANSI/ASME-A17.5-2004/CSA B44.1 - Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment, used by

CSA to evaluate the L1000 to Class 2411 (Elevator Equipment)

IP00 enclosure with top protective cover, IP00

<1> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different motors and with changing motor temperature. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.

<2> For drives with B or earlier as the design revision order, 50 Hz is required. The design revision order and software version are printed on the

nameplate affixed to the side of the drive. Refer to Model Number on page 16

for details.

<3> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 150% of the rated output current if the output speed is less than 6 Hz.

<4> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground fault is present at the output.

<5> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-2, ISO/EN

13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

■

Altitude Derating

The drive standard ratings are valid for an installation altitude up to 3000 m (9842 ft.). If the altitude exceeds 1000 m

(3280 ft.). both the drive rated voltage and the rated output current must be derated for 1% per 100 m (328 ft.). The maximum altitude is 3000 m (9842 ft.).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 165

A

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 166 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

B Parameter Table

◆

A: Initialization Parameters

The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor

Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.

: Indicates that the parameter setting can be changed while the drive is operating the motor

Motor 2: Refers the second motor when the drive is operating two motors (use input terminals to switch between motors).

■

A1: Initialization Parameters

Setting No.

A1-00

<1>

A1-01

A1-02

<1>

A1-03

Name

Language Selection

Access Level Selection

Control Method Selection

Initialize Parameters

Description

0: English

1: Japanese

2: German

3: French

4: Italian

5: Spanish

6: Portuguese

7: Chinese

8: Czech

9: Russian

10: Turkish

11: Polish

12: Greek

Note: 1.

Language selection settings 8 to 12 can be selected from an LCD operator with version (REV) F or later. The version number of the LCD operator's PRG software is shown on the back of the digital operator.

2.

Language selection settings 8 to 12 are available in drive software PRG: 7017 or later.

0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U   parameters can also be viewed.

1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to

A2-32)

2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)

0: V/f Control

2: Open Loop Vector Control

3: Closed Loop Vector Control

7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors

0: No initialization

1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03)

2220: 2-wire initialization

5550: oPE04 error reset

A1-04 Password

A1-05 Password Setting

When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters

A1-01 through A1-03, and A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 12

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 7

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 5550

Default: 0000

Min: 0000

Max: 9999

<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 167 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

A2: User Parameters

No.

Name Description

A2-01 to

A2-32

A2-33

User Parameters 1 to 32

Parameters that were recently edited are listed here. The user can also select parameters to appear here for quick access.

User Parameter Automatic

Selection

0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User

Parameters.

1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for quick access.

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

Setting

Default:

<5>

Min: A1-00

Max: S6-16

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

◆

b: Application

Application parameters configure the source of the Up/Down command, timer functions, the Dwell function, the Droop

Control function, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.

■

b1: Operation Mode Selection

No.

b1-01 Speed Reference Selection b1-02 b1-03 b1-06 b1-08

Name

Up/Down Command

Selection

Stopping Method Selection

Digital Input Reading

Up/Down Command

Selection while in

Programming Mode

Description

0: Digital operator

1: Analog input terminals

2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

3: Option card

0: Digital operator

1: Digital input terminals

2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

3: Option card

0: Ramp to stop

1: Coast to stop

4: Elevator Emergency Stop

Note: Setting 4 is available in the control mode CLV or CLV/PM for drives with software versions PRG: 7017 or later. The setting is 0 or 1 for software version PRG:

7016.

0: Input status is read once and processed immediately (for quick response).

1: Input is read twice and processed only if the status is the same in both readings

(robust against noisy signals).

0: Up/Down command not accepted while in the Programming Mode.

1: Up/Down command accepted while in the Programming Mode.

2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during run.

b1-14 Phase Order Selection

0: U-V-W

1: U-W-V

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 4

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

■

b2: Magnetic Flux Compensation

No.

b2-08

Name

Magnetic Flux

Compensation Value

Description

Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no-load current value

(E2-03).

Setting

Default: 0%

Min: 0%

Max: 1000%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 167

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 168 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

b4: Delay Timers

No.

b4-01 b4-02

Timer Function On-Delay

Time

Name

Timer Function Off-Delay

Time

Description

Used to set the on-delay and off-delay times for a digital timer output (H2 = 12).

The output is triggered by a digital input programmed to H1 = 18).

Setting

Default: 0.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 3000.0 s

Default: 0.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 3000.0 s

■

b6: Dwell Function

No.

Name b6-01 Dwell Speed at Start b6-02 Dwell Time at Start b6-03 Dwell Speed at Stop b6-04 Dwell Time at Stop

Description

Parameters b6-01 and b6-02 set the speed to hold and the time to maintain that speed at start.

Parameters b6-03 and b6-04 set the speed to hold and the time to maintain that speed at stop.

Setting

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

■

b7: Droop Control

No.

b7-01

Name

Droop Control Gain b7-02

Description

Sets the speed reduction gain applied at a torque reference of 100%. Set as a percentage of motor base speed.

Droop Control Delay Time Used to adjust the responsiveness of Droop Control.

Setting

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0.05 s

Min: 0.03 s

Max: 2.00 s

■

b8: Energy Saving

No.

b8-01

Name

Energy Saving Control

Selection b8-16 b8-17

Energy Saving Control

Constant (Ki)

Energy Saving Control

Constant (Kt)

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Description

Enter the Energy Saving value (Ki) as specified on the motor name plate. (for IPM motors only)

Enter the Energy Saving value (Kt) as specified on the motor name plate. (for IPM motors only)

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0.10

Min: 0.00

Max: 2.00

Default: 1.00

Min: 0.00

Max: 2.00

168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 169 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

C: Tuning

C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration ramps, jerk settings, slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency selections.

■

C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps

No.

C1-01

Name

Acceleration Ramp 1

Description

Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.

Setting

C1-02

Deceleration Ramp 1 Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.

C1-03

Acceleration Ramp 2 Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.

C1-04

C1-05

Deceleration Ramp 2

Acceleration Ramp 3

(Motor 2 Accel Time 1)

Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.

Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.

Default: 1.50

s

<6> <8>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 600.00

s

<6> <8>

C1-06

Deceleration Ramp 3

(Motor 2 Decel Time 1)

Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.

C1-07

Acceleration Ramp 4

(Motor 2 Accel Time 2)

Sets the ramp to accelerate from 0 to maximum speed.

C1-08

Deceleration Ramp 4

(Motor 2 Decel Time 2)

Sets the ramp to decelerate from maximum speed to 0.

C1-09 Fast Stop Ramp Sets the ramp for the Fast Stop function.

C1-10

C1-11

Accel/Decel Setting

Resolution

Accel/Decel Switching

Speed

Inspection Deceleration

Ramp

0: 0.01 s unit

1: 0.1 s unit

Sets the speed to switch between accel/decel ramp settings.

C1-12 Motor 2 Acceleration Time

Sets the acceleration time for motor 2.

Note: Parameter C1-12 determines the acceleration time for motor 2 as long as d1-27 is not set to 0.00 Hz.

C1-13

C1-15

Motor 2 Acceleration Time Sets the deceleration time for motor 2.

Sets the deceleration ramp used for inspection run.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 1.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 600.0 s

Default: 1.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 600.0 s

Default: 0.00 s

<6> <8>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 2.00 s

<6> <8>

<6> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03.

Refer to

Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 215

.

<8> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Setting Resolution. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 169

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 170 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

C2: Jerk Settings

No.

C2-01

C2-02

C2-03

C2-04

C2-05

Name

Jerk at Accel Start

Jerk at Accel End

Jerk at Decel Start

Jerk at Decel End

Five different jerk values can be set. They are automatically applied as shown in the figure below.

Up/Down command

Output speed

Description

C2-01

ON

C2-02

OFF

C2-03

C2-04

C2-05

C2-05

Time

Jerk below Leveling Speed Sets the jerk used when the speed reference is lower than the leveling speed setting.

Setting

Default: 0.50 s

<6>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

<6>

Default: 0.50 s

<6>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

<6>

Default: 0.50 s

<6>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

<6>

Default: 0.50 s

<6>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

<6>

Default: 0.50 s

<6>

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

<6>

<6> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03.

Refer to

Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 215 .

■

C3: Slip Compensation

No.

C3-01

C3-02

C3-03

C3-04

C3-05

Name

Slip Compensation Gain

Slip Compensation

Primary Delay Time

Slip Compensation Limit

Slip Compensation

Selection during

Regeneration

Output Voltage Limit

Operation Selection

Description

Sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function.

Adjusts the slip compensation function delay time.

Sets an upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of motor rated slip for motor 1 (E2-02).

0: Disabled.

1: Enabled above 6 Hz.

2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.

0: Disabled.

1: Enabled. Automatically decreases motor flux when output voltage saturation is reached.

Note: Available control modes for parameter C3-05 vary by drive model: Models

CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0415, 4  0005 to 4  0605, and 5  0003 to 5  0200:

Available when A1-02 = 2, 3

Setting

Default: 1.0

Min: 0.0

Max: 2.5

Default: 2000 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 10000 ms

Default: 200%

Min: 0%

Max: 250%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default:

Min: 0

Max: 1

<5>

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 171 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

C4: Torque Compensation

No.

C4-01

C4-02

C4-03

C4-04

C4-05

Name

Torque Compensation

Gain

Torque Compensation

Primary Delay Time

Torque Compensation at

Forward Start

Torque Compensation at

Reverse Start

Torque Compensation

Time Constant

Description

Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function and helps to produce better starting torque.

Sets the torque compensation filter time.

Sets torque compensation at forward start as a percentage of motor torque.

Sets torque compensation at reverse start as a percentage of motor torque.

Sets the time constant for torque compensation at forward start and reverse start

(C4-03 and C4-04).

Setting

Default: 1.00

Min: 0.00

Max: 2.50

Default:

<5>

Min: 0 ms

Max: 60000 ms

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 200.0%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -200.0%

Max: 0.0%

Default: 10 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 200 ms

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■

C5: Speed Control Loop Settings

No.

C5-01

C5-02

C5-03

C5-04

C5-06

C5-07

C5-08

C5-13

C5-14

C5-16

C5-17

Constant

Name

Speed Control Loop

Proportional Gain 1

Speed Control Loop

Integral Time 1

Speed Control Loop

Proportional Gain 2

Speed Control Loop

Integral Time 2

Speed Control Loop

Primary Delay Time

Speed Control Settings

Switching Speed

Speed Control Loop

Integral Limit

Speed Control Loop

Proportional Gain 3

Speed Control Loop

Integral Time 3

Speed Control Loop Delay

Time during Position Lock

Motor Inertia

Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output.

Sets a delay to the torque command output from speed control loop during Position

Lock.

Sets the motor inertia.

Description

Sets the proportional gain 1 of the speed control loop.

Sets the integral time 1 of the speed control loop.

Sets the proportional gain 2 of the speed control loop.

Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop.

Sets the speed for switching between proportional gain 1, 2, 3 and integral time 1, 2,

3.

Sets the speed control loop integral upper limit as a percentage of rated torque.

Sets the proportional gain 3 of the speed control loop.

Sets the integral time 3 of the speed control loop.

Setting

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.00

Max: 300.00

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.000 s

Max: 10.000 s

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.00

Max: 300.00

Default: 0.500 s

Min: 0.000 s

Max: 10.000 s

Default: 0.004 s

Min: 0.000 s

Max: 0.500 s

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 400%

Min: 0%

Max: 400%

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.00

Max: 300.00

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.000 s

Max: 10.000 s

Default: 0.000 s

Min: 0.000 s

Max: 0.500 s

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.0001 kgm 2

Max: 600.00 kgm 2

B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 171

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 172 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

C5-18

C5-19

C5-20

C5-50

<45>

Name

Load Inertia Ratio

Speed Control Loop

Proportional Gain Time during Position Lock

Speed Control Loop

Integral Time during

Position Lock

Set Vibrational Frequency

Filter

Description

Sets the ratio between the motor and load inertia.

Sets the Speed Control Loop Proportional gain used during Position Lock.

Sets the Speed Control Loop Integral time used during Position Lock.

Setting

Default: 1.0

Min: 0.0

Max: 6000.0

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.00

Max: 300.00

Default:0.100 s

Min: 0.000 s

Max: 10.000 s

Sets the mechanical vibration filter frequency in units of 1 Hz.

Note: Set C5-50 to 0 (Hz) to disable the filter. The frequencies from 1 to 19 Hz cannot be set. Test equipment may be required to determine the mechanical resonance frequency. Setting C5-50 to an improper frequency will result in ineffective filtering of the effects of mechanical resonance.

Default: 0 Hz

Min: 20 Hz

Max: 1000 Hz

<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<45> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7200 or later.

■

C6: Carrier Frequency

No.

C6-03

Name

Carrier Frequency Sets the carrier frequency.

Description

C6-06

C6-09

PWM Method

Carrier Frequency during

Rotational Auto-Tuning

Selects PWM modulation method.

0: 2-phase/3-phase conversion

1: 2-phase modulation

2: 3-phase modulation

0: Carrier Frequency = 5 kHz

1: Setting value for C6-03

C6-21

C6-23

C6-31

<39>

Inspection Operation

Carrier Frequency

Carrier Frequency during

Initial Motor Pole Search

Carrier Frequency during

Rescue Operation

Sets the carrier frequency during Inspection Run.

0: Setting value for C6-03

1: Carrier Frequency = 2 kHz

Sets the carrier frequency when estimating the initial polarity.

0: Carrier Frequency = 2 kHz

1: Setting value for C6-03

Sets the carrier frequency during Rescue Operation.

0: C6-03 setting

1: 2 kHz

<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<39> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7016 or later.

Setting

Default:

<4>

Min: 1.0 kHz

Max: 15.0 kHz

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 173 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

d: Speed References

Speed Reference parameters are used to set the various speed reference values during operation.

■

d1: Speed Reference

No.

d1-01

Name Description

Speed Reference 1 d1-02

Speed Reference 2 d1-03

Speed Reference 3 d1-04

Speed Reference 4 d1-05

Sets the Speed reference for the drive when d1-18 is set to 0 or 3. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.

Speed Reference 5 d1-06

Speed Reference 6 d1-07

Speed Reference 7 d1-08 d1-18 d1-19 d1-20 d1-21 d1-22 d1-23 d1-24

Setting

Default: 0.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Speed Reference 8

Speed Reference Selection

Mode

Sets the mode of speed reference selection by digital inputs.

0: Use multi-speed references (d1-01 to d1-08)

1: High speed reference has priority (d1-19 to d1-23, d1-26)

2: Leveling speed reference has priority (d1-19 to d1-23, d1-26)

3: Use multi-speed references d1-02 to d1-08, no speed selection stops the drive.

Drive will stop when all input terminals programmed for speed references (H1 =

3, 4, 5) are open.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 3

Nominal Speed

Intermediate Speed 1

Intermediate Speed 2

Intermediate Speed 3

Releveling Speed

Inspection Operation

Speed

Sets the nominal speed reference when d1-18 = 1 or 2.

Sets intermediate speed reference 1 when d1-18 = 1 or 2.

Sets intermediate speed reference 2 when d1-18 = 1 or 2.

Sets intermediate speed reference 3 when d1-18 = 1 or 3.

Sets speed reference for releveling when d1-18 = 1 or 2.

Sets speed reference when inspection operation is enabled.

Default:

100.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Default: 0.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Default: 0.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Default: 0.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Default: 0.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Default:

50.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 173

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 174 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

d1-25 d1-26 d1-27

Name

Rescue Operation Speed

Leveling Speed

Motor 2 Speed Reference

Description

Sets the speed reference during inspection operation.

Sets leveling speed reference when d1-18 = 1 or 2.

Setting

Default:

10.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Default: 8.00%

<6>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

<6>

Sets the speed reference for motor 2.

Note:

1. If set to 0.00, the drive will control motor 1 instead.

2. When using motor 2, be sure that the accel/decel times are set in parameters C1-12 and C1-13.

Default: 0.00 Hz

Min: 0.00 Hz

Max: 200.00 Hz d1-28 d1-29

Leveling Speed Detection

Level

Inspection Speed Detection

Level

Used when d1-18 = 0 or 3. If the speed reference selected is lower than d1-28, then the drive uses the leveling speed as the speed reference.

Used when d1-18 = 0 or 3. If the speed reference selected is higher than d1-28 but lower or equal to d1-29, then the drive uses inspection speed as the speed reference.

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

<6> Setting ranges and defaults vary by the setting units determined by parameter o1-03.

Refer to

Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03) on page 215 .

■

d6: Field Forcing

No.

Name d6-03 Field Forcing Selection d6-06 Field Forcing Limit

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Description

Sets the upper limit of the excitation current command during magnetic field forcing.

A setting of 100% is equal to motor no-load current. Disabled only during DC

Injection Braking.

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 400%

Min: 100%

Max: 400%

174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 175 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

E: Motor Parameters

■

E1: V/f Pattern

No.

E1-01

E1-03

E1-04

E1-05

E1-06

E1-07

E1-08

E1-09

E1-10

E1-11

<11>

E1-12

<11>

E1-13

<13>

Maximum Output

Frequency

Minimum Output

Frequency

Name

Input Voltage Setting

V/f Pattern Selection

Maximum Voltage

Base Frequency

Middle Output Frequency

Middle Output Frequency

Voltage

Minimum Output

Frequency Voltage

Middle Output Frequency

2

Middle Output Frequency

Voltage 2

Base Voltage

Description

This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/or death or personal injury.

Setting

Default: 230 V

<9>

Min: 155 V

Max: 255 V

<9>

F: Custom V/f, E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f pattern

To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07 and E1-09. In this case, the setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the five frequencies are set according to these rules:

E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ Ε1−11 ≤ E1-04

Note that if E1-11 = 0, then both E1-11 and E1-12 are disabled, and the above conditions do not apply.

Output Voltage (V)

E1-05

E1-12

E1-13

E1-08

E1-10

E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04

Frequency (Hz)

Note: Some parameters may not be available depending on the control mode.

• E1-07, E1-08 and E-10 are available only in the V/f control and Open Loop Vector control modes.

• E1-11, E1-12 and E-13 are available only in the V/f control and Closed Loop

Vector control modes.

Default: F

Min: –

Max: F

Default:

<5>

Min:

<23>

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default: 230.0

V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default: 3.0 Hz

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default:

<2> <9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default:

<2> <9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default: 0.0 Hz

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 120.0 Hz

Default: 0.0 V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default: 0.0 V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

<2> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. The default is 400 V when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<11> Parameter is ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.

<13> When E1-13 (Base Voltage) is set to 0.0, output voltage is controlled with E1-05 (Maximum Voltage) = E1-13. When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-05 and E1-13 are automatically set to the same value.

<23> Setting range depends on the type of motor being used. CLV allows a setting range of 10.0 to 200.0 Hz, while CLV/PM allows a setting range of 4.0 to 200.0 Hz.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 175

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 176 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

E2: Motor Parameters

No.

E2-01

E2-02

E2-03

E2-04

E2-05

E2-06

E2-07

E2-08

E2-09

E2-10

E2-11

Name

Motor Rated Current

Motor Rated Slip

Motor No-Load Current

Number of Motor Poles

Motor Line-to-Line

Resistance

Motor Leakage Inductance

Motor Iron-Core

Saturation Coefficient 1

Motor Iron-Core

Saturation Coefficient 2

Motor Mechanical Loss

Motor Iron Loss for Torque

Compensation

Motor Rated Power

Sets the motor nameplate full load current in Amps. Automatically set during

Auto-Tuning.

Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the motor iron loss.

Description

Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).

Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW). Automatically set during

Auto-Tuning.

Setting

Default:

<4>

Min: 10% of drive rated current

Max: 200% of drive rated

current

<10>

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 Hz

Max: 20.00 Hz

Default:

<4>

Min: 0 A

Max: E2-01

<10>

Default: 4

Min: 2

Max: 48

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.000 Ω

Max: 65.000 Ω

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.0%

Max: 40.0%

Default: 0.50

Min: 0.00

Max: 0.50

Default: 0.75

Min: E2-07

Max: 0.75

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 10.0%

Default:

<4>

Min: 0 W

Max: 65535 W

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 kW

Max: 650.00 kW

<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 177 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

These parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode has been selected for motor 1 (A1-02 = 7).

No.

E3-04

<31>

E3-05

<31>

E3-06

<31>

E3-07

<31>

E3-08

<31>

E3-09

<31>

E3-10

<31>

Frequency

Frequency

Name

Motor 2 Maximum Output

Frequency

Motor 2 Maximum Voltage

Motor 2 Base Frequency

These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F.

To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E3-07 and E3-09. In this case, the setting for E3-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these rules or an oPE10 fault will occur:

E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-04

Motor 2 Mid Output

Motor 2 Mid Output

Frequency Voltage

Motor 2 Minimum Output

Motor 2 Minimum Output

Frequency Voltage

Description

Output Voltage (V)

E3-05

E3-08

E3-10

E3-09 E3-07

Frequency (Hz)

E3-04

Setting

Default: 60.0 Hz

Min: 10.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default: 230.0

V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default: 60.0 Hz

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default: 3.0 Hz

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default:

<4> <9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default: 1.5 Hz

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default:

<4> <9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

<4> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<31> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7012 or later.

■

E4: Motor 2 Parameters

These parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode has been selected for motor 1 (A1-02 = 7).

No.

E4-01

E4-02

E4-03

E4-04

E4-05

E4-06

Name

Motor 2 Rated Current

Motor 2 Rated Slip

Motor 2 Rated No-Load

Current

Motor 2 Motor Poles

Motor 2 Line-to-Line

Resistance

Motor 2 Leakage

Inductance

Description

Sets the full load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the rated slip for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the no-load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the number of poles of motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the phase-to-phase resistance for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Sets the voltage drop for motor 2 due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated voltage. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

Setting

Default:

<4>

Min: 10% of drive rated current

Max: 200% of drive rated current

<10>

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 Hz

Min: 20.00 Hz

Default:

<4>

Min: 0 A

Min: [E4-01]

<10>

Default: 4

Min: 2

Max: 48

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.000

Ω

Max: 65.000 Ω

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.0%

Max: 40.0%

B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 177

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 178 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

<4> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

■

E5: PM Motor Settings

No.

E5-02

<1>

E5-03

<1>

E5-04

<1>

E5-05

<1>

E5-06

<1>

E5-07

<1>

E5-09

<1>

E5-11

E5-24

Name

Motor Rated Power

Motor Rated Current

Number of Motor Poles

Motor Stator Resistance

(Single Phase)

Motor d-Axis Inductance

Motor q-Axis Inductance

Motor Induction Voltage

Constant 1

Encoder Offset

Motor Induction Voltage

Constant 2

Sets the rated capacity of the motor.

Sets the motor rated current.

Sets the number of motor poles.

Description

Sets the stator resistance (1 phase value).

Sets the d-axis inductance.

Sets the q-axis inductance.

Sets the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV (rad/s) [electrical angle].

When setting this parameter, E5-24 should be set to 0.0.

Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the encoder zero position. Set during Encoder Offset Tuning.

Sets the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle].

When setting this parameter, E5-09 should be set to 0.0.

Setting

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.10 kW

Max: 650.00 kW

Default:

<4>

Min: 10% of drive rated current

Max: 200% of drive rated

current

<10>

Default: 12

Min: 2

Max: 120

<43>

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.000 Ω

Max: 65.000 Ω

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 mH

Max: 600.00 mH

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 mH

Max: 600.00 mH

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.0 mV/(rad/ s)

Max:

6500.0 mV/(rad/s)

Default: 0.0 deg

Min: -180 deg

Max: 180 deg

Default:

0.0 mV/(r/min)

Min:

0.0 mV/(r/min)

Max:

6500.0 mV/(r/ min)

<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

<4> Default setting value is determined by the drive model (o2-04).

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

<43> When PG-E3 option connected: Max setting = 48

178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 179 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

F: Option Settings

F parameters are used to program the drive for Encoder and PG feedback from the motor and to function with option cards.

■

F1: PG Speed Control Card

No.

F1-01

Name

Encoder 1 Resolution

Description

Sets the encoder resolution (number of pulses per revolution)

Setting

Default:

<5>

Min: 1 ppr

Max: 60000 ppr

<34>

F1-02

F1-03

F1-04

Operation Selection at PG

Open Circuit (PGo)

Operation Selection at

Overspeed (oS)

Operation Selection at

Deviation

0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02.

1: Coast to stop.

2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.

3: Alarm only.

0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02.

1: Coast to stop.

2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.

3: Alarm only.

0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02.

1: Coast to stop.

2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.

3: Alarm only.

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 3

Min: 0

Max: 3

F1-05

F1-06

F1-08

F1-09

F1-10

F1-11

F1-14

F1-18

F1-19

F1-20

Encoder 1 Rotation

Direction Selection

Overspeed Detection Level Sets the overspeed detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Overspeed Detection

Delay Time

Excessive Speed Deviation

Detection Level

Excessive Speed Deviation

Detection Delay Time

PG Open-Circuit Detection

Time dv3 Detection Selection dv4 Detection Selection

PG Option Card

Disconnect Detection 1

0: A phase leads B in the up direction

1: B phase leads A in the up direction

Sets the time in seconds for an overspeed situation to trigger a fault (oS).

Sets the speed deviation detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

Sets the time in seconds for a speed deviation situation to trigger a fault (dEv).

Sets the time required to trigger a PG Open fault (PGo).

0: Disabled n: Sets the number of dv3 situations that may be detected before triggering an actual dv3 fault.

0: Disabled n: Number of pulses that the A and B pulse are reversed that triggers dv4 detection.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Default:

<5>

Min: 0

Max: 1

PG 1 Pulse Monitor Output

Division Ratio

Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card installed to connector CN5-C. By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz]. If only using the A pulse for one track input, then the input ratio will be 1:1, regardless of what F1-06 is set to.

Default: 1

Min: 1

Max: 132

Default: 115%

Min: 0%

Max: 120%

Default: 0.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 2.0 s

Default: 10%

Min: 0%

Max: 50%

Default: 0.5 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

Default: 2.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

Default: 10

Min: 0

Max: 10

Default: 128

Min: 0

Max: 5000

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 179

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 180 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

F1-29

F1-50

<39>

F1-51

Name dEv Detection Condition

Selection

Encoder Selection

PGoH Detection Level

Description

Selects when DEV is active.

0: After speed reference, soft starter output and motor speed have matched once.

1: After speed reference and soft starter output have matched once.

2: Always during Run

Selects the encoder connected the PG-F3 option.

0: EnDat 2.1/01, 2.2/01 Serial Communication + Sin/Cos

1: EnDat 2.2/22 Serial Communication

2: HIPERFACE

Sets the level for detecting PG Hardware Fault (PGoH). Available when F1-20 = 1

Setting

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 80%

Min: 1%

Max: 100%

F1-52

<39>

F1-63

Communication Speed of

Serial Encoder Selection

PG-E3 R Track Selection

Selects the communication speed between the PG-F3 option and serial encoder.

0: 1M bps/9600 bps

1: 500k bps/19200 bps

2: 1M bps/38400 bps

3: 1M bps/38400 bps

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

F1-66 to

F1-81

(B9AH to

BA9H)

<44>

Encoder Adjust 1 to 16

Sets encoder offsets 1 to 16 for the PG-E3 option card. These parameters are automatically set by the execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: FFFF

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<34> Setting range is 1 to 15000 ppr when the drive is set for CLV/PM.

<39> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7016 or later.

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

■

F3: Digital Input Card (DI-A3)

No.

F3-01

F3-03

Name

DI-A3 Option Card Input

Selection

DI-A3 Option Card Data

Length Selection

Description

0: BCD, 1% units

1: BCD, 0.1% units

2: BCD, 0.01% units

3: BCD, 1 Hz units

4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units

5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units

6: BCD customized setting (5 digit), 0.02 Hz units

7: Binary input

The unit and the setting range are determined by F3-03.

F3-03 = 0: 255/100% (-255 to +255)

F3-03 = 1: 40961/100% (-4095 to +4095)

F3-03 = 2: 30000/100% (-33000 to +33000)

When the digital operator units are set to be displayed in Hertz or user-set units (o1-03

= 2 or 3), the units for F3-01 are determined by parameter o1-03.

0: 8 bit

1: 12 bit

2: 16 bit

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 7

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 2

180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 181 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

F4: Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3)

No.

F4-01

F4-02

F4-03

F4-04

F4-05

F4-06

F4-07

F4-08

Terminal V1 Function

Selection

Terminal V2 Function

Selection

Name

Terminal V1 Gain

Terminal V2 Gain

Terminal V1 Bias

Terminal V2 Bias

Terminal V1 Signal Level

Selection

Terminal V2 Signal Level

Selection

Description

Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V1. Set this parameter to the last three digits of the desired U   monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.

Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V1.

Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V2. Set this parameter to the last three digits of the desired U   monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.

Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V2.

Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V1.

Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V2.

0: 0 to 10 V

1: -10 to 10 V

Setting

Default: 102

Min: 000

Max: 999

Default: 100.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 103

Min: 000

Max: 999

Default: 50.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

■

F5: Digital Output Card (DO-A3)

No.

F5-01

F5-02

F5-03

F5-04

F5-05

F5-06

F5-07

F5-08

F5-09

Name

Terminal P1-C1 Output

Selection

Terminal P2-C2 Output

Selection

Terminal P3-C3 Output

Selection

Terminal P4-C4 Output

Selection

Terminal P5-C5 Output

Selection

Terminal P6-C6 Output

Selection

Terminal M1-M2 Output

Selection

Terminal M3-M4 Output

Selection

DO-A3 Output Mode

Selection

Description

Sets the function for contact output terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, and photocoupler output terminals P1 through P6.

0: Output terminals are each assigned separate output functions.

1: Binary code output

2: Use output terminal functions selected by parameters F5-01 through F5-08.

Default: 37

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: F

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: F

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 4

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 6

Min: 0

Max: 161

B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 181

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 182 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

F6: Communication Option Card

For more details on a specific option card, refer to the instruction manual for the option card.

No.

F6-01

Name

Operation Selection after

Communications Error

Description

0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02.

1: Coast to stop.

2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.

3: Alarm only.

Setting

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

F6-02

External Fault from

Communication Option

Detection Selection

0: Always detected

1: Detection during run only

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

F6-03

F6-04

F6-06

F6-08

<1>

F6-35 bUS Error Detection Time Sets the delay time for error detection if a bus error occurs.

Torque Limit Selection from Communications

Option

Reset Communication

Parameter

CANopen Node ID

0: Disabled. Torque limit from option card disabled.

1: Enabled. Torque limit from option card enabled.

Sets the node address.

Default: 2.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 5.0 s

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

0: Communication-related parameters (F6 ) are not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.

1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6 ) when the drive is initialized using

A1-03.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 126

F6-36

External Fault from

Communication Option

Operation Selection

CANopen Communication

Speed

0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02.

1: Coast to stop.

2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.

3: Alarm only.

0: Auto-detection

1: 10 kbps

2: 20 kbps

3: 50 kbps

4: 125 kbps

5: 250 kbps

6: 500 kbps

7: 800 kbps

8: 1 Mbps

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 6

Min: 0

Max: 8

<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 183 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

H: Multi-Function Terminals

H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.

■

H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs

No.

H1-03

H1-04

H1-05

H1-06

H1-07

H1-08

Terminal S3 Function

Selection

Name

Terminal S4 Function

Selection

Terminal S5 Function

Selection

Terminal S6 Function

Selection

Terminal S7 Function

Selection

Terminal S8 Function

Selection

Description

Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.

Refer to page

183

to page 184

for a description of setting values.

Note: Unused terminals should be set to F.

Setting

Default:

<19>

Min: 3

Max: 79

Default:

<19>

Min: 3

Max: 79

Default:

<19>

Min: 3

Max: 79

Default:

<19>

Min: 3

Max: 79

Default:

<19>

Min: 3

Max: 79

Default: F

Min: 3

Max: 79

<19> With the speed reference priority d1-18 is set to 0 or 3, the default settings for parameters H1-03 to H1-07 governing input terminals S3 to S7 are: 24, 14, 3, 4, and 5 respectively. When d1-18 is set to 1 or 2, the default settings for H1-03 to H1-07 become 50, 54, 51, 53, and F respectively.

H1

Setting

3

4

5

Function

Multi-Step Speed Reference 1

Multi-Step Speed Reference 2

Multi-Step Speed Reference 3

6

7

8

9

F

14

15

16

17

18

Jog reference selection

Accel/decel Ramp Selection 1

Baseblock Command (N.O.)

Baseblock Command (N.C.)

Not Used (Through Mode)

Fault Reset

Fast Stop (N.O.)

Motor 2 Selection

Fast Stop (N.C.)

Timer Function Input

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Settings

Description

When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the speed references set in d1-01 through d1-08.

Closed: Jog frequency reference (d1-17) selected.

The Jog frequency can be used when the speed reference selection is not assigned to input terminals

(b1-01 ≠ 1) and the speed reference priority is set to use the multi-step speed reference (d1-18 = 0 or

3).

Used to switch between accel/decel ramp 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel ramp 2 (set in

C1-03, C1-04).

When combined with another input terminal set for “Accel/Decel ramp 2” (H1 = 1A), the drive can also switch between accel/decel ramp 3 (set in C1-05, C1-06) and accel/decel ramp 4 (set in

C1-07, C1-08).

Closed: No drive output

Open: No drive output

Select this setting when the terminal is not used or when using the terminal in the pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.

Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Up/Down command is removed.

Closed: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop ramp set to C1-09.

Open: Motor 1(E1 , E3 )

Closed: Motor 2 (E2 , E4 )

Open: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop ramp set to C1-09.

Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output (H2 = 12).

B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 183

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 184 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Settings

H1

Setting

Function Description

1A

20 to 2F

50

51

52

53

54

55

Accel/decel Ramp Selection 2

External Fault

Nominal Speed

Intermediate Speed

Releveling Speed

Leveling Speed

Inspection Operation

Rescue Operation

Used in conjunction with an input terminal set for “Accel/decel ramp selection 1” (H1 = 7), and allows the drive to switch between accel/decel ramp 3 and 4.

20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop

21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop

22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop

23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop

24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop

25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop

26: N.O., During run, coast to stop

27: N.C., During run, coast to stop

28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop

29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop

2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop

2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop

2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)

2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)

2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)

2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)

Closed: Activates the nominal speed (d1-19).

Closed: Activates the Intermediate Speed (d1-20).

Closed: Activates the Releveling Speed (d1-23).

Closed: Activates the Leveling Speed (d1-26).

Closed: Activates Inspection operation using the speed set in d1-24.

Closed: Activates rescue operation.

56 Motor Contactor Feedback

Open: Motor contactor open

Closed: Motor contactor closed (N.O.)

Closed: Uses the leveling speed as the maximum speed when going up.

57 High Speed Limit (Up)

58

5A

<44>

5B

<44>

High Speed Limit (Down)

Motor Contactor Feedback 2

Brake Feedback 2

Closed: Uses the leveling speed as the maximum speed when going down.

Open: Motor contactor closed (N.C.)

Closed: Motor contactor open

Open: Brake open (N.C.)

Closed: Brake closed

Closed: Initiate Direct Landing (S5-10 = 1) 5C Floor Sensor

67

79

Communications Test Mode

Brake Feedback

Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-485/422 interface. Displays “PASS” if the test completes successfully.

Open: Brake closed

Closed: Brake open (N.O.)

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 185 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

No.

H2-01

H2-02

H2-03

H2-04

H2-05

Name

Terminals M1-M2

Function Selection (relay)

Terminals M3-M4

Function Selection (relay)

Terminals M5-M6

Function Selection (relay)

Terminal P1-C1 Function

Selection (photocoupler)

Terminal P2-C2 Function

Selection (photocoupler)

Description

Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on page 185

for a description of setting values.

Setting

Default: 50

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 51

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 6

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: 37

Min: 0

Max: 161

Default: F

Min: 0

Max: 161

4

5

6

7

8

2

3

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

18

1A

1B

A

B

E

F

10

H2

Setting

0

1

Function

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

Description

During Run

Zero Speed

Speed Agree 1

User-set Speed Agree 1

Speed Detection 1

Speed Detection 2

Drive Ready (READY)

DC Bus Undervoltage

During Baseblock (N.O.)

Speed Reference Source

Up/Down Command Source

Closed: An Up/Down command is active or voltage is output.

Open: Output speed is greater than the value of E1-09 (Minimum Output Frequency) or S1-01 (Zero

Speed Level at Stop).

Closed: Output frequency is less than or equal to the value of E1-09 (Minimum Output Frequency) or

S1-01 (Zero Speed Level at Stop).

Closed: Output speed equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).

Closed: Output speed and speed reference equal L4-01 (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).

Closed: Output speed is less than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.

Closed: Output speed is greater than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.

Closed: Power up is complete and the drive is ready to accept an Up/Down command.

Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level set in L2-05.

Closed: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).

Open: The speed reference is supplied by an external reference (set in b1-01).

Closed: Digital operator supplies the speed reference.

Open: The Up/Down command is supplied by an external reference (set in b1-02).

Closed: Digital operator supplies the Up/Down command.

Closed: An overtorque or undertorque situation has been detected.

Torque Detection 1

Fault Closed: Fault occurred. (excluding CPF00 and CPF01)

Not used (Through Mode) Set this value when the terminal is not used or when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.

Minor Fault

Fault Reset Command

Active

Timer Output

Closed: An alarm has been triggered, or the IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected life span.

Closed: The drive has received a reset command from the multi-function input terminals or from serial network, or the digital operator’s RESET key has been pressed.

Closed: Timer output.

Speed Agree 2

User-set Speed Agree 2

Speed Detection 3

Speed Detection 4

Closed: When drive output frequency equals the speed reference ±L4-04.

Closed: When the drive output speed is equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.

Closed: When the drive output speed is less than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.

Closed: When the output speed is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.

Torque Detection 2

During Down Direction

Closed: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.

Closed: Drive is running in the down direction.

During Baseblock 2 (N.C.) Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 185

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 186 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2

Setting

Function Description

1C

1D

1E

1F

20

Motor 2 Selection

During Regeneration

Reset Enabled

Motor Overload Alarm

(oL1)

Drive Overheat Pre-alarm

(oH)

Open: Motor 1 is selected

Closed: Motor 2 is selected

Closed: Motor is operated in regenerative mode.

Closed: An automatic reset is performed

Closed: oL1 is at 90% of its trip point or greater. An oH3 situation also triggers this alarm.

Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the parameter L8-02 value.

2F Maintenance Period

Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may require maintenance.

Closed: When the torque limit has been reached.

30

33

During Torque Limit

Within Position Lock

Bandwidth

Closed: Position deviation is within the Position Lock Bandwidth.

37

47

During Frequency Output

Input Phase Loss

Open: No frequency output from drive when stopped with baseblock, stopped with DC injection braking during initial excitation, or stopped with short circuit braking.

Closed: Drive is outputting a frequency.

Closed: Input phase loss has occurred

Open: Normal operation (no phase loss detected)

4E

50

51

52

53

54

55

58

5C

Braking Transistor Fault (rr)

Brake Control

Output Contactor Control

Closed: The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.

Note: This function is not available in models CIMR-LU2  0145 to 2  0415, 4  0075 to 4  0216, or

5  0052 to 5  0200.

Close: Release brake

Open: Apply brake

Closed: Close output contactor

Door Zone Reached

Not Zero Speed

Light Load Direction

Closed: Indicates that the door zone has been reached.

Closed: Speed is greater than the zero speed level set to S1-01

Open: Operating at zero speed level

Closed: Light load direction is up

Open: Light load direction is down

Closed: Ready for Light Load Direction Search

Open: Light Load Detection in progress

Light Load Direction

Detection Status

Safe Disable Status

Motor Current Monitor

Closed: Safe Disable terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are open, drive is in a baseblock state

Open: Safe Disable terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are closed (normal operation)

Open: Output current is greater than the value of L8-99.

Closed: Output current is less than or equal to the value of L8-99.

Internal Cooling Fan Alarm Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm

<44>

60

61

100 to 161

Motor Pole Search Status

Function 0 to 61 with Inverse

Output

Closed: Motor pole search successful

Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.

Sets the last two digits of 1  to reverse the output signal of that specific function.

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 187 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs

No.

H3-01

H3-02

H3-03

H3-04

H3-09

H3-10

H3-11

H3-12

H3-13

H3-16

H3-17

Name

Terminal A1 Signal Level

Selection

Terminal A1 Function

Selection

0: 0 to 10 V

1: -10 to 10 V

Terminal A1 Gain Setting Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V is input at terminal A1.

Terminal A1 Bias Setting

Sets the function of terminal A1.

Description

Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal A1.

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1F

Default: 100.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Terminal A2 Signal Level

Selection

0: 0 to 10 V

1: -10 to 10 V

Note: Use DIP switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for a current or a voltage input signal.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 0

Terminal A2 Function

Selection

Terminal A2 Gain Setting

Terminal A2 Bias Setting

Analog Input Filter Time

Constant

Offset for Terminal A1

Offset for Terminal A2

Sets the function of terminal A2.

Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V is input at terminal A2.

Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V is input at terminal A2.

Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1 and A2. Used for noise filtering.

Applies an offset to analog input A1. Can be used for zero adjustment of the analog input.

Applies an offset to analog input A2. Can be used for zero adjustment of the analog input.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1F

Default: 100.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.03 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 2.00 s

Default: 0

Min: -500

Max: 500

Default: 0

Min: -500

Max: 500

Setting

0

H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings (H3-02 and H3-10)

Function

Speed Reference Bias

(value added to input signal when multiple analog terminals supply the speed reference)

Description (For when output is 100%)

E1-04 (maximum output frequency)

2

3

Auxiliary Speed Reference 1

(used as a second speed reference)

Auxiliary Speed Reference 2

(used as third speed reference)

E1-04 (maximum output frequency)

E1-04 (maximum output frequency)

E

<44>

14

Motor Temperature (PTC thermistor input)

Torque Compensation (load cell input) oH3 Alarm detection level: 1.18 V oH4 Fault detection level: 2.293 V

10 V = Motor rated torque

1F Not used (Through Mode)

Sets this value when the terminal is not used or when using the terminal in the pass-through mode .

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 187

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 188 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

H4: Analog Outputs

No.

H4-01

H4-02

H4-03

H4-04

H4-05

H4-06

H4-07

H4-08

Selection

Selection

Name

Terminal FM Monitor

Selection

Terminal FM Gain

Terminal FM Bias

Terminal AM Monitor

Terminal AM Gain

Terminal AM Bias

Terminal FM Signal Level

Terminal AM Signal Level

Selection

Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal FM.

Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U   . For example, enter “103” for U1-03.

Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value.

Description

Sets the bias value added to the terminal FM output signal.

Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal AM.

Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U   . For example, enter “103” for U1-03.

Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value.

Sets the bias value added to the terminal AM output signal.

0: 0 to 10 V

1: -10 to 10 V

0: 0 to 10 V

1: -10 to 10 V

Setting

Default: 102

Min: 000

Max: 999

Default: 100.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 103

Min: 000

Max: 999

Default: 50.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -999.9%

Max: 999.9%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 189 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication

Note: The settings for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications become effective when the drive is restarted.

No.

H5-01

<14>

Name

Drive Node Address

Description

Selects drive station node number (address) for MEMOBUS/Modbus terminals R+,

R-, S+, S-. Cycle power for the setting to take effect.

Setting

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: FF

H5-02

H5-03

H5-04

Communication Speed

Selection

Communication Parity

Selection

Stopping Method After

Communication Error (CE)

0: 1200 bps

1: 2400 bps

2: 4800 bps

3: 9600 bps

4: 19200 bps

5: 38400 bps

6: 57600 bps

7: 76800 bps

8: 115200 bps

Cycle power for the setting to take effect.

0: No parity

1: Even parity

2: Odd parity

Cycle power for the setting to take effect.

0: Ramp to stop

1: Coast to stop

2: Fast Stop

3: Alarm only

Default: 3

Min: 0

Max: 8

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 3

Min: 0

Max: 3

H5-05

H5-06

H5-07

H5-09

H5-10

H5-11

Communication Fault

Detection Selection

0: Disabled

1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.

Drive Transmit Wait Time Sets the wait time between receiving and sending data.

RTS Control Selection

Communication Fault

Detection Time

Unit Selection for

MEMOBUS/Modbus

Register 0025H

Communications ENTER

Function Selection

0: Disabled. RTS is always on.

1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.

Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Adjustment may be needed when networking several drives.

0: 0.1 V units

1: 1 V units

0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.

1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command.

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 5 ms

Min: 5 ms

Max: 65 ms

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 2.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<14> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 189

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 190 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

L: Protection Functions

L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, including control during momentary power loss, Stall Prevention, frequency detection, fault reset, overtorque detection, torque limits, and other types of hardware protection.

■

L1: Motor Protection

No.

L1-01

L1-02

L1-03

<44>

L1-04

<44>

L1-05

<44>

L1-13

Name

Motor Overload Protection

Selection

Description

0: Disabled

1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)

2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10

3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100

5: PM motor with constant torque characteristics

The drive may not be able to provide protection when multiple motors are used, even if overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relay to each motor.

Setting

Default:

Min: 0

Max: 5

<5>

Motor Overload Protection

Time

Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time.

Default: 1.0 min

Min: 0.1 min

Max: 5.0 min

Motor Overheat Alarm

Operation Selection (PTC thermistor input)

Motor Overheat Fault

Operation Selection (PTC thermistor input)

Motor Temperature Input

Filter Time (PTC thermistor input)

Continuous Electrothermal

Operation Selection

Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02 or H3-10 = E) exceeds the oH3 alarm level.

0: Ramp to stop

1: Coast to stop

2: Emergency Stop (Fast Stop) (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in

C1-09)

3: Alarm only (“oH3” will flash)

Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02 or H3-10 = E) exceeds the oH4 fault level.

0: Ramp to stop

1: Coast to stop

2: Emergency Stop (Fast Stop) (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in

C1-09)

Default: 3

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 2

Adjusts the filter for the motor temperature analog input (H3-02 or H3-10 = E).

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Default: 0.20 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

■

L2: Undervoltage Detection

No.

L2-05

Name

Undervoltage Detection

Level (Uv)

Description

Sets the DC bus undervoltage trip level.

Setting

Default:

<9> <15>

Min: 150 Vdc

Max: 210 Vdc

<9>

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<15> Default setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01).

190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 191 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

L3: Stall Prevention

No.

L3-01

L3-02

L3-05

L3-06

Name

Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration

Description

0: Disabled.

1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the current is above the L3-02 setting.

2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without exceeding the L3-02 level.

Setting

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 2

Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration

Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.

Stall Prevention Selection during Run

0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss.

1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration ramp set to C1-02 while Stall Prevention is performed.

2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration ramp set to C1-04 while Stall Prevention is performed.

Default:

<16>

Min: 0%

Max: 150%

<16>

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 2

Stall Prevention Level during Run

Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.

Default:

<16>

Min: 30%

Max: 150%

<16>

<16> The setting value is dependent on the setting for the carrier frequency reduction (L8-38).

■

L4: Speed Detection

No.

L4-01

L4-02

L4-03

L4-04

L4-05

L4-06

L4-07

<44>

L4-13

Name

Speed Agreement

Detection Level

Speed Agreement

Detection Width

Speed Agreement

Detection Level (+/-)

Speed Agreement

Detection Width (+/-)

Speed Reference Loss

Detection Selection

Speed Reference at

Reference Loss

Speed Agree Detection

Selection

Door Zone Level

0: Stop. Drive stops when the speed reference is lost.

1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the speed reference is lost.

Sets the percentage of the speed reference that the drive should run with when the speed reference is lost.

0: No detection during baseblock.

1: Detection always enabled.

Description

L4-01 sets the speed detection level for digital output functions H2-

L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.

 = 3, 4, 5.

L4-03 sets the speed detection level for digital output functions H2 = 13, 14, 15,

16.

L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.

Sets the door zone speed level. The “door zone” multi-function digital output is closed when the speed falls below this level.

Setting

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 4.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 40.0%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -100.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 4.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 40.0%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 80%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 191

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 192 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

L5: Automatic Fault Reset

No.

L5-01

L5-02

L5-06

Name

Number of Auto Reset

Attempts

Fault Output Operation during Auto Reset

Description

Sets the number of times the drive may attempt to reset after the following faults occur: GF, LF, oC, ov, rr, oH1, oL1, oL2, oL3, oL4, UL3, UL4.

0: Fault output not active.

1: Fault output active during reset attempt.

Undervoltage Fault Reset

Selection

0: Same as L5-01 condition

1: Always automatically reset UV1

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 10

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

■

L6: Torque Detection

No.

L6-01

L6-02

Name

Torque Detection Selection

1

Description

0: Disabled

1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection

2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection

3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault

4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault

5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection

6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection

7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault

8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 8

Torque Detection Level 1 Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level.

Default: 150%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 0.1 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

L6-03

L6-04

Torque Detection Time 1

Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 1.

Torque Detection Selection

2

0: Disabled

1: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection

2: oL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection

3: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault

4: oL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault

5: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection

6: UL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection

7: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault

8: UL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 8

L6-05

L6-06

Torque Detection Level 2

Torque Detection Time 2

Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level.

Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 2.

Default: 150%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 0.1 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 10.0 s

192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 193 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

L7: Torque Limit

No. Name

L7-01 Forward Torque Limit

L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit

L7-03

L7-04

L7-16

Forward Regenerative

Torque Limit

Reverse Regenerative

Torque Limit

Torque Limit Process at

Start

Sets the torque limit value as a percentage of the motor rated torque. Four individual quadrants can be set.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

REV

Description

Output Torque

L7-04

Regeneration

Positive Torque

L7-01

Motor r/min

FWD

Regeneration

L7-02

L7-03

Negative Torque

Setting

Default: 200%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 200%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 200%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 200%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

■

L8: Drive Protection

No.

L8-02

L8-03

L8-05

L8-06

L8-07

L8-09

L8-10

Name

Overheat Alarm Level

An overheat alarm will occur if the heatsink temperature exceeds the level set in

L8-02.

Description Setting

Default:

<4>

Min: 50 ° C

Max: 150 ° C

Overheat Pre-Alarm

Operation Selection

Input Phase Loss

Protection Selection

Input Phase Loss Detection

Level

Output Phase Loss

Protection Selection

0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered.

1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered.

2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09. A fault is triggered.

3: Continue operation. An alarm is triggered.

Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply voltage imbalance, or main circuit electrolytic capacitor deterioration.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled always

2: Enabled during operation

3: Enabled during constant speed

Setting 1 cannot be selected for 600 V class drive models and models

CIMR-L  F  that are in compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Safety Integrity

Level 3.

When ripple is observed in the DC bus, expansion of the input bias is calculated and becomes the input phase if the difference between the max and minimum values of the ripple are greater than L8-06.

Detection Level = 100% = Voltage class × (determines

0: Disabled

1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss)

2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)

3: Fault at phase loss at start or when two phases lost mid-operation

Note: Setting 3 is available in the control mode V/f or OLV for drives with software versions PRG: 7200 or later.

Output Ground Fault

Detection Selection

Heatsink Cooling Fan

Operation Selection

Default: 3

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default:

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 3

<4>

Min: 0.0%

Max: 50.0%

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

0: Run with timer (Fan operates only during run and for L8-11 seconds after stop.)

1: Run always (Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up.)

2: Temperature controlled (Cooling fan operated depending on the temperature of the drives heatsink.)

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

<48>

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 193

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 194 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

L8-11

L8-12

L8-15

L8-27

L8-29

L8-35

<1>

L8-38

L8-39

L8-55

L8-62

L8-77

L8-88

L8-89

<44>

L8-99

<44>

Setting

Selection

Name

Heatsink Cooling Fan Off

Delay Time

Ambient Temperature oL2 (drive overload)

Characteristics Selection at

Low Speeds

Overcurrent Detection

Gain

Current Unbalance

Detection (LF2)

Installation Selection

Oscillation Suppression

Safe Disable Operation

Mode

Current Monitoring

Current Monitoring Level

0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.

1: oL2 level is reduced linearly below 6 Hz. It is halved at 0 Hz.

Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the motor rated current.

Overcurrent is detected using the drive’s overcurrent level or the value set to L8-27, whichever is lower.

0: IP00 enclosure drive

Description

Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Up/Down command is removed when L8-10 = 0.

Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

2: IP00 enclosure drive with top protective cover

Used to suppress speed oscillations that occur with an unloaded motor and that have the same frequency as the output frequency.

0: Mode 0

1: Mode 1

Enables or disables the Current Monitoring function.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Sets the current monitoring level as a percentage of the drive’s rated current. Sets the level of current used for L8-89 and H2 = 5C.

Setting

Default: 60 s

Min: 0 s

Max: 300 s

Default: 40 ° C

Min: -10 ° C

Max: 50 ° C

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 300.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 300.0%

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default:

<4>

Min: 0

Max: 2

Automatic Torque Boost

Selection

Reduced Carrier

Frequency

Internal Braking Transistor

Protection

Operation Selection at

Input Phase Loss

Torque Boost increases the output current limit while decreasing the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain value.

0: Disabled

3: Enabled

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 3

Sets the reduced carrier frequency used by the Torque Boost function.

0: Disabled. L8-55 should be disabled when using a regen converter or an optional braking unit.

1: Protection enabled.

Sets stopping method when a Input phase loss fault (PF) occurs. See parameter L8-05.

0: Ramp to Stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-02.

1: Coast to Stop

2: Fast Stop - Decelerate to stop using the deceleration ramp in C1-09.

3: Alarm only - Drive continues operation.

Default: 3.0 kHz

Min: 1.0 kHz

Max: 15.0 kHz

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 0

Min: -100

Max: 100

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 10.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 50.0%

<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

<4> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

<48> The default is 2 for 600 V class drive models and models CIMR-L  F  that are in compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Safety Integrity

Level 3.

194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 195 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

n: Advanced Performance Set-Up

The n parameters are used to adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as speed feedback detection, Online

Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance, and PM motor control tuning.

■

n1: Hunting Prevention

No. n1-08

<45>

Name

Leakage Current Vibration

Control Selection

0: Method 1

1: Method 2

Description Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<45> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7200 or later.

■

n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning

No. n2-01 n2-02 n2-03

Name

Speed Feedback Detection

Control (AFR) Gain

Description

Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the automatic frequency regulator (AFR).

If hunting occurs, increase the set value. If response is low, decrease the set value.

Speed Feedback Detection

Control (AFR) Time

Constant 1

Speed Feedback Detection

Control (AFR) Time

Constant 2

Sets the time constant used for speed feedback detection control (AFR).

Sets the AFR time constant to be used during regen.

■

n5: Inertia Compensation

Setting

Default: 1.00

Min: 0.00

Max: 10.00

Default: 50 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 2000 ms

Default: 750 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 2000 ms

No. n5-01 n5-02

Selection

Name

Inertia Compensation

Motor Acceleration Time n5-03 Inertia Compensation Gain n5-07 n5-08

Speed Feedback

Compensation Selection

Speed Feedback

Compensation Gain (P)

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Sets the time required to accelerate the motor at 100% torque from 0 to the nominal speed.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

2: Test Mode

Description

Sets the ratio between motor and load inertia. Lower this setting if overshoot occurs at the end of acceleration.

Sets the proportional gain for the Speed Feedback Compensation.

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.001 s

Max: 10.000 s

Default: 1.00

Min: 0.00

Max: 100.00

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 12.00

Min: 0.00

Max: 300.00

<4> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).

■

n6: Online Tuning

No. Name n6-01 Online Tuning Selection n6-05 Online Tuning Gain

Description

0: Disabled

1: Line-to-line resistance tuning

2: Voltage correction.

Decrease this setting for motors with a relatively large rotor time constant.

If overload occurs, increase this setting slowly in increments of 0.1.

Setting

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 1.0

Min: 0.1

Max: 50.0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 195

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 196 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

No. n8-01 n8-02 n8-29 n8-30 n8-32 n8-33 n8-35 n8-36 n8-37 n8-62 n8-81 n8-82 n8-84 n8-86 q-Axis Current Control

Gain during Normal

Operation q-Axis Current Control

Integral Time during

Normal Operation d-Axis Current Control

Gain during Normal

Operation d-Axis Current Control

Integral Time during

Normal Operation

High Frequency Injection

Level

High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation

High Frequency Injection

Amplitude during Rescue

Operation

Name

Initial Polarity Estimation

Current

Pole Attraction Current

Initial Rotor Position

Detection Selection

High Frequency Injection

Amplitude

Output Voltage Limit

Polarity Detection Current

Magnet Pole Search Error

Detection Selection

Description

Sets the current used for initial rotor position estimation as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03). If the motor nameplate lists an “Si” value, that value should be entered here.

Sets the current during initial polar attraction as a percentage of the motor rated current. Enter a high value when attempting to increase starting torque.

Sets the q axis proportional gain for the normal control range.

Sets the q axis integral time for the normal control range.

Sets the d axis proportional gain for the normal control range.

Sets the d axis integral time for the normal control range.

1: High frequency injection

2: Pulse injection

Sets the frequency in Hz for the superimposed signal used for superimposed harmonics.

Sets the amplitude for superimposed harmonics according to the voltage class of the motor. Adjust this value when there is too much or too little current as a result of the settings assigned to motor parameters.

Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the voltage provided by the input power supply.

Sets the frequency used for Polar Detection Method 1 during Rescue Operation.

Sets the amplitude for High Frequency Injection during Rescue Operation as a percentage of the voltage (200 V or 400 V).

Sets the current level (E5-03) as a percentage for detecting polarity during Initial

Polarity Estimation.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Default: 1

Min: 1

Max: 2

Default: 500 Hz

Min: 25 Hz

Max: 1000 Hz

Default: 20.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 99.9%

Default: 200.0

V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 230.0 V

<9>

Default: 90 Hz

Min: 25 Hz

Max: 1000 Hz

Default: 15.0%

Min: 0.1%

Max: 99.9%

Default: 100%

Min: 0%

Max: 150%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Setting

Default: 50%

Min: 0%

Max: 100%

Default: 80%

Min: 0%

Max: 150%

Default: 1000 rad/ s

Min: 0 rad/s

Max: 2000 rad/s

Default: 10.0 ms

Min: 0.0 ms

Max: 100.0 ms

Default: 1000 rad/ s

Min: 0 rad/s

Max: 2000 rad/s

Default: 10.0 ms

Min: 0.0 ms

Max: 100.0 ms

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

■

n9: Current Detection Adjustments

No. n9-60

Name

A/D Conversion Start

Delay

Description

Sets a delay time for starting the current signal A/D conversion. This value seldom needs to be changed.

Setting

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.0 μ s

Max: 40.0 μ s

<4> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).

196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 197 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

o: Operator Related Parameters

The o parameters set up the digital operator displays.

■

o1: Digital Operator Display Selection

No. o1-01 o1-02 o1-03 o1-04 o1-05 o1-06

<44>

o1-07

<44>

o1-08

<44>

o1-10 o1-11 o1-12 o1-20

Selection

Name

Drive Mode Unit Monitor

Selection

User Monitor Selection after Power Up

Digital Operator Display

Unit Selection

V/f Pattern Setting Units

LCD Contrast Control

User Monitor Selection

Mode

Second Line Monitor

Selection

Third Line Monitor

User-Set Display Units

Maximum Value

User-Set Display Units

Decimal Display

Length Units

Description

Switches the display after the power has been turned on. When using an LED operator, pressing the up arrow key will display the following data: frequency reference → rotational direction → output frequency → output current → output voltage → U1 .

(This is done by entering the 1  part of U1 . Certain monitors are not available in some control modes.) o1-02 selects the information that is displayed when the power is turned on.

1: Speed reference (U1-01)

2: Direction

3: Output speed (U1-02)

4: Output current (U1-03)

5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)

Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors.

0: 0.01 Hz

1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04)

2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, E4-04, or

E5-04)

3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)

4: Elevator units 1 (speed in m/s, accel/decel rate and jerk in s)

5: Elevator units 2 (speed in m/s, accel/decel rate in m/s 2 , jerk in m/s 3 )

6: Elevator units 3 (speed in ft/min, accel/decel rate in ft/s 2 , jerk in ft/s 3 )

Setting

Default: 106

(Monitor U1-06)

Min: 105

Max: 699

Default: 1

Min: 1

Max: 5

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 6

<21>

0: Hz

1: r/min

Sets the brightness of the LCD operator (option).

0: 3 Monitor Sequential (Displays the next 2 sequential monitors)

1: 3 Monitor Selectable (o1-07 and o1-08 selected monitor is displayed)

Selects the monitor displayed on the second line.

Selects the monitor displayed on the third line.

These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3. o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.

o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position.

0: Millimeter unit

1: Inch unit

Traction Sheave Diameter Sets the traction sheave diameter for display unit calculations.

Default:

<5>

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 3

Min: 0

Max: 5

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 102

Min: 101

Max: 699

Default: 103

Min: 101

Max: 699

Default:

<20>

Min: 1

Max: 60000

Default:

<20>

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 400 mm

<38>

Min: 100 mm

Max: 2000 mm

<38>

B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 197

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 198 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No. Name Description Setting o1-21 Roping Ratio

Sets the roping ratio.

1: 1:1

2: 1:2

3: 1:3

4: 1:4

Default: 2

Min: 1

Max: 4 o1-22 Mechanical Gear Ratio o1-23

<45>

HBB Non Display Select

Sets the ratio of the gear installed for display unit calculations.

Shows or hides the HBB command on the digital operator while the safety signal is being input.

0: Shows HBB

1: Hide HBB

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.10

Max:

<46>

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<20> This parameter appears when the drive displays user-set units (o1-03 = 3).

<21> The control mode determines the selections available. In V/f Control, only settings 1 through 3 are permitted.

<38> Default setting and setting range changes when inches are selected for the length units (o1-12 = 1). The setting range becomes 3.70 to 78.00 inches, and the default becomes 15.70 inches.

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

<45> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7200 or later.

<46> The setting range changes depending on drive software versions.

PRG: 7017 or earlier: 0.10 to 50.00

PRG: 7200 or later: 0.10 to 100.00

■

o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions

No. o2-01 o2-02 o2-03 o2-04

<1>

LO/RE Key Function

Selection

Value

Name

STOP Key Function

Selection

User Parameter Default

Drive Model Selection

0: Disabled

1: Enabled. LO/RE key switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation.

0: Disabled. STOP key is disabled in REMOTE operation.

1: Enabled. STOP key is always enabled.

0: No change.

Description

1: Set defaults. Saves parameter settings as default values for a User Initialization.

2: Clear all. Clears the default settings that have been saved for a User Initialization.

Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new control board.

o2-05

Speed Reference Setting

Method Selection

0: ENTER key must be pressed to enter a speed reference.

1: ENTER key is not required. The speed reference can be adjusted using the up and down arrow keys only.

o2-06

Operation Selection when

Digital Operator is

Disconnected o2-09 Reserved

0: The drive continues operating if the digital operator is disconnected.

1: A fault is triggered (oPr) and the motor coasts to stop.

–

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default:

Determined by drive capacity

Min: –

Max: –

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

–

<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 199 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

o3: Copy Function

No. Name o3-01 Copy Function Selection o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection

Description

0: Copy select

1: INV → OP READ (Read parameters from the drive, saving them onto the digital operator.)

2: OP → INV WRITE (Copy parameters from the digital operator, writing them to the drive.)

3: OP ↔ INV VERIFY (Verify parameter settings on the drive to check if they match the data saved on the operator.)

To read the drive’s parameter settings into the digital operator, set o3-02 to 1 (to allow reading).

Selects whether the read operation (o3-01 = 1) is enabled or disabled.

0: Read operation prohibited

1: Read operation allowed

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 3

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

■

o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings

No. o4-01 o4-02 o4-03 o4-05 o4-07 o4-15

<1>

o4-16

<1>

Setting o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting o4-11

Maintenance Monitoring

Selection

Name

Cumulative Operation

Time Setting

Cumulative Operation

Time Selection

Cooling Fan Operation

Time Setting

Capacitor Maintenance

DC bus Pre-charge Relay

Maintenance Setting

U2, U3 Initialization o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization o4-13

Number of Travels

Counter Reset

Maintenance Alarm

Snooze Period

Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge bypass relay. See U4-06 to check when the bypass relay may need to be replaced.

Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 to check when the IGBTs may need to be replaced.

Description

Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in units of 10 h.

0: Logs power-on time

1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output operation time).

Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units of 10 h.

Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See U4-05 to check when the capacitors may need to be replaced.

0: U2 and U3 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).

1: Resets the data for the U2 and U3 monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, fault data is erased and the display returns to 0.

0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).

1: Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the display returns to 0.

0: Keep the number of travels counter value. The counter is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).

1: Resets the number 0 travels counter. The monitor U4-24/25 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.

After a maintenance alarm output has been triggered, o4-15 determines the level that will trigger the next alarm for the same component. The same alarm will be triggered by the detection level that triggered the original alarm plus the level set in o4-15.

Selects the Maintenance Monitor using bits 0 to 3.

0: LT1 (cooling fan)

1: LT2 (DC bus capacitors)

2: LT3 (soft-charge bypass relay)

3: LT4 (IGBTs have passed 90% of the their life expectancy)

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 2%

Min: 0%

Max: 20%

Default: 1000

Min: 0000

Max: 1111

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 9999

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0 h

Min: 0 h

Max: 9999 h

Default: 0%

Min: 0%

Max: 150%

Default: 0%

Min: 0%

Max: 150%

Default: 0%

Min: 0%

Max: 150%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization (A1-03).

B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 199

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 200 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

S: Elevator Parameters

This section describes various functions and faults needed to operate an elevator application: braking sequence, slip compensation for elevators, start/stop optimization, Rescue Operation, and elevator-related faults.

■

S1: Brake Sequence

No.

S1-01

S1-02

S1-03

S1-04

S1-05

S1-12

<39>

S1-26

<44>

DC Injection Current at

Stop

DC Injection/Position

Lock Time at Stop

Output Contactor Open

Delay Time

Emergency Stop Start

Level

Name

Zero Speed Level at Stop

S1-06 Brake Release Delay Time

S1-07

S1-10

S1-11

DC Injection Current at

Start

DC Injection/Position

Lock Time at Start

Brake Close Delay Time

Run Command Delay

Time

Motor Contactor Control

During Auto-Tuning

Determines the speed to begin applying DC Injection (or Position Lock) when the drive is ramping to stop (b1-03 = 0). Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).

Determines how long the drive should perform DC Injection at start. In CLV and

CLV/PM, S1-04 determines how long Position Lock should be performed. A setting of 0.00 disables S1-04.

Determines how long the drive should perform DC Injection at stop. In CLV and

CLV/PM, S1-05 determines how long Position Lock should be performed. A setting of 0.00 disables S1-05.

Determines the delay time between the start of DC injection/Position Lock and setting the brake control command (H2 = 50) in order to release the brake at the beginning of the ride.

Determines the delay time between reaching Zero Speed (S1-01) and resetting the brake control command (H2 = 50) in order to apply the brake at the end of the ride.

Description

Determines the amount of current to use for DC Injection at start. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.

Determines the amount of current to use for DC Injection at stop. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.

Sets the time that must pass after the Up/Down command is entered until the drive internal Run command is set and the ride is started.

Determines the delay time between shutting off the output of the drive and resetting the contactor control command (H2 = 51) in order to release the motor contactor after a ride has finished.

Determines the state of the output contactor control command (H2 = 51) during

Auto-Tuning.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

2: Enabled during Auto-Tuning and HBB

Note: Setting 2 is available in the control mode CLV or CLV/PM for drives with software versions PRG: 7017 or later. The setting is 0 or 1 for software version PRG:

7016.

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Setting

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.000%

Max: 9.999%

Default: 50%

Min: 0%

Max: 100%

Default: 50%

Min: 0%

Max: 100%

Default: 0.40 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

Default: 0.60 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

Default: 0.20 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 10.00 s

Default: 0.10 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: [ S1-05 ]

Default: 0.10 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 1.00 s

Default: 0.10 s

Min: 0.00 s

Max: 1.00 s

Sets the Emergency Stop Start Level as a percentage of the Maximum Output

Frequency.

Default: 10.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<39> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7016 or later.

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 201 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

S2: Slip Compensation for Elevators

No.

S2-01

S2-02

S2-03

S2-05

S2-06

Name

Motor Rated Speed

Slip Compensation Gain in

Motoring Mode

Slip Compensation Gain in

Regenerative Mode

Slip Compensation Torque

Detection Delay Time

Sets the motor rated speed.

Description

Slip compensation for leveling speed can be set separately for motoring and regenerative states. This can help improve the accuracy of leveling.

Sets a delay time before detecting torque for slip compensation.

Slip Compensation Torque

Detection Filter Time

Constant

Sets the filter time constant applied to the torque signal used for the slip compensation value calculation.

Setting

Default: 1380 rpm

Min: 300 rpm

Max: 1800 rpm

Default: 0.7

Min: 0.0

Max: 5.0

Default: 1.0

Min: 0.0

Max: 5.0

Default: 1000 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 10000 ms

Default: 500 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 2000 ms

■

S3: Start/Stop Optimization

No.

S3-01

S3-02

S3-03

S3-04

S3-10

S3-12

S3-14

S3-15

S3-16

S3-20

S3-21

Starting Torque

Compensation Increase

Time

Starting Torque

Compensation Bias in

Down Direction

Torque Limit Reduction

Time

Name

Position Lock Gain at Start

1

Position Lock Gain at Start

2

(Anti Rollback Gain)

Position Lock Gain at Stop

Position Lock Bandwidth

Torque Compensation

Diminish Speed

Torque Compensation

Diminish Time

Dwell 2 Speed Reference

Dwell 2 End Speed

Sets gain levels 1 and 2 for the Position Lock function. Position Lock at start attempts to keep the car position when opening the brake in order to avoid roll back.

Adds a bias to torque compensation value from the load cell when moving in the down direction.

Sets the speed level for torque compensation to diminish during the time determined by S3-15. Sets as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). A setting of 0.0% disables this function.

Sets the time for torque compensation to diminish once motor speed reaches the level set in S3-14.

Description

Sets the Position Lock gain at stop. Position Lock at stop keeps the car in position until the brake has been applied entirely.

Determines the bandwidth around the stop position in which a digital output programmed for “Within Position Lock Bandwidth” (H2 = 33) is closed.

Sets a time constant for the torque reference to reach 300%. Enabled by setting an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3 = 14).

Setting

Default: 5

Min: 0

Max: 100

Default: 0.00

Min: 0.00

Max: 100.00

Default: 5

Min: 0

Max: 100

Default: 10

Min: 0

Max: 16383

Default: 500 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 5000 ms

Default: 0

Min: -40.0%

Max: 40.0%

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 200.0%

Default: 1000 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 5000 ms

Determines the reduction rate used bring the internal torque reference value down to zero after Position Lock at Stop has finished.

Rate = Torque 300%

S3-16

Default: 100 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 10000 ms

Sets the speed reference for the Dwell 2 function.

Note: A setting of 0.00 essentially disables the Dwell 2 function.

The Dwell 2 function will end when the drive reaches this speed.

Note: A setting of 0.00 will disable the acceleration rate switch that occurs at the end of Dwell 2.

Default: 0.00%

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

Default: 0.00%

Min: 0.00%

Max: 100.00%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 201

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 202 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

S3-25

S3-26

S3-27

S3-28

S3-29

S3-30

S3-34

S3-35

S3-37

S3-38

S3-39

S3-40

S3-41

Name

DC Injection Gain in

Regenerative Operation

DC Injection Gain in

Motoring Operation

Description

Sets the gain level applied to the DC injection current at stop (S1-03) for when the load is 100% regenerative. The current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 × S3-25.

Sets the gain level applied to the DC injection current at stop (S1-03) for when the load is 100% motoring. The current applied during DC Injection at stop is determined as S1-03 × S3-26.

Torque Compensation

Value with Load Condition

1

Torque Compensation

Value with Load Condition

2

Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the torque compensation value for load condition 1.

Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the torque compensation value for load condition 2.

Analog Input from Load

Cell with Load Condition 1

Analog Input from Load

Cell with Load Condition 2

Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the analog signal level from the load cell for load condition 1.

Used for starting torque compensation utilizing a load cell signal. Sets the analog signal level from the load cell for load condition 2.

Anti-Rollback Torque Bias

1

Sets the Anti-Rollback Bias applied at small position deviations during Position Lock at start.

Anti-Rollback Torque Bias

2

Position Deviation Level to

Apply ARB Torque Bias 1

Position Deviation Level to

Apply ARB Torque Bias 2

Anti-Rollback Integral

Gain

Anti-Rollback Movement

Detection

Position Lock Gain at Start

2 Reduction

Sets the Anti-Rollback Bias applied at large position deviations during Position Lock at start.

Sets the position deviation level to active at Anti-Rollback Torque Bias 1 (S3-34).

Determines the position deviation level for when the drive should switch from the torque bias set in S3-34 to the torque bias set in S3-35.

Determines the drive’s responsiveness for Anti-Rollback during Position Lock.

Sets the amount of pulses for movement detection during Anti-Rollback.

Sets a reduction factor for the Position Lock Gain at Start 2 (Anti-Rollback Gain) set in parameter S3-02.

Setting

Default: 100%

Min: 0%

Max: 400%

Default: 20%

Min: 0%

Max: 400%

Default: -50%

Min: -100%

Max: 100%

Default: 50%

Min: -100%

Max: 100%

Default: 0.0%

Min: -100%

Max: 100%

Default: 100.0%

Min: -100.0%

Max: 100%

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 32767

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 32767

Default: 0.00

Min: -30.00

Max: 30.00

Default: 1 pulse

Min: 0 pulse

Max: 100 pulses

Default: 0.50

Min: 0.00

Max: 1.00

■

S4: Rescue Operation

No.

S4-01

S4-02

S4-03

S4-04

Name

Light Load Direction

Search Selection

Light Load Direction

Search Method

Light Load Direction

Search Time

Light Load Direction

Search Speed Reference

Description

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

2: Enabled for Motor 1 only

Determines how the drive detects the light load direction.

0: Output Current

1: Regenerative direction detection

Sets the time to perform Light Load Direction Search.

Sets the speed reference to use during Light Load Direction Search.

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 1.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 5.0 s

Default:

<5>

Min: 0.00%

Max: 20.00%

202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 203 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

S4-05

S4-06

Name

Rescue Operation Torque

Limit

Description

Sets the torque limit used during Rescue Operation.

Rescue Operation Power

Supply Selection

0: Battery

1: UPS (single-phase)

2: UPS (3-phase)

S4-07 UPS Power Sets the capacity of the UPS.

Setting

Default: 100%

Min: 0%

Max: 300%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0.0 kVA

Min: 0.0 kVA

Max: 100.0 kVA

S4-08

S4-12

S4-13

S4-15

<39>

UPS Operation Speed

Limit Selection

Determines how a speed limit should be applied to the Rescue Operation speed

(S4-15) when operating from a UPS.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled until Light Load Direction Search is complete

2: Enabled until stop

DC Bus Voltage during

Rescue Operation

Sets the DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation.

Rescue Operation Power

Supply Deterioration

Detection Level

Determines at which level of backup power supply deterioration a PF5 fault is triggered.

Speed Reference Selection for Rescue Operation

Selects the speed reference used for Rescue Operation.

Default: 2

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0 V

Min: 0 V

Max: 1150 V

Default: 80%

Min: 10%

Max: 100%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<39> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7016 or later.

■

S5: Short Floor Operation

No.

S5-01

S5-02

S5-03

S5-04

S5-05

Selection

Name

Short Floor Operation

Nominal Speed for Short

Floor Calculation

Short Floor Minimum

Constant Speed Time

Distance Calculation

Acceleration Time Gain

Distance Calculation

Deceleration Time Gain

S5-10 Stopping Method Selection

S5-11

S5-12

Deceleration Distance

Stop Distance

0: Disabled

1: Enabled (Short Floor)

2: Enabled (Advance Short Floor)

When d1-18 (Speed Priority Selection) is set to 0 or 3, S5-02 determines the rated speed used during Short Floor.

0: Disabled

1: Direct Landing

2: Leveling Distance Control

Description

Sets the minimum operation time when the Advanced Short Floor function is enabled

(S5-01 = 2).

Set for acceleration jerk compensation in Distance Calculation.

Set for deceleration jerk compensation in Distance Calculation.

Sets the deceleration distance when Stop Distance Control is enabled.

Sets the stopping distance when Stop Distance Control is enabled.

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0.0%

Min: 0.0%

Max: 100.0%

Default: 0.0 s

Min: 0.0 s

Max: 2.0 s

Default: 150.0%

Min: 50.0%

Max: 200.0%

Default: 150.0%

Min: 50.0%

Max: 200.0%

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 0 mm

Min: 0 mm

Max: 32767 mm

<36>

Default: 0 mm

Min: 0 mm

Max: 10000 mm

<37>

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 203

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 204 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

S5-13

Name

Direct Landing Minimum

Speed Level

Description

Sets the speed level for the start of Direct Landing.

Direct Landing is essentially disabled if the starting speed for Direct Landing is less than the maximum output speed multiplied by this parameter (E1-04 × S5-13).

<36> When the length units are set for inches (o1-12 = 1), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 650.00 inches.

<37> When the length units are set for inches (o1-12 = 1), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 393.00 inches.

■

S6: Error Detection

Setting

Default: 20%

Min: 0%

Max: 100%

No.

S6-01

S6-02

S6-03

<44>

S6-04

S6-05

S6-10

S6-11

S6-12

S6-15

S6-16

Time

Name

Motor Contactor Response

Error (SE1) Detection/

Reset Selection

Starting Current Error

(SE2) Detection Delay

SE2 Detect Current Level

Output Current Error (SE3)

Detection Delay Time

Brake Response Error

(SE4) Detection Time

Description

0: Detect during stop, SE1 must be manually reset

1: Detect during stop, SE1 can be automatically reset

2: No SE1 detection

Sets a delay time for detecting SE2.

Sets the level of current applied to the motor when the Brake Control command is activated, as a percentage of the Motor No-load Current (E2-03).

Sets a delay time for detecting SE4.

Overacceleration Detection

Level

If the elevator car accelerates at an abnormal rate, the drive triggers an overspeed fault

(dv6) and has the motor coast to stop. Parameter S6-10 determines the acceleration rate that triggers a fault.

Overacceleration Detection

Time

Overacceleration Detection

Selection

Speed Reference Loss

Detection

Restart after Baseblock

Selection

Sets a delay time for detecting SE3.

Sets a primary delay for detecting overacceleration.

0: Always enabled

1: During run only

Enabled or disables detection for speed reference missing (FrL).

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

0: No restart after Baseblock/Safe Torque-Off

1: Restart after Baseblock/Safe Torque-Off

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 2

Default: 200 ms

Min: 0.00 ms

Max:

[S1-04]-[S1-06]

Default: 25%

Min: 0%

Max: 100%

Default: 200 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 5000 ms

Default: 500 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 10000 ms

Default:

<7>

Min: 0.0 m/s 2

Max: 20.0 m/s

2

<7>

Default: 50 ms

Min: 0 ms

Max: 5000 ms

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<7> Default setting value is determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). The default is normally 1.5 m/s2, but when o1-03 = 6, the default becomes 5.0 ft/s 2 (Setting Range: 0.0 to 50.0 ft/s 2 ).

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 205 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

◆

T: Motor Tuning

Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance.

■

T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

No.

T1-01

T1-02

T1-03

T1-04

T1-05

T1-06

T1-07

T1-08

T1-09

T1-10

Selection

Name

Auto-Tuning Mode

Motor Rated Power

Motor Rated Voltage

Motor Rated Current

Motor Base Frequency

Number of Motor Poles

Motor Base Speed

Encoder Resolution (pulses per revolution)

0: Rotational Auto-Tuning

1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1

2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance

4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2

Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate.

Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: kW = HP ×

0.746.

Set the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).

Description

Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate.

Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate.

Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.

Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.

Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.

Motor No-Load Current

(Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2)

Motor Rated Slip

(Stationary Auto-Tuning 2)

Sets the no-load current for the motor.

After setting the motor capacity to T1-02 and the motor rated current to T1-04, this parameter will automatically display the no-load current for a standard 4 pole

Yaskawa motor. Enter the no-load current as indicated on the motor test report.

Sets the motor rated slip.

After setting the motor capacity to T1-02, this parameter will automatically display the motor slip for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the motor slip as indicated on the motor test report.

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 4

<18>

<5>

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 kW

Max: 650.00 kW

Default: 200.0

V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default:

<4>

Min: 10% of drive rated current

Max: 200% of drive rated

current

<10>

Default: 50.0 Hz

Min: 0.0 Hz

Max: 200.0 Hz

Default: 4

Min: 2

Max: 48

Default: 1450 r/ min

Min: 0 r/min

Max: 24000 r/min

Default: 1024 ppr

Min: 0 ppr

Max: 60000 ppr

Default: –

Min: 0 A

Max: Up to

T1-04

<10>

Default: –

Min: 0.00 Hz

Max: 20.00 Hz

<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<5> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

<18> The variety of Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode setting. V/f Control allows T1-01 to be set to 2 or 3, while vector control modes (OLV and CLV) allow T1-01 to be set to 0 through 4.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 205

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 206 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

No.

T2-01

T2-04

T2-05

T2-06

T2-08

T2-09

T2-10

T2-11

T2-12

T2-13

T2-14

T2-16

T2-17

T2-18

<44>

Constant

Name

Motor Auto-Tuning Mode

Selection

Motor Rated Power

Motor Rated Voltage

Motor Rated Current

Number of Motor Poles

Motor Base Speed

Single Phase Stator

Resistance

Motor d-Axis Inductance

Motor q-Axis Inductance

Induced Voltage Constant

Unit Selection

Motor Induced Voltage

Encoder Resolution

Encoder Offset

Speed Reference for

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3

Encoder Characteristics

Description

0: Motor Data input

1: Stationary Auto-Tuning

2: Stationary stator resistance Auto-Tuning

3: Initial magnet pole search parameters Auto-Tuning

4: Encoder offset stationary Auto-Tuning

10: Encoder offset rotational Auto-Tuning

11: Rotational back EMF constant Auto-Tuning

12: Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics

Setting 12 is available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics requires a PG-E3 option with software version 1102 or later. To identify the PG-E3 software version, refer to the PG-E3 labeling on the option, in the field designated “C/N” (S + four digit number).

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 12

Sets the motor rated power as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Enter the motor rated voltage as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Enter the number of motor poles for the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Enter the base speed for the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Enter the 1-phase resistance of the stator winding.

Enter the d-axis inductance for the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Enter the q-axis inductance for the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

0: mV/(r/min). E5-09 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-24 will be used.

1: mV/(rad/sec). E5-24 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-09 will be used.

Enter the induced voltage coefficient for the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

Sets the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).

Sets the offset between encoder offset and the rotor magnetic axis.

Sets the speed reference for execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics (T2-01 = 12).

Default:

<4>

Min: 0.00 kW

Max: 650.00 kW

Default: 200.0

V

<9>

Min: 0.0 V

Max: 255.0 V

<9>

Default:

<4>

Min: 10% of drive rated current

Max: 200% of drive rated

current

<10>

Default: 6

Min: 2

Max: 120

<43>

Default: 150 r/min

Min: 0 r/min

Max: 24000 r/min

Default: –

Min: 0.000 Ω

Max: 65.000 Ω

Default: –

Min: 0.00 mH

Max: 600.00 mH

Default: –

Min: 0.00 mH

Max: 600.00 mH

Default: 1

Min: 0

Max: 1

Default: –

Min: 0.0

Max: 6500.0

<30>

Default: 1024 ppr

Min: 1 ppr

Max: 15000 ppr

Default: 0.0 deg

Min: -180.0 deg

Max: 180.0 deg

Default: 10 r/min

Min: 1 r/min

Max: 30 r/min

206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 207 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No.

T2-19

<44>

Name

Rotation Direction for

Auto-Tuning of PG-E3

Encoder Characteristics

Description

Sets the direction of motor rotation for execution of Auto-Tuning of PG-E3 encoder characteristics (T2-01 = 12).

0: Forward (Up)

1: Reverse (Down)

Setting

Default: 0

Min: 0

Max: 1

<4> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

<30> Setting units are determined by the induced voltage constant unit selection for PM motors set to T2-13.

<43> When PG-E3 option connected: Max setting = 48

<44> Available in drive software versions PRG: 7017 or later.

◆

U: Monitors

Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.

■

U1: Operation Status Monitors

No. Name

U1-01 Speed Reference

U1-02 Output Speed

U1-03 Output Current

Monitors the speed reference.

Displays the output speed.

Description

Analog Output

Level

10 V: Max frequency

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Max frequency

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Drive rated current

Unit

0.01%

<29>

0.01%

<29>

<10> <40>

U1-04 Control Method

Displays the output current.

0: V/f Control

2: Open Loop Vector Control

3: Closed Loop Vector Control

7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM

No signal output available

–

U1-05 Speed Feedback

U1-06

Output Voltage

Reference

U1-07 DC Bus Voltage

U1-08 Output Power

U1-09 Torque Reference

Displays the motor speed feedback.

Displays the output voltage.

Displays the DC bus voltage.

Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally).

Monitors the internal torque reference.

10 V: Max

Frequency

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Drive rated power

(kW)

(-10 to +10 V)

0.01%

<29>

10 V: 200

Vrms

<9>

0.1 Vac

10 V: 400 V

<9>

1 Vdc

<12>

10 V: Motor rated torque

(-10 to +10 V)

0.1%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 207

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 208 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No. Name

U1-10 Input Terminal Status

Displays the input terminal status.

Description

U1 - 10= 00000000

YEA_co mmon

1 Digital input 1

(terminal S1 enabled)

1 Digital input 2

(terminal S2 enabled)

1

1

Digital input 3

(terminal S3 enabled)

Digital input 4

(terminal S4 enabled)

1

1

1

1

Digital input 5

(terminal S5 enabled)

Digital input 6

(terminal S6 enabled)

Digital input 7

(terminal S7 enabled)

Digital input 8

(terminal S8 enabled)

Displays the output terminal status.

U1-11 Output Terminal Status

YEA_co mmon

U1 - 11= 00000000

1

Multi-Function

Digital Output

(terminal M1-M2)

1 Multi-Function

Digital Output

(terminal M3-M4)

1 Multi-Function

Digital Output

(terminal M5-M6)

1 Multi-Function

Digital Output

(terminal P1-C1)

1 Multi-Function

Digital Output

(terminal P2-C2)

Not Used

1 Fault Relay

(terminal MA-MC closed

MA-MC open)

Displays the drive operation status.

U1-12 Drive Status

U1-13

U1-14

U1-16

U1-17

YEAco mmon

U1 - 12= 00000000

1

1

1

1

During run

During zero-speed

During down direction

During fault reset signal input

1

During speed agree

1

1

Drive ready

During alarm detection

1

During fault detection

Terminal A1 Input

Voltage

Terminal A2 Input

Voltage

Displays the voltage input to terminal A1.

Displays the voltage input to terminal A2.

Output Speed after Soft

Start

Displays output speed with ramp time and jerk settings. Units determined by o1-03.

DI-A3 Option Card

Input Status

Displays the reference value input from the DI-A3 option card.

Display will appear in hexadecimal as determined by the digital card input selection in F3-01.

3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + sign (1 bit) + 16 bit

Analog Output

Level

Unit

No signal output available

–

No signal output available

–

No signal output available

–

10 V: 100%

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: 100%

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Max frequency

(-10 to +10 V)

No signal output available

0.1%

0.1%

0.01%

<29>

–

208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 209 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No. Name

U1-18 oPE Fault Parameter

Description

Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE02 or oPE08 (Operation error).

Analog Output

Level

No signal output available

Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.

Unit

–

U1-19

MEMOBUS/Modbus

Error Code

U1 - 19= 00000000

YEAcom mon

1

CRC Error

1

0

Data Length Error

Not Used

1

1

Parity Error

Overrun Error

1

1

0

Framing Error

Timed Out

Not Used

U1-25

Software Number

(Flash)

FLASH ID

U1-26 Software No. (ROM) ROM ID

No signal output available

–

No signal output available

No signal output available

–

–

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

<12> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 kW units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to

5  0200 display values in 0.1 kW units.

<29> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4 or

5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.

<40> When checking the values of U1-03, U2-05 and U4-13 with the digital operator they are displayed in units of amperes, but when they are checked using MEMOBUS communications, the monitor value in MEMOBUS communications is: displayed numeric value / 8192 × drive’s rated current (A), from the condition “8192 (maximum value) = drive’s rated current (A)”.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 209

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 210 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

U2: Fault Trace

No.

U2-01

U2-02

U2-03

U2-04

U2-05

U2-06

U2-07

U2-08

U2-09

U2-10

U2-11

U2-12

U2-13

U2-14

U2-15

U2-16

U2-17

U2-20

U2-21

U2-22

Name

Current Fault

Previous Fault

Speed Reference at

Previous Fault

Output Speed at

Previous Fault

Output Current at

Previous Fault

Motor Speed at

Previous Fault

Output Voltage at

Previous Fault

DC Bus Voltage at

Previous Fault

Output Power at

Previous Fault

Torque Reference at

Previous Fault

Input Terminal Status at

Previous Fault

Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault

Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault

Cumulative Operation

Time at Previous Fault

Soft Starter Output at

Previous Fault

Motor q-Axis Current at

Previous Fault

Motor d-Axis Current at

Previous Fault

Heatsink Temperature at Previous Fault

Peak Hold Current during Fault

Peak Hold Frequency during Fault

Displays the current fault.

Displays the previous fault.

Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displayed as in

U1-12.

Displays the output frequency when the peak current displayed in U2-21 occurred.

Description

Displays the speed reference at the previous fault.

Displays the output speed at the previous fault.

Displays the output current at the previous fault.

Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.

Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.

Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.

Displays the output power at the previous fault.

Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.

Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.

Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-11.

Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.

Displays the run speed after a soft start when a previous fault occurred. Displayed as in U1-16.

Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. Displayed as in

U6-01.

Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault. Displayed as in

U6-02.

Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.

Displayed as in U4-08.

Displays the peak current that occurred just prior to the previous fault.

Analog Output

Level

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

Unit

–

–

0.01%

<29>

No signal output available

No signal output available

0.01%

<29>

<10> <40>

No signal output available

No signal output available

0.01%

<29>

0.1 Vac

No signal output available

No signal output available

1 Vdc

0.1 kW

No signal output available

No signal output available

0.1%

–

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

–

–

1 h

0.01%

<29>

0.1%

No signal output available

No signal output available

0.1%

1 ° C

No signal output available

0.01 A

No signal output available

0.01 Hz

<10> The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive. Models CIMR-LU2  0008 to 2  0033, 4  0005 to 4  0018, and

5  0003 to 5  0013 display values in 0.01 A units, while models CIMR-LU2  0047 to 2  0415, 4  0024 to 4  0605, and 5  0017 to 5  0200 display values in 0.1 A units.

<29> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4 or

5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.

<40> When checking the values of U1-03, U2-05 and U4-13 with the digital operator they are displayed in units of amperes, but when they are checked using MEMOBUS communications, the monitor value in MEMOBUS communications is: displayed numeric value / 8192 × drive’s rated current (A), from the condition “8192 (maximum value) = drive’s rated current (A)”.

210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 211 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

U3: Fault History

No.

U3-01 to

U3-04

U3-05 to

U3-10

U3-11 to

U3-14

U3-15 to

U3-20

Name Description

First to 4th Most Recent

Fault

Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.

5th to 10th Most Recent

Fault

Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults.

After ten faults have occurred in the drive, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in

U3-02. The data is moved to the next monitor parameter every time a fault occurs.

Cumulative Operation

Time at 1st to 4th Most

Recent Fault

Cumulative Operation

Time at 5th to 10th

Most Recent Fault

Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.

Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth most recent faults occurred.

Analog Output

Level

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

Unit

–

–

1 h

1 h

■

U4: Maintenance Monitors

No. Name Description

Analog Output

Level

U4-01

<41>

U4-03

<42>

U4-04

U4-05

U4-06

U4-07

Cumulative Operation

Time

Cooling Fan Operation

Time

Cooling Fan

Maintenance

Capacitor Maintenance

Soft Charge Bypass

Relay Maintenance

IGBT Maintenance

Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value for the cumulative operation time counter can be reset in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the operation time should start as soon as the power is switched on or only while the Up/Down command is present. The maximum number displayed is

99999, after which the value is reset to 0.

Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The default value for the fan operation time is reset in parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 99999.

Displays main cooling fan usage time in as a percentage of its expected performance life. Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset this monitor. The fan should be replaced when this monitor reaches 90%.

Displays main circuit capacitor usage time in as a percentage of their expected performance life. The capacitors should be replaced when this monitor reaches

90%. Parameter o4-05 can be used to reset this monitor.

Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a percentage of its estimated performance life. The soft charge relay should be replaced when this monitor reaches 90%. Parameter o4-07 can be used to reset this monitor.

Displays IGBT usage time as a percentage of the expected performance life. The

IGBTs should be replaced when this monitor reaches 90%. Parameter o4-09 can be used to reset this monitor.

U4-08 Heatsink Temperature Displays the heatsink temperature.

U4-09 LED Check Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is working properly.

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

10 V: 100 ° C

No signal output available

Unit

1 h

1 h

1%

1%

1%

1%

1 °

–

C

U4-10

U4-11 kWh, Lower 4 Digits kWh, Upper 5 Digits

Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9 digit number displayed across two monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.

Example:

12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:

U4-10: 678.9 kWh

U4-11: 12345 MWh

No signal output available

No signal output available

1 kWh

1 MWh

U4-13

U4-14

U4-16

Peak Hold Current

Peak Hold Output

Frequency

Motor Overload

Estimate (oL1)

Displays the highest current value that occurred during a ride.

Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.

Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1 detection level.

No signal output available

0.01 A

<40>

No signal output available

0.01 Hz

10 V: 100% 0.1%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 211

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 212 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

U4-23

U4-24

U4-25

U4-26

U4-27

U4-28

No.

U4-17

U4-18

U4-19

U4-20

U4-21

U4-22

U4-29

U4-30

Name Description

Analog Output

Level

Unit

Drive Overload

Calculations (oL2)

Speed Reference

Selection Results

Displays the level of the drive overload detection (oL2). A value of 100% is equal to the oL2 detection level.

Displays the source for the speed reference as XY-nn.

X: indicates which reference is used:

1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)

Y-nn: indicates the reference source

0-01 = Digital operator

1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)

1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)

2-02 to 8 = Digital Inputs (d1-02 to 8)

3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

4-01 = Communication option card

Speed Reference from

MEMOBUS/Modbus

Comm.

Speed Reference From

Option Card

Displays the speed reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus (decimal).

Displays the speed reference input by an option card (decimal).

Up/Down Command

Source Selection

Displays the source for the Up/Down command as XY-nn.

X: Indicates which Up/Down command source is used:

1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)

Y: Input power supply data

0 = Digital operator

1 = External terminals

3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications

4 = Communication option card nn: Up/Down command limit status data

00: No limit status.

01: Up/Down command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode

02: Up/Down command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation

03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)

04: Waiting for “Up/Down Command Prohibited” time period to end

05: Fast Stop (multi-function input, operator)

07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer

08: Speed reference is below minimal reference during baseblock

09: Waiting for Enter command

MEMOBUS/Modbus

Communications

Reference

Communication Option

Card Reference

Number of Travels

(Lower 4 digit)

Number of Travels

(Higher 4 digit)

Max. Current during

Acceleration

Max. Current during

Deceleration

Max. Current during

Constant Speed

Max. Current during

Leveling Speed

Slip Compensation

Value

Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H as a four-digit hexadecimal number.

Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.

Displays the lower four digits for the number of trips the drive has made.

Displays the upper four digits for the number of trips the drive has made.

Shows the maximum current that occurred during acceleration.

Shows the maximum current that occurred during deceleration.

Shows the maximum current that occurred during ride at top speed.

Shows the maximum current that occurred during ride at leveling speed.

Shows the slip compensation value.

10 V = 100%

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

No signal output available

0.1%

–

0.01%

<29>

0.01%

<29>

–

–

–

1 time

1 time

0.1 A

0.1 A

0.1 A

0.1 A

0.01%

212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 213 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

No. Name Description

U4-31 Car Acceleration Rate Shows the car acceleration rate.

U4-40

Speed Reference Limit at Rescue Operation

Displays the speed limit for Rescue Operation based on how much power the backup battery or UPS has. Displays 0% when Rescue Operation is not being performed.

Analog Output

Level

Unit

No signal output available

0.01 m/ s 2

No signal output available

1%

U4-42

<35>

U4-43

<35>

U4-44

<35>

Remaining Distance Displays the remaining distance according to the stopping method selected.

Minimum Deceleration

Distance

Minimum Stop

Distance

Displays the Minimum Deceleration Distance calculated by E1-04.

Displays the Minimum Stop Distance calculated by d1-26.

10 V:

S5-10 = 1: S5-11

S5-10 = 2: S5-12

No signal output available

No signal output available

1 mm

1 mm

1 mm

<29> Setting units are determined by the digital operator display unit selection (o1-03). When o1-03 = 0, the value is set in Hertz. When o1-03 = 4 or

5, the value is displayed in m/s. When o1-03 = 6, the value is displayed in ft/min.

<35> o1-12 (Length Units) determines the units. When o1-12 is set to 0, the unit is millimeters. When o1-12 is set to 1, the unit is inch.

<40> When checking the values of U1-03, U2-05 and U4-13 with the digital operator they are displayed in units of amperes, but when they are checked using MEMOBUS communications, the monitor value in MEMOBUS communications is: displayed numeric value / 8192 × drive’s rated current (A), from the condition “8192 (maximum value) = drive’s rated current (A)”.

<41> The MEMOBUS communications data is in 10 h units. If data in 1 h units are also required, refer to register number 0099H.

<42> The MEMOBUS communications data is in 10 h units. If data in 1 h units are also required, refer to register number 009BH.

Note: Fault trace (i.e., the fault history) is not maintained when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or

Uv3 occur.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 213

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 214 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table

■

U6: Control Monitors

No.

U6-01

U6-02

U6-03

U6-04

U6-05

U6-06

U6-07

U6-08

U6-13

U6-18

U6-22

U6-25

U6-26

U6-56

U6-80 to U6-99

Input

Output

Name

Motor Secondary

Current (Iq)

Motor Excitation

Current (Id)

Speed Control Loop

Speed Control Loop

Output Voltage

Reference (Vq)

Output Voltage

Reference (Vd) q-Axis Current

Controller Output d-Axis Current

Controller Output

Flux Position Detection

(sensor)

Speed Detection PG1

Counter

Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%.

Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id). Motor rated secondary current is 100%.

Description

Displays the input and output values of the speed control loop.

Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-axis.

Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-axis.

Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current

(q-axis).

Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current

(d-axis).

Monitors the value of the flux position detection (sensor).

Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG1).

Analog Output

Level

10 V: Motor secondary rated current

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Motor secondary rated current

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Max frequency

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Motor secondary rated current

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: 200

Vrms

<9>

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: 200

Vrms

<9>

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: 200

Vrms

<9>

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: 200

Vrms

<9>

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: 180 deg

-10 V: -180 deg

Unit

0.1%

0.1%

0.01%

0.1 Vac

0.1 Vac

0.1%

0.1%

0.1 deg

10 V: 65536 1 pulse

Position Lock

Deviation Counter

Feedback Control

Output

Inertia Compensation

Output

Speed Feedback

Compensation Output

Displays how far the rotor has moved from its last position in PG pulses

(multiplied by 4).

Output monitor for the speed control loop.

Output monitor for Inertia Compensation.

Displays observed speed when n5-07 = 1 or 2.

Option Monitor 1 to 20 Monitors reserved to display data from option cards.

10 V: No. of pulses per revolution

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Motor secondary rated current

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Motor secondary rated current

(-10 to +10 V)

10 V: Max output frequency

No signal output available

1 pulse

0.01%

0.01%

0.01%

–

<9> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive. Multiply value by 2.875 for 600 V class drives.

214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 215 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

B Parameter Table d1-01 d1-02 d1-03 d1-04 d1-05 d1-06

C2-01

C2-02

C2-03

C2-04

C2-05

C1-11 d1-07 d1-08 d1-19 d1-20 d1-21 d1-22 d1-23 d1-24 d1-25 d1-26

C1-01

C1-02

C1-03

C1-04

C1-05

C1-06

C1-07

C1-08

C1-09

C1-15

◆

Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03)

Table 58

shows parameters, default settings, and setting ranges that change according to parameter o1-03, Display Unit

Selection.

Table 58 Defaults and Setting Ranges by Display Unit Selection (o1-03)

No.

Name

0

(0.01 Hz) o1-03 (Digital Operator Display Unit Selection)

1

(0.01%)

2

(r/min)

3

(User-set)

4

(Elevator units 1)

5

(Elevator units 2)

6

(Elevator units 3)

Default

Acceleration Ramp 1

Deceleration Ramp 1

Acceleration Ramp 2

Deceleration Ramp 2

Acceleration Ramp 3

Deceleration Ramp 3

Acceleration Ramp 4

Deceleration Ramp 4

Fast Stop Time

Inspection Run Deceleration

Ramp

Jerk at Accel Start

Jerk at Accel End

Jerk at Decel Start

Jerk at Decel End

Jerk below leveling speed

Accel/Decel Switching Speed

Speed Reference 1

Speed Reference 2

Speed Reference 3

Speed Reference 4

Speed Reference 5

Speed Reference 6

Speed Reference 7

Speed Reference 8

Nominal Speed

Intermediate Speed 1

Intermediate Speed 2

Intermediate Speed 3

Releveling Speed

Inspection Operation Speed

Rescue Operation Speed

Leveling Speed

0.00 to

[E1-04] Hz

0.00 to

100.00%

0.00 to 600.00 s

0.00 to 10.00 s

0.00 to

r/min

<2>

User define 0.00 to

0.00 to

<1>

m/s m/s

m/s

2

0.00 to

3

<1>

<1>

0.00 to ft/s ft/s

0.00 to

2

0.00 to

3 ft/min

<1>

<1>

<1>

1.50 s

0.00 s

0.50 s

0.0%

0.00%

100.0%

0.00%

50.00%

10.00%

8.00%

<1> Automatically calculated according to the values set to o1-20, o1-21, o1-22, and E2 /E5 parameters.

<2> Automatically calculated according to the values set to the E2 /E5 parameters.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 215

B

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 216 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

C Standards Compliance

◆

European Standards

Figure 90

Figure 99 CE Mark

The CE mark indicates that a product is in compliance with applicable European Directives for safety and environmental regulations. It is required for engaging in business and commerce in Europe.

The applicable European Directives for this product are as follows. We declared the CE marking based on the harmonized standards in the following table.

Applicable European Directive

Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC)

EMC Directive (2004/108/EC)

Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC)

Applicable Harmonized Standards

IEC/EN 61800-5-1: 2007

EN 61800-3: 2004/A1: 2012

IEC 61800-3: 2004/A1: 2011

ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009

<1>

IEC/EN 62061: 2005 (SILCL3)

<1>

IEC/EN 61800-5-2: 2007 (SIL3)

<1>

<1> These standards are in compliance for models CIMR-L  F  only.

The user(s) is solely responsible for ensuring that the end products used with this drive comply with all applicable

European directives and with other national regulations (if required).

Note: 600 V class drives (models 5  ) are not compliant with European Standards.

■

CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance

This drive has been tested according to European standard IEC/EN 61800-5-1, and it fully complies with the Low Voltage

Directive.

To comply with the Low Voltage Directive, be sure to meet the following conditions when combining this drive with other devices:

Area of Use

Do not use drives in areas with pollution higher than degree 2 and overvoltage category 3 in accordance with IEC/EN

664.

216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 217 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

2  0075

2  0085

2  0115

2  0145

2  0180

2  0215

2  0283

2  0346

2  0415

2  0008

2  0011

2  0014

2  0018

2  0025

2  0033

2  0047

2  0060

4  0060

4  0075

4  0091

4  0112

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

4  0260

4  0304

4  0370

4  0450

4  0605

4  0005

4  0006

4  0007

4  0009

4  0015

4  0018

4  0024

4  0031

4  0039

4  0045

Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection

Table 59 Recommended Input Fuse Selection

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

5  0003

<6>

5  0004

<6>

5  0006

<6>

25

30

40

60

60

75

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400-450-500

Nominal

Output Power

HP

AC Drive Input

Amps

7.5

10

15

20

25

30

40

50

3

5

2

3

60

75

100

125

150

7.5

11

15.6

18.9

28

37

52

68

80

82

111

136

164

200

271

324

394

MCCB Rating

Amps

<1>

L1000

Time Delay

Fuse Rating

Amps

<2>

Three-Phase 200 V Class

15

20

12

17.5

25

35

50

60

100

125

150

150

200

250

300

400

500

600

700

25

30

40

60

90

110

125

125

175

225

250

350

450

500

600

Three-Phase 400 V Class

5

5

3

3

7.5

10

15

20

4.4

6

8.2

10.4

15

20

29

39

15

15

15

20

30

40

50

75

7

10

12

17.5

25

35

50

60

2

3

5

47

43

58

71

86

105

142

170

207

248

346

410

465

657

3.6

5.1

8.3

225

250

350

400

600

800

75

75

100

125

150

175

900

1200

800

1100

Three-Phase 600 V Class

<5>

15

15

15

6.25

8

12

225

250

350

400

600

700

75

75

100

110

150

175

Non-time

Delay Fuse

Rating Amps

<3>

10

15

20

225

225

250

350

450

600

800

900

<5>

1100

<5>

75

100

150

200

20

30

40

50

125

125

150

200

250

300

12

17.5

20

30

40

60

80

110

400

500

600

700

1000

<5>

1200

<5>

1350

<5>

1800

<5>

Bussmann

Semi-conductor Fuse

Rating

(Fuse Ampere)

<4>

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-90B (90)

FWH-90B (90)

FWH-100B (100)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-300A (300)

FWH-300A (300)

FWH-350A (350)

FWH-400A (400)

FWH-400A (400)

FWH-600A (600)

FWH-700A (700)

FWH-800A (800)

FWH-1000A (1000)

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-90B (90)

FWH-90B (90)

FWH-80B (80)

FWH-100B (100)

FWH-125B (125)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-350A (350)

FWH-400A (400)

FWH-500A (500)

FWH-600A (600)

FWH-700A (700)

FWH-800A (800)

FWH-800A (800)

FWH-1000A (1000)

FWH-1200A (1200)

FWP-50B (50)

FWP-60B (60)

FWP-60B (60)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 217 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 218 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

5 

0010

<6>

5 

0013

<6>

5 

0017

<6>

5 

0022

<6>

5 

0027

<6>

5 

0032

<6>

5 

0041

<6>

5 

0052

<6>

5 

0062

<6>

5 

0077

<6>

5 

0099

<6>

5 

0130

<6>

5 

0172

<6>

5 

0200

<6>

Nominal

Output Power

HP

AC Drive Input

Amps

MCCB Rating

Amps

<1>

50-60

75

100

125

150

200

7.5

10

15

20

25

25-30

40

50-60

66

80

108

129

158

228

38

33

44

54

12

16

23

31

125

150

175

250

300

400

75

60

75

100

20

30

40

60

L1000

Time Delay

Fuse Rating

Amps

<2>

110

125

175

225

250

350

60

50

75

90

20

25

40

50

Non-time

Delay Fuse

Rating Amps

<3>

175

225

300

350

400

600

100

90

125

150

35

45

60

90

Bussmann

Semi-conductor Fuse

Rating

(Fuse Ampere)

<4>

FWP-70B (70)

FWP-100B (100)

FWP-100B (100)

FWP-125A (125)

FWP-125A (125)

FWP-175A (175)

FWP-175A (175)

FWP-250A (250)

FWP-250A (250)

FWP-250A (250)

FWP-350A (350)

FWP-350A (350)

FWP-600A (600)

FWP-600A (600)

<1> Maximum MCCB Rating is 15 A, or 200% of drive input current rating, whichever is larger. MCCB voltage rating must be 600 VAC or greater.

<2> Maximum Time Delay fuse is 175% of drive input current rating. This covers any Class CC, J or T class fuse.

<3> Maximum Non-time Delay fuse is 300% of drive input current rating. This covers any CC, J or T class fuse.

<4> When using semiconductor fuses, Bussmann FWH and FWP are required for UL compliance. Select FWH for 240 V and 480 V models and

FWP fuses for 600 V models.

<5> Class L fuse is also approved for this rating.

<6> 600 V class drives are not compliant with European Standards.

Grounding

The drive is designed to be used in T-N (grounded neutral point) networks. If installing the drive in other types of grounded systems, contact your Yaskawa representative for instructions.

CE Standards Compliance for DC Power Supply Input

To meet CE standards, the following fuses should be installed. For details, refer to Figure 100 .

Figure 91

DC power supply

(converter)

Fuse

+

_

+1

_

U/ T1

V/ T2

W/ T3

M

Drive

YEC_common

Fuse

+1

_

Drive

U/ T1

V/ T2

W/ T3

M

Figure 100 Example of DC Power Supply Input (two L1000A drives connected in series)

Note: 1.

When connecting multiple drives together, make sure that each drive has its own fuse. If any one fuse blows, all fuses should be replaced.

2.

For an AC power supply, refer to Standard Connection Diagram on page 25

.

3.

The recommended fuses and fuse holders are made by Fuji Electric.

218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 219 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

2  0008

2  0011

2  0014

2  0018

2  0025

2  0033

2  0047

2  0060

2  0075

2  0085

2  0115

2  0145

2  0180

2  0215

2  0283

2  0346

2  0415

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

Type

CR2LS-50

CR2LS-75

CR2LS-100

CR2L-125

CR2L-150

CR2L-175

CR2L-225

CR2L-260

CR2L-300

CR2L-350

CR2L-400

CR2L-450

CR2L-600

CS5F-800

CS5F-1200

Table 60 Fuses and Fuse Holders

DC Power Supply Input

<1>

Fuse

Rated

Short-circu it Breaking

Current

(kA)

Qty.

Fuse Holder

Type Qty.

200 V Class

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

Type

100

200

2

2

2

CM-1A

CM-2A

<2>

1

1

4  0005

4  0006

4  0007

4  0009

4  0015

4  0018

4  0024

4  0031

4  0039

4  0045

4  0060

4  0075

4  0091

4  0112

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

4  0260

4  0304

4  0370

4  0450

4  0605

CR6L-50

CR6L-75

CR6L-100

CR6L-150

CR6L-200

CR6L-250

CR6L-300

CR6L-350

CR6L-400

CS5F-600

CS5F-800

CS5F-1200

CS5F-1500

DC Power Supply Input

<1>

Fuse

Rated

Short-circu it Breaking

Current

(kA)

Qty.

Fuse Holder

Type Qty.

400 V Class

100

200

200

2

2

2

2

CMS-4

CMS-5

<2>

<2>

2

2

<1> DC is not available for UL standards.

<2> Manufacturer does not recommend a specific fuse holder for this fuse. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative on fuse dimensions.

Guarding Against Harmful Materials

When installing IP00 enclosure drives, use an enclosure that prevents foreign material from entering the drive from above or below.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 219 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 220 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

■

EMC Guidelines Compliance

This drive is tested according to European standards IEC/EN 61800-3: 2004, and complies with the European standards

IEC/EN 12015 (requires an optional AC reactor) and IEC/EN 12016.

Note: Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations. Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA when an EMC filter is installed, IEC/EN 61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a cross-section of at least 10 mm 2 (Cu) or 16 mm 2 (Al) must be used.

EMC Filter Installation

The following conditions must be met to ensure continued compliance with European standards IEC/EN 12015 and IEC/

EN 12016.

Refer to EMC Filters on page 222 for EMC filter selection.

Installation Method

Verify the following installation conditions to ensure that other devices and machinery used in combination with this drive also comply with EMC guidelines.

1.

Install an EMC noise filter to the input side specified by Yaskawa for compliance with European standards.

2.

Place the drive and EMC noise filter in the same enclosure.

3.

Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.

4.

Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.

Figure 92

B

A D C

U/T1

V/T2

W/T3

U

V

W

M

E

A – Drive

B – 10 m max cable length between drive and motor

C – Motor

D – Metal conduit

E – Ground wire should be as short as possible.

Figure 101 Installation Method

5.

Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.

WARNING!

Electrical Shock Hazard. Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA in models CIMR-L  4A0370 and larger, IEC/EN

61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a cross-section of at least 10 mm 2 (Cu) or 16 mm 2 (Al) must be used. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.

Figure 93

A

220

A – Braided shield cable

B – Metal panel

C B

C – Cable clamp (conductive)

Figure 102 Ground Area

6.

Connect an AC reactor or a DC link choke to minimize harmonic distortion.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 221 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class

Figure 94

L3

L2

L1

Make sure the ground wire is grounded

PE

Enclosure panel

Metal plate

Grounding surface

(remove any paint or sealant)

YEA_common

E

EMC noise filter

Drive

Grounding surface

(remove any paint or sealant)

Ground plate

(scrape off any visible paint)

Cable clamp Motor cable (braided shield cable, max. 10 m)

Ground the cable shield

Motor

Figure 103 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 221 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 222 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

4  0005

4  0006

4  0007

4  0009

4  0015

4  0018

4  0024

4  0031

4  0039

4  0045

4  0060

4  0075

4  0091

4  0112

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

4  0260

4  0304

4  0370

4  0450

4  0605

EMC Filters

Install the drive with the EMC filters below to comply with the IEC/EN 61800-3 and IEC/EN 12015 requirements.

Note: If the Safe Disable function of the drive is part of the safety concept of a machine or installation and used for a safe stop according to EN 60204-1, stop category 0, use these filters recommended by Yaskawa. For all other EMC filters, additional measurements must be performed to prove EMC compatibility. This also applies when using the safe disable function in one motor contactor installations as described in

Safe Disable Input Function on page 237 .

Table 61 IEC/EN 61800-3 Filters

Model

CIMR-LU Type

Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)

Rated Current

(A)

Weight

(lb)

Dimensions

[W x D x H]

(in)

Three-Phase 200 V Class

Y x X

(in)

Figur e

2  0008

2  0011

2  0014

2  0018

2  0025

2  0033

2  0047

2  0060

2  0075

2  0185

2  0115

2  0145

2  0180

2  0215

2  0283

2  0346

2  0415

FS5972-18-07

FS5972-35-07

FS5972-60-07

FS5972-100-35

FS5972-170-40

FS5972-250-37

FS5972-410-99

FS5972-600-99

18

35

60 8.8

100 7.5

170 13.2

250 25.8

410

600

2.9

4.6

23.1

24.3

5.6 × 1.8 × 13.0

8.1 × 2.0 × 14.0

5.1

× 9.5 × 24.0

10.2 × 4.5 × 15.2

10.2 × 5.3 × 15.2

4.5 × 12.3

6.9 × 13.2

8.1 × 15.4

2.6 × 10.0

4.0 × 14.4

3.5 × 19.6

9.3 × 4.7

9.3 × 4.7

1

2

3

Three-Phase 400 V Class

FS5972-10-07

FS5972-18-07

FS5972-35-07

FS5972-60-07

FS5972-100-35

FS5972-170-35

FS5972-250-37

FS5972-410-99

FS5972-600-99

FS5972-800-99

10

18

35

60

100

170

250

410

600

800

2.6

2.9

4.6

8.8

16.5

10.4

25.8

23.1

24.3

69.4

5.6 × 13.0 × 1.8

5.6 × 1.8 × 13.0

8.1 × 2.0 × 14.0

9.3 × 2.6 × 16.1

3.5 × 5.9 × 13.0

4.7 × 6.7 × 17.8

5.1

× 9.5 × 24.0

10.2 × 4.5 × 15.2

10.2 × 5.3 × 15.2

11.8 × 28.2 × 6.3

4.5 × 12.3

4.5 × 12.3

6.9 × 13.2

8.0 × 15.4

2.6 × 10.0

4.0 × 14.4

3.5 × 19.6

9.3 × 4.7

9.3 × 4.7

10.8 × 8.3

1

2

3

222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 223 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Figure 95

W

Y

.

.

.

Filter Side (LINE)

D

LINE

LOAD

Figure 1

Drive Side (LOAD)

Filter Side (LINE)

W

Y

L1

L1

PE

L2

LINE

L2

LINE

L3

L3

Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm

ZSN FS5972-250-37

ZSN 3x480/275V 50/60Hz

250A@45°C 25/100/21

C Standards Compliance

Filter Side (LINE)

D

ZSN High leakage current,

ZSN first connect to earth!

LOAD

L1' L2'

L1'

LOAD

L2' L3'

Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm

PE

L3'

Drive Side (LOAD)

Figure 2

D

L3

L3 L2

LINE

L2

LINE

L1

L1

L3'

L3' L2'

LOAD

L2'

LOAD

L1'

L1'

Y

W

Drive Side (LOAD)

Figure 3

Figure 104 EMC Filter Dimensions

AC Reactors for IEC/EN 12015 Compliance

Contact Yaskawa for information about reactors.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 223 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 224 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

◆

UL and CSA Standards

■

UL Standards Compliance

The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to receive

UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.

Figure 96

Figure 105 UL/cUL Mark

This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. To ensure continued compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment, meet the following conditions:

Installation Area

Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution degree 2 (UL standard).

Ambient Temperature

IP00 enclosure with top protective cover: -10 to +40 ° C (14 to 104 ° F)

IP00 enclosure: -10 to +50 ° C (14 to 122 ° F)

Main Circuit Terminal Wiring

Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL/cUL approval requires the use of UL

Listed closed-loop crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models CIMR-LU2  0085 through

2  0415, 4  0045 through 4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.

The wire gauges listed in Table 62 and

Table 63

are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to local codes for proper wire gauge selections.

Table 62 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)

Model

CIMR-LU

2  0008

2  0011

2  0014

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

Recommended

Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14

14

–

–

10

<1>

12

14

–

–

10

<1>

–

–

10

10

10

<1>

Applicable Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

Screw

Size

M4

M4

M4

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

Model

CIMR-LU

2

2





0018

0025

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

2

2





0033

0047

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

2  0060

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

2  0075

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

2  0085

<2>

2  0115

<2>

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 225 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Applicable Gauge

AWG, kcmil

12 to 10

12 to 10

12 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 10

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6

14 to 10

10 to 8

8 to 6

8 to 6

6

12 to 10

10 to 8

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 4

10 to 6

8 to 6

4 to 3

4 to 3

4 to 3

8 to 6

6 to 4

3 to 2

3 to 2

3 to 2

6

6 to 4

3 to 1/0

3 to 1/0

2 to 1/0

6 to 1/0

6 to 4

1 to 2/0

1 to 2/0

1/0 to 3/0

4 to 2/0

4

6

3

3

–

–

6

2

2

–

–

6

6

2/0

2/0

–

–

1/0

1/0

–

–

4

Recommended

Gauge

AWG, kcmil

10

10

–

–

10

<1>

–

–

8

8

8

<1>

–

–

6

8

8

<1>

4

4

–

–

Screw

Size

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

M4

M4

M5

M4

M5

M6

M5

M6

M8

M5

M6

M8

M5

M6

M8

M10

M8

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

9.9 to 11.0

(87.6 to 97.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

9.9 to 11.0

(87.6 to 97.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 225 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 226 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

CIMR-LU

2

2

Model





0145

<2>

0180

<2>

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Terminal

Recommended

Gauge

AWG, kcmil

4/0

4/0

–

–

4

1/0 × 2P

1/0 × 2P

–

–

4

3/0 × 2P

3/0 × 2P

–

–

Applicable Gauge

AWG, kcmil

2/0 to 4/0

3/0 to 4/0

1 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

4 to 2

1/0 to 2/0

1/0 to 2/0

1 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

4 to 1/0

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

2 to 300

Screw

Size

M10

M10

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

2  0215

<2>

2  0283

<2>

2  0346

<2>

2  0415

<2>

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

3

4/0 × 2P

3/0 × 2P

–

–

2

250 × 2P

4/0 × 2P

–

–

1

350 × 2P

300 × 2P

–

–

1

3 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

2 to 300

4/0 to 600

4/0 to 600

250 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 350

250 to 600

300 to 600

300 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 350

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

<1> When an EMC filter is installed, additional measures must be taken in order to comply with IEC/EN 61800-5-1. Refer to EMC Filter

Installation on page 220 .

<2> Drive models CIMR-LU2  0085 to 2  0415 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.

Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated tubing for wiring these connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable temperature of 75 ° C (167 ° F) 600 V UL approved vinyl sheathed insulation. Ambient temperature should not exceed

40 ° C (104 ° F).

226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 227 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Model

CIMR-LU

4  0005

4  0006

4  0007

4  0009

4  0015

4  0018

4  0024

4  0031

4  0039

4  0045

<1>

C Standards Compliance

Table 63 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

Recommended

Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14

14

–

–

10

–

–

10

10

–

–

12

14

10

Applicable Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 10

Screw

Size

M4

M4

M4

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

10 14 to 10 M5

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

–

–

10

10

10 to 6

10 to 6

12 to 6

12 to 10

M4

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

10 12 to 10 M5

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

8

8

–

8 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6

M5

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

B1, B2 – 10 to 8 M5

M6

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

8

6

8

–

10 to 8

8 to 6

8 to 6

6

M5

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

B1, B2 –

6

10 to 8

10 to 6

M5

M6

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

6

6

–

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 4

M6

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

B1, B2 – 10 to 8 M5

M6

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

6

4

4

–

–

6

8 to 6

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 1

8 to 4

8 to 6

M8

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 227 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 228 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Model

CIMR-LU

4  0060

<1>

4  0075

<1>

4  0091

<1>

4  0112

<1>

4  0150

<1>

4  0180

<1>

4  0216

<1>

4  0260

<1>

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

4  0304

<1>

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

–

4

300

300

–

–

3/0

2/0

–

–

4

4/0

4/0

–

Recommended

Gauge

AWG, kcmil

3

3

–

–

6

1/0

1

–

–

4

–

–

2

2

4

4

400

400

–

–

2

500

500

–

–

2

4/0 × 2P

4/0 × 2P

–

–

1

Applicable Gauge

AWG, kcmil

1/0 to 4/0

4 to 2

2 to 300

2 to 300

1 to 250

3 to 3/0

4 to 300

1 to 600

1/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 325

2 to 350

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

2 to 1/0

2 to 1/0

3 to 1/0

4 to 1/0

6 to 4

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 4/0

3 to 4/0

4

3/0 to 4/0

3/0 to 4/0

1 to 4/0

4 to 3

4 to 3

4 to 1

6 to 3

6

3 to 1/0

3 to 1/0

3 to 1/0

6 to 1/0

6 to 4

1 to 325

2 to 350

3/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

4/0 to 600

3/0 to 600

1 to 350

Screw

Size

M8

M8

M8

M10

M10

M10

M10

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

M12

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 229 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Model

CIMR-LU

4  0370

<1> <2>

4  0450

<1> <2>

4  0605

<1> <2>

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Recommended

Gauge

AWG, kcmil

300 × 2P

300 × 2P

–

–

1

3/0 × 4P

4/0 × 4P

–

–

1/0

300 × 4P

300 × 4P

–

–

2/0

Applicable Gauge

AWG, kcmil

4/0 to 300

4/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

1 to 3/0

3/0 to 300

3/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

4/0 to 300

4/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

1/0 to 300

2/0 to 300

Screw

Size

M12

M12

M12

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

<1> Drive models CIMR-LU4  0045 to 4  0260 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.

<2> When an EMC filter is installed, take additional measures to comply with IEC/EN 61800-5-1. Refer to

EMC Filter Installation on page 220

for details.

Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated tubing for wiring these connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable temperature of 7 5° C (167 ° F) 600 V UL approved vinyl sheathed insulation. Ambient temperature should not exceed

40 ° C (104 ° F).

Table 64 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 600 V Class)

Model

CIMR-LU

5  0003

5  0004

5  0006

5  00010

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

14

14

–

14

–

–

–

10

14

10

10

14

–

–

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

14 to 10

12 to 10

14 to 6

14 to 6

14 to 6

14 to 10

Screw

Size

M4

M4

M4

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

1.2 to 1.5

(10.6 to 13.3)

2.1 to 2.3

(18.6 to 20.4)

8 12 to 8 M5

2.0 to 2.5

(17.7 to 22.1)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

10

10

–

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6 M5

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

5  0013

B1, B2 –

8

10 to 8

12 to 8 M6

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 229 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 230 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Model

CIMR-LU

5  0017

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

5  0022

5  0027

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1, +2

B1, B2

5  0032

5  0041

5  0052

5  0062

5  0077

5  0099

5  0130

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

B1, B2

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

+3

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 6

10 to 8

10 to 8

6 to 4

6 to 4

6 to 4

10 to 8

10 to 6

6 to 4/0

4

10 to 4/0

10 to 4/0

3 to 4/0

6 to 4/0

4

10 to 4/0

10 to 4/0

2 to 4/0

4 to 4/0

4

1 to 300

1 to 300

2/0 to 3/0

1 to 1/0

4 to 300

2/0 to 300

2/0 to 300

3/0 to 4/0

1/0 to 2/0

4 to 300

10 to 3

10 to 3

6 to 1

12 to 3

6

10 to 3

10 to 3

6 to 1

8 to 3

6

10 to 4/0

10 to 4/0

4 to 4/0

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

8

10

–

–

8

6

6

–

–

6

2/0

2/0

–

–

3

–

4

1

–

3/0

3/0

–

–

3

–

4

3

–

1/0

–

4

3

4

–

6

4

6

–

–

–

6

4

6

6

–

Screw

Size

M5

M6

M6

M5

M6

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

3.6 to 4.0

(31.8 to 35.4)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

2.7 to 3.0

(23.9 to 26.6)

5.4 to 6.0

(47.8 to 53.1)

M8

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

M8

M10

M10

M10

M10

M10

9 to 11

(79.7 to 97.4)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 231 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Model

CIMR-LU

Terminal

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

Recomm. Gauge

AWG, kcmil

300

250

–

Wire Range

AWG, kcmil

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 400

Screw

Size

M12

Tightening Torque

N  m (lb.in.)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

5  0172

+3 –

1

2/0 to 250

1 to 350

M10

M12

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3

–, +1

400

350

–

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 600

2/0 to 500

M12

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

5  0200

+3 –

1

250 to 300

1 to 350

M10

M12

Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Recommendations

Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL approval requires the use of UL Listed crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on Models CIMR- LU2  0085 to 2  0415, 4  0045 to

4  0605, and 5  0032 to 5  0200. Use only crimping tools as specified by the crimp terminal manufacturer. Yaskawa recommends crimp terminals made by JST and Tokyo DIP (or equivalent) for the insulation cap.

Table 65

matches the wire gauges and terminal screw sizes with Yaskawa - recommended crimp terminals, tools, and insulation caps. Refer to the appropriate Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications table for the wire gauge and screw size for your drive model. Place orders with a Yaskawa representatives the Yaskawa sales department.

Table 65 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size

18 to 23

(159 to 204)

32 to 40

(283 to 354)

Wire Gauge

14 AWG

12 / 10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

3/2/1 AWG

1/0 AWG

1/0 AWG × 2P

2/0 AWG

2/0 AWG × 2P

1 AWG × 2P

2 AWG × 2P

3/0 AWG

3/0 AWG × 2P

4/0 AWG

Terminal

Screws

M8

M6

M8

M8

M10

M8

M10

M5

M4

M5

M6

M4

M4

M5

M4

M10

M10

M10

M10

M12

M10

Crimp Terminal

Model Number

R2-4

R5.5-4

R5.5-5

8-4

R8-5

14-NK4

R14-5

R14-6

R14-8

R22-6

R22-8

R38-8

R38-10

R60-8

R60-10

70-10

38-L10

80-10

80-L10

80-L12

R100-10

Tool

Machine No.

YA-4

YA-4

YA-4

YA-4

YA-4

YA-4

Die Jaw

AD-900

AD-900

AD-900

AD-901

AD-901

AD-902

YA-4

YA-5

YA-5

YA-5

YA-5

AD-902

AD-952

AD-952

AD-953

AD-953

YA-5

YA-5

YA-5

AD-954

AD-954

AD-955

YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-321, TD-311

YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312

YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-224, TD-212

YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312

YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-227, TD-214

YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-150-1

TD-324, TD-312

TD-228, TD-214

Insulation Cap

Model No.

TP-003

TP-005

TP-005

TP-008

TP-008

TP-014

TP-014

TP-014

TP-014

TP-022

TP-022

TP-038

TP-038

TP-060

TP-060

TP-080

TP-038

TP-080

TP-080

TP-080

TP-100

Code

<1>

100-054-028

100-054-029

100-054-030

100-054-031

100-054-032

100-054-033

100-054-034

100-051-261

100-054-035

100-051-262

100-051-263

100-051-264

100-061-114

100-051-265

100-051-266

100-054-036

100-051-556

100-051-267

100-051-557

100-051-558

100-051-269

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 231 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 232 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Wire Gauge

4/0 AWG × 2P

250 / 300 kcmil

250 kcmil × 2P

300 kcmil × 2P

350 kcmil

400 kcmil

350 kcmil × 2P

400 kcmil × 2P

500 kcmil

600 / 650 kcmil

500 kcmil × 2P

600 kcmil × 2P

Terminal

Screws

M10

M12

M10

M12

M10

M12

M10

M10

M12

M12

M10

M12

Crimp Terminal

Model Number

100-L10

100-L12

R150-10

R150-12

150-L10

150-L12

180-10

200-10

180-L12

200-L12

325-10

325-12

Tool

Machine No.

Die Jaw

YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1. YET-150-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-150-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

YF-1, YET-300-1

TD-324, TD-312

TD-229, TD-215

TD-325, TD-313

TD-229, TD-215

TD-325, TD-313

TD-326, TD-313

TD-327, TD-314

TD-326, TD-313

TD-327, TD-314

TD-328, TD-315

TD-328, TD-315

Insulation Cap

Model No.

TP-100

TP-100

TP-150

TP-150

TP-150

TP-150

TP-200

TP-200

TP-200

TP-200

TP-325

TP-325

Code

<1>

100-051-559

100-051-560

100-051-272

100-051-273

100-051-561

100-051-562

100-066-687

100-051-563

100-066-688

100-051-564

100-051-565

100-051-277

<1> Codes refer to a set of three crimp terminals and three insulation caps. Prepare input and output wiring using two sets for each connection.

Example 1: Models with 300 kcmil for both input and output require one set for input terminals and one set for output terminals, so the user should order two sets of [100-051-272].

Example 2: Models with 4/0 AWG × 2P for both input and output require two sets for input terminals and two sets for output terminals, so the user should order four sets of [100-051-560].

Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated shrink tubing for wiring connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum allowable temperature of 75° C (167 ° F) 600 Vac UL-approved vinyl-sheathed insulation.

232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 233 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

■

Installing Input Fuses

NOTICE: If a fuse is blown or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact Yaskawa before restarting the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.

Factory Recommended Branch Circuit Protection

Yaskawa recommends installing one of the following types of branch circuit protection to maintain compliance with

UL508C. Semiconductor protective type fuses are preferred. Alternate branch circuit protection devices are also listed in

Table 66

.

Table 66 Factory Recommended L1000A AC Drive Branch Circuit Protection

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

2  0415

4  0005

4  0006

4  0009

4  0015

4  0018

4  0024

4  0031

4  0039

4  0045

4  0060

4  0075

4  0091

4  0112

4  0150

4  0180

4  0216

4  0304

4  0370

2  0008

2  0011

2  0018

2  0025

2  0033

2  0047

2  0060

2  0075

2  0085

2  0115

2  0145

2  0180

2  0215

2  0283

2  0346

Nominal

Output Power

HP

3

3

5

7.5 - 10

10

15

20

25 - 30

30

40

60

60

75

100

125 - 150

150

250

300

25

30

40

50

60

75

100

125

7.5

10

15

20

2

3

5

150

L1000A in Heavy Duty Mode (C6-01 = 0)

AC Drive Input

Amps

MCCB Rating

Amps

<1>

Time Delay Fuse

Rating Amps

<2>

Non-time Delay

Fuse Rating

Amps

<3>

Bussmann

Semiconductor

Fuse Rating

(Fuse

Ampere)

<4>

80

82

111

136

164

200

271

324

7.5

11

18.9

28

37

52

68

Three-Phase 200 V Class

15

20

35

50

60

100

125

150

150

200

250

300

400

500

600

394 700

12

17.5

30

40

60

90

110

125

125

175

225

250

350

450

500

600

20

30

50

75

100

150

200

225

225

250

350

450

600

800

900

1100

<4>

<4>

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-90B(90)

FWH-100B (100)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-300A (300)

FWH-300A (300)

FWH-350A (350)

FWH-400A (400)

FWH-400A (400)

FWH-600A (600)

FWH-700A (700)

FWH-800A (800)

FWH-1000A

(1000)

29

39

47

43

58

71

4.4

6

10.4

15

20

86

105

142

170

207

300

346

Three-Phase 400 V Class

15

15

20

30

40

50

75

75

75

100

125

150

175

225

250

350

500

600

7

10

17.5

25

35

50

60

75

75

100

110

150

175

225

250

350

500

600

12

17.5

30

40

60

80

110

125

125

150

200

250

300

400

500

600

800

1000

<4>

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-70B (70)

FWH-90B (90)

FWH-80B (80)

FWH-100B (100)

FWH-125B (125)

FWH-200B (200)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-250A (250)

FWH-350A (350)

FWH-400A (400)

FWH-500A (500)

FWH-600A (600)

FWH-800A (800)

FWH-800A (800)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 233 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 234 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

L1000A in Heavy Duty Mode (C6-01 = 0)

Drive Model

CIMR-LU

4

4





0450

0605

Nominal

Output Power

HP

350

400 - 500

AC Drive Input

Amps

410

584

MCCB Rating

Amps

700

1000

<1>

Time Delay Fuse

Rating Amps

700

1000

<4>

<2>

Non-time Delay

Fuse Rating

Amps

1200

1600

<3>

<4>

<4>

Bussmann

Semiconductor

Fuse Rating

(Fuse

Ampere)

<4>

FWH-1000A

(1000)

FWH-1200A

(1200)

5  0003

5  0004

5  0006

5  0010

5  0013

5  0017

5  0022

5  0027

5  0032

5  0041

5  0052

5  0062

5  0077

5  0099

5  0130

5  0172

5  0200

2

3

5

7.5

10

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

75

100

125

150

200

3.6

5.1

8.3

12

16

23

31

38

33

44

54

66

80

108

129

158

228

Three-Phase 600 V Class

15

15

15

20

30

40

60

75

60

75

100

125

150

175

250

300

400

6.25

8

12

20

25

40

50

60

50

75

90

110

125

175

225

250

350

10

15

20

35

45

60

90

100

90

125

150

175

225

300

350

400

600

FWP-50B (50)

FWP-60B (60)

FWP-60B (60)

FWP-70B (70)

FWP-100B (100)

FWP-100B (100)

FWP-125A (125)

FWP-125A (125)

FWP-175A (175)

FWP-175A (175)

FWP-250A (250)

FWP-250A (250)

FWP-250A (250)

FWP-350A (350)

FWP-350A (350)

FWP-600A (600)

FWP-600A (600)

<1> Maximum MCCB Rating is 15 A, or 200% of drive input current rating, whichever is larger. MCCB voltage rating must be 600 Vac or greater.

<2> Maximum Time Delay fuse is 175% of drive input current rating. This covers any Class CC, J or T class fuse.

<3> Maximum Non-time Delay fuse is 300% of drive input current rating. This covers any CC, J or T class fuse.

<4> Class L fuse is also approved for this rating.

Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals

Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. If external power supply used, it shall be UL Listed Class 2 power source only or equivalent. Refer to NEC Article 725 Class 1,

Class 2, and Class 3 Remote-Control, Signaling, and Power Limited Circuits for requirements concerning class 1 circuit conductors and class 2 power supplies.

Table 67 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supply

Input / Output

Open Collector Outputs

Digital inputs

Analog inputs / outputs

Terminal Signal

P1, C1, P2, C2, DM+, DM-

S1-S8, SN, SC, SP, HC, H1, H2

+V, -V, A1, A2, AC, AM, FM

Power Supply Specifications

Requires class 2 power supply

Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external power supply.

Drive Short Circuit Rating

This drive is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes,

600 Vac maximum (Up to 240 V in 200 V class drives, up to 480 V for 400 V class drives), when protected by Bussmann

Type FWH fuses as specified in Table 59 .

234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 235 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

■

CSA Standards Compliance

CSA for Industrial Control Equipment

The L1000 is CSA certified as Industrial Control Equipment Class 3211.

Specifically, the L1000 is certified to: CAN/CSA C22.2 No.04-04 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14-05.

Figure 97

Figure 106 CSA Mark

CSA for Elevator Equipment

The L1000 is tested and complies with CSA B44.1-04/ASME A17.5-2004 standard. This standard is used by CSA to evaluate the L1000 to Class 2411 (Elevator Equipment).

Figure 98

CSA B44.1 /

ASME A17.5

Figure 107 CSA B44.1-04/ASME A17.5-2004 Mark

■

Drive Motor Overload Protection

Set parameter E2-01/E5-03 (motor rated current) to the appropriate value to enable motor overload protection. The internal motor overload protection is UL Listed and in accordance with the NEC and CEC.

E2-01/E5-03: Motor Rated Current (IM Motor/PM Motor)

Setting Range: Model Dependent

Default Setting: Model Dependent

Parameter E2-01/E5-03 (motor rated current) protects the motor if parameter L1-01 is not set to 0 (default is 1, enabling protection for standard induction motors).

If Auto-Tuning has been performed successfully, the motor data entered to T1-04/T2-04 is automatically written into parameter E2-01/E5-03. If Auto-Tuning has not been performed, manually enter the correct motor rated current to parameter E2-01/E5-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 235 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 236 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection

The drive has an electronic overload protection function (oL1) based on time, output current, and output speed, which protects the motor from overheating. The electronic thermal overload function is UL-recognized, so it does not require an external thermal relay for single motor operation.

This parameter selects the motor overload curve used according to the type of motor applied.

Table 68 Overload Protection Settings

Setting

0

1

2

3

5

6

Disabled

Standard fan-cooled motor (default)

Drive duty motor with a speed range of

1:10

Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100

Permanent Magnet motor with constant torque

Standard fan cooled motor (50 Hz)

Description

Disabled the internal motor overload protection of the drive.

Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below the motor rated speed.

Selects protection characteristics for a motor with self-cooling capability within a speed range of 10:1. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed.

Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed — including zero speed (externally cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range.

Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the whole speed range.

Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated speed.

When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection

(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.

Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 3, 5) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another motor overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which shuts off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually calculated while the drive is powered up.

L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time

Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min

Factory Default: 1.0 min

Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is running at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01/E5-03) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can shift the set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.

Figure 99

Operation time (minutes)

10

7

3

1

Cold start

(Characteristics when an overload occurs at a complete stop)

0.4

0.1

0 100 150 200

Hot start

(Characteristics when an overload occurs during continuous operation at 100%)

Motor current (%)

E2-01 = 100% motor current

Figure 108 Protection Operation Time for General Purpose Motors at the Rated Output Frequency

236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 237 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

L1-03 Motor Overload Alarm Operation Selection

Setting

0

1

2

3

Ramp to Stop

Coast to Stop

Fast-Stop

Alarm Only (default setting)

L1-04 Motor Overload Fault Operation Selection

Setting

0

1

2

Ramp to Stop

Coast to Stop (default setting)

Fast-Stop

Description

Description

◆

Safe Disable Input Function

This section explains the Safe Disable function and how to use it in an elevator installation. Contact Yaskawa if more information is required.

■

Safety Standards

The TUV mark indicates compliance with safety standards.

Figure 100

Figure 109 TUV mark

Standard Models (CIMR-L  A  )

Table 69 Safety Standards and Applicable Harmonized Standards for CIMR-L  A 

Safety Standards

Functional Safety

Safety of Machinery

EMC

Applicable Harmonized Standards

IEC/EN 61508 series (SIL2)

IEC/EN 61800-5-2 (SIL2)

ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009 (PL d (Cat.3))

EN 61800-3: 2004/A1: 2012

IEC 61800-3: 2004/A1: 2011

Models in Compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 (CIMR-L  F  )

Table 70 Safety Standards and Applicable Harmonized Standards for CIMR-L  F 

Safety Standards

Functional Safety

Safety of Machinery

EMC

Applicable Harmonized Standards

IEC/EN 61508 series: 2010 (SIL3)

IEC/EN 62061: 2005 (SILCL3)

IEC/EN 61800-5-2: 2007 (SIL3)

ISO/EN ISO 13849-1/AC: 2009 (PL e (Cat.3))

IEC/EN 61326-3-1: 2008 (EMC-related)

The Safe Disable function is in compliance with these standards.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 237 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 238 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

■

Specifications

The Safe Disable inputs provide a stop function in compliance with “Safe Torque Off” as defined in the IEC/EN

61800-5-2. Safe Disable inputs have been designed to meet the requirements of the ISO/EN 13849-1 and IEC/EN 61508.

A Safe Disable Status Monitor for error detection in the safety circuit is also provided.

Table 71 Specifications for Safe Disable Function

Inputs / Outputs

Response Time from Input Open to Drive Output

Stop

Response Time from Input Open of H1 and H2

Terminals to EDM

• Inputs: 2

Safe Disable inputs H1, H2

Signal ON level: 18 to 28 Vdc

Signal OFF level: -4 to 4 Vdc

• Outputs: 1

Safe Disable Monitor output EDM (DM+, DM-)

CIMR-L  A  : less than 1 ms

CIMR-L  F  : less than 3 ms

CIMR-L  A  : less than 1 ms

CIMR-L  F  : less than 4 ms

Failure Probability

Demand Rate Low

Demand Rate High or

Continuous

Performance Level

HFT (Hardware Fault Tolerance)

Classification of Subsystem

CIMR-L  A  : PFD = 5.15E

-5

CIMR-L  F  : PFD = 8.14E

-6

CIMR-L  A  : PFH = 1.2E

-9

CIMR-L  F  : PFH = 1.96E

-9

The Safe Disable inputs satisfy the following requirements (DC from EDM considered).

<1>

CIMR-L  A  : Performance Level (PL) d according to ISO/EN 13849-1

CIMR-L  F  : Performance Level (PL) e according to ISO/EN 13849-1

N = 1

Type B

<1> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-2, ISO/EN

13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

■

Precautions

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

DANGER!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Improper use of the Safe Disable function will result in serious injury or death. Make sure the entire system or machinery uses the Safe Disable function in compliance with safety requirements. When implementing the Safe

Disable function into the safety system of a machine, a thorough risk assessment and validation for the whole system must be carried out to ensure it complies with relevant safety norms (e.g., ISO/EN 13849, IEC/EN 61508, IEC/EN 62061).

DANGER!

Sudden Movement Hazard. When using a PM motor, even if the drive output is shut off by the Safe Disable function, a break down of two output transistors can cause current to flow through the motor winding, resulting in a rotor movement for a maximum angle of 180 degrees (electrically). Ensure this condition will not affect the safety of the application when using the Safe Disable function. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

DANGER!

Electrical Shock Hazard. The Safe Disable function can switch off the drive output, but does not cut the drive power supply and cannot electrically isolate the drive output from the input. Always shut off the drive power supply when performing maintenance or installations on the drive input side as well as the drive output side. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. If the motor is subjected to an external force, use a mechanical brake that meets the safety requirements of entire system or machinery to stop the machine connected to the load. The motor will move when an external gravitational force in the vertical axis is applied even if the Safety Disable function is in operation. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. Connect the Safe Disable inputs to the devices in compliance with safety requirements. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. When using the Safe Disable inputs, make sure to remove the wire links between terminals

H1, H2, and HC that were installed prior to shipment. Failing to do so will keep the Safe Disable circuit from operating properly and can cause injury or even death.

WARNING!

All safety features (including Safe Disable) should be inspected daily and periodically. If the system is not operating normally, there is a risk of serious personal injury.

WARNING!

Only a qualified technician with a thorough understanding of the drive, the instruction manual, and safety standards should be permitted to wire, inspect, and maintain the Safe Disable input. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death.

238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 239 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

WARNING!

Sudden Movement Hazard. The logic of terminals DM+/DM- is inverted between drive models CIMR-L  A  and

CIMR-L  F  . Check all wiring to ensure that the sequence is correct after installing the drive and connecting any other devices.

Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: From the moment terminal inputs H1 and H2 have opened, it takes up to 1 ms for the drive output of models CIMR-L  A  to shut off completely, or up to 3 ms for the drive output of models CIMR-L  F  to shut off completely. The sequence set up to trigger terminals H1 and H2 should confirm that both terminals remain open for at least 1 ms in order to properly interrupt the drive output of models CIMR-L  A  , or for at least 3 ms in order to properly interrupt the drive output of models CIMR-L  F  . This may result in the Safe Disable Input not activating.

NOTICE: The Safe Disable Monitor (output terminals DM+ and DM-) should not be used for any other purpose than to monitor the Safe

Disable status or to discover a malfunction in the Safe Disable inputs. The monitor output is not considered a safe output.

NOTICE:

When utilizing the Safe Disable function, use only the EMC filters recommended in EMC Filter Installation on page 220 .

■

Using the Safe Disable Function

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

The Safe Disable inputs offer a stop function in compliance with “Safe Torque Off,” as defined in IEC/EN 61800-5-2.

Safe Disable inputs have been designed to meet the requirements in

Table 69 and Table 70 .

A Safe Disable Status Monitor for error detection in the safety circuit is also provided.

Safe Disable Circuit

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

The Safe Disable circuit consists of two independent input channels that can block the output transistors (terminals H1 and H2). The input can either use the drive internal power supply or an external power supply. Use jumper S3 on the terminal board to select between Sink or Source mode with either internal or external power supply.

A photocoupler output is available to monitor the status of the Safe Disable terminals DM+ and DM-.

Refer to Output

Terminals on page 48

for signal specifications when using this output.

Additionally a Safe Disable monitor function can be assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2 = 58).

Figure 101

Main Power

24 Vdc

Safety Relay or PLC with safety functionality

HC

Control

Circuit

Feedback

Safety

Outputs

H1

Jumper S3

Setting:

SOURCE

Gate Block 1

N

Power Module P

H2

DM+

DM-

Drive

>=1

Gate Block 2

Figure 110 Safe Disable Function Wiring Example (Source Mode)

M

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 239 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 240 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Disabling and Enabling the Drive Output (“Safe Torque Off”)

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

Figure 111 illustrates a Safe Disable input operation example.

Figure 102

Motor coasts to stop

Output

Frequency

Drive is ready for operation

Up/Down Command Run Stop

H1, H2 Input ON (Safe Disable off) OFF (Safe Disable activated)

Drive Output Normal operation Safe Torque-Off Baseblock (Not Safe!)

Figure 111 Safe Disable Operation

Entering the “Safe Torque Off” State

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

Whenever either one Safe Disable input or both inputs open, the motor torque is shut off by switching off the drive output.

If the motor was running before the Safe Disable inputs opened, it will coast to stop, regardless of the stopping method set in parameter b1-03.

Notice that the “Safe Torque Off” state can only be achieved using the Safe Disable function. Removing the Up/Down command stops the drive and shuts the output off (baseblock), but does not create a “Safe Torque Off” status.

Note: To avoid an uncontrolled stop during normal operation, make sure that the Safe Disable inputs are opened first when the motor has completely stopped.

Returning to Normal Operation after Safe Disable

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat.3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

The Safe Torque-Off state can be left by simply closing both Safe-Disable inputs.

If the Up/Down command is issued before the Safe-Disable inputs are closed, then the drive operation depends on the setting of parameter L8-88.

• If L8-88 is set to 0, the Up/Down command needs to be cycled in order to start the motor.

• If L8-88 is set to 1 (default), the drive will start the motor immediately when the Safe Torque-Off mode is left, i.e., the

Safe Disable inputs are enabled.

Additionally when L8-88 is set to 1, then parameter S6-16 (Restart after Baseblock Selection) can be used to determine how the drive behaves when the Safe-Disable inputs are opened and closed while the Up/Down command is kept active.

When S6-16 is set to 0, the drive will not restart (default) and the Up/Down command needs to be cycled. When S6-16 is set to 1, then the drive will restart as soon as the Safe-Disable inputs are closed.

240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 241 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Digital Operator Display

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

The table below explains the drive output and Safe Disable monitor state depending on the Safe Disable inputs.

Table 72 Drive Output and Safe Disable Monitor State depending on the Safe Disable Inputs

Drive Model

Safe Disable Input

Input 1,

H1-HC

Input 2,

H2-HC

Safe Disable

Monitor,

EDM (DM+, DM-)

Safe Disable

Monitor,

H2 = 58

Drive Output

Digital Operator

Display

CIMR-L  A



CIMR-L  F



Off

On

Of f

On

Off

On

Of f

On

Off

Off

On

On

Off

Off

On

On

Off

On

On

On

On

Off

Off

Off

On

On

On

Off

On

On

On

Off

Safely disabled, “Safe Torque

Off”

Safely disabled, “Safe Torque

Off”

Safely disabled, “Safe Torque

Off”

Baseblock, ready for operation

Safely disabled, “Safe Torque

Off”

Safely disabled, “Safe Torque

Off”

Safely disabled, “Safe Torque

Off”

Baseblock, ready for operation

Hbb (flashes)

HbbF (flashes)

HbbF (flashes)

Normal display

Hbb (flashes)

HbbF (flashes)

HbbF (flashes)

Normal display

Safe Disable Status Monitor

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

With the Safe Disable monitor output (terminals DM+ and DM-), the drive provides a safety status feedback signal. This signal should be read by the device that controls the Safe Disable inputs (PLC or a safety relay) in order to prohibit leaving the “Safe Torque Off” status in case the safety circuit malfunctions. Refer to the instruction manual of the safety device for details on this function.

Digital Operator Display

Note: Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN

61800-5-2, ISO/EN 13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.

In contrast to terminals DM+/DM-, the safe disable monitor function that can be programmed for a digital output

(H2 = 58) is a software function and can be used for EN81-1 conform one contactor solutions but not as an EDM signal according to IEC/EN 61800-5-2.

When both Safe Disable inputs are open, “Hbb” will flash in the digital operator display.

Should only one of the Safe Disable channels be on while the other is off, " HbbF " will flash in the display to indicate that there is a problem in the safety circuit or in the drive. This display should not appear under normal conditions if the Safe

Disable circuit is utilized properly. Refer to Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 136 to resolve

possible errors.

If a fault in the safety circuit of the drive is detected, “SCF” will be displayed in the LCD operator. This indicates damage to the drive. Refer to

Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 132 for details.

Validating Safe Disable Function

When you start-up, replace parts or conduct maintenance, you must always perform the following validation test on the safe disable inputs after completing the wiring. (Check results should be maintained as a record of tests performed.)

• When the H1 and H2 signals turn OFF, confirm that “Hbb” is displayed on the LCD operator, and that the motor is not in operation.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 241 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 242 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

• Monitor the ON/OFF status of the H1 and H2 signals and confirm the EDM signal by referring to Table 72 .

If the ON/OFF status of the signals do not coincide with the display, the following must be considered: an error in the external device, disconnection of the external wiring, short circuit in the external wiring, or a failure in the drive. Find the cause and correct the problem.

• In normal operation, confirm the EDM signal by referring to Table 72 .

◆

EN81-1/20 Conform Circuit with one Motor Contactor

The safe disable circuit can be utilized to install the drive models CIMR-L  in an elevator system using only one motor contactor instead of two. In such a system the following guidelines must be followed to comply with EN81-1 or

EN81-20:

• The circuit must be designed so that the inputs H1 and H2 are opened and the drive output shuts off when the safety chain is interrupted.

• A drive digital output must be programmed as Safe Disable feedback (H2 = 58). This feedback signal must be implemented in the contactor supervision circuit of the controller that prevents a restart in case of a fault in the Safe

Disable circuit or the motor contactor.

• All contactors and wiring must be selected and installed in compliance with EN81-1 or EN81-20.

• The safe disable inputs H1 and H2 must be used to enable/disable the drive. The input logic must be set to Source

Mode. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs on page 55 for details on setting jumper S3.

The figure below shows a wiring example.

Safety Chain

Circuit

Elevator Controller

Contactor Close

Command

Contactor Check

(Restart Permission)

K01

24 Vdc

K1

Drive

Yaskawa

CIMR-L

H1 H2

Speed selection; ...

Safe Disable Monitor

(H2 = 58)

K2

242

M

Note: 1.

The drive output will immediately shut off when either of the inputs H1 or H2 is opened. In this case the brake should apply immediately in order to prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator.

2.

Terminals H1 or H2 must be closed prior to setting the Up/Down command.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 243 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

C Standards Compliance

◆

EN81-20 Conform Circuit with No Motor Contactor

The safe disable circuit can be utilized to install the drive models CIMR-L  F  in an elevator system with no motor contactor. In such a system, the following guidelines must be followed to comply with EN81-20:

• The circuit must be designed so that the inputs H1 or H2 are opened and the drive output shuts off when the safety chain is interrupted.

• The safe disable inputs H1 and H2 must be used to enable/disable the drive. The input logic must be set to Source

Mode. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs on page 55

for details on setting jumper S3.

The figure below shows a wiring example.

Safety Chain

Circuit

Elevator Controller

Drive Ready

Command Status Monitor

K01

24 Vdc

K1

K2

Drive

Yaskawa

CIMR-L F

H2 H1 HC Up/Down;

Speed selection; ...

Safe Disable Monitor

(H2 = 58)

M

Note: 1.

The drive output will immediately shut off when either of the inputs H1 or H2 is opened. In this case the brake should apply immediately in order to prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator.

2.

Terminals H1 or H2 must be closed prior to setting the Up/Down command.

3.

A drive digital output must be programmed as Safe Disable feedback (H2 = 58). This feedback signal can be implemented in the contactor supervision circuit of the controller that monitors a fault in the Safe Disable circuit.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide 243 C

TOEP_C710616_38H_7_0.book 244 ページ ２０１５年１１月１１日　水曜日　午後７時４０分

Revision History

The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 38B <1>

Published in Japan September 2010

Revision number

Date of publication

Date of

Publication

November 2015

June 2014

December 2013

August 2012

February 2012

March 2011

September 2010

March 2010

Revision

Number

<7>

<6>

<5>

<4>

<3>

<2>

<1>

−

Section Revised Content

Front cover Revision: Format

All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation.

Appendix C

Addition: EN81-20 conform circuit with no motor contactor

Revision: EN81-1/20 conform circuit with one motor contactor

Back cover Revision: Address, format

All Addition: Models CIMR-L  F  in compliance with IEC/EN 61508 SIL3 Safety

Integrity Level 3

Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation

All Addition: Larger drive capacities added along with corresponding data

Three-phase 400 V: CIMR-LU4A0304 to 4A0605

Three-phase 600 V: CIMR-LU5A0003 to 5A0200

Revision:  Review and corrected entire documentation.

 Upgraded the software version to PRG: 7017 and PRG: S7200.

Back cover Revision: Address

All Addition: Smaller drive capacities added along with corresponding data

Three-phase 200 V: CIMR-LU2A0008 to 2A0014

Three-phase 400 V: CIMR-LU4A0005 to 4A0007

Back cover Revision: Address

All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation

Back cover Revision: Address

Front cover Revision: Format

Preface &

General

Safety,

Chapter 2 to

5, Appendix

B and C

Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation

Chapter 7 Revision: Option card installation procedure

Back cover Revision: Address, format

All Revision: Reviewed and corrected entire documentation

Chapter 7 Addition: Option Card Installation

Back Cover Revision: Address

− First Edition

244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC TOEP C710616 38H YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A Quick Start Guide

英文 No.5-5 (レター) YAI向けインバータ製品用 新ロゴ

YASKAWA AC Drive-L1000A

AC Drive for Elevator Applications

Quick Start Guide

YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.

2121, Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.

Phone: 1-800-YASKAWA (927-5292) or 1-847-887-7000 Fax: 1-847-887-7310 http://www.yaskawa.com

DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT)

2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan

Phone: 81-930-25-3844 Fax: 81-930-25-4369 http://www.yaskawa.co.jp

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan

Phone: 81-3-5402-4502 Fax: 81-3-5402-4580 http://www.yaskawa.co.jp

YASKAWA ELÉTRICO DO BRASIL LTDA.

777, Avenida Piraporinha, Diadema, São Paulo, 09950-000, Brasil

Phone: 55-11-3585-1100 Fax: 55-11-3585-1187 http://www.yaskawa.com.br

YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH

185, Hauptstra β e, Eschborn, 65760, Germany

Phone: 49-6196-569-300 Fax: 49-6196-569-398 http://www.yaskawa.eu.com

YASKAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CORPORATION

9F, Kyobo Securities Bldg., 26-4, Yeouido-dong, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, 150-737, Korea

Phone: 82-2-784-7844 Fax: 82-2-784-8495 http://www.yaskawa.co.kr

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

151, Lorong Chuan, #04-02A, New Tech Park, 556741, Singapore

Phone: 65-6282-3003 Fax: 65-6289-3003 http://www.yaskawa.com.sg

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (THAILAND) CO., LTD.

59, 1st-5th Floor, Flourish Building, Soi Ratchadapisek 18 , Ratchadapisek Road, Huaykwang, Bangkok, 10310, Thailand

Phone: 66-2-017-0099 Fax: 66-2-017-0799 http://www.yaskawa.co.th

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (CHINA) CO., LTD.

22F, One Corporate Avenue, No.222, Hubin Road, Shanghai, 200021, China

Phone: 86-21-5385-2200 Fax: 86-21-5385-3299 http://www.yaskawa.com.cn

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (CHINA) CO., LTD. BEIJING OFFICE

Room 1011, Tower W3 Oriental Plaza, No. 1, East Chang An Ave.,

Dong Cheng District, Beijing, 100738, China

Phone: 86-10-8518-4086 Fax: 86-10-8518-4082

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TAIWAN CORPORATION

9F, 16, Nanking E. Rd., Sec. 3, Taipei, 104, Taiwan

Phone: 886-2-2502-5003 Fax: 886-2-2505-1280

YASKAWA INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED

#17/A, Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore, 560 100 (Karnataka), India

Phone: 91-80-4244-1900 Fax: 91-80-4244-1901 http://www.yaskawaindia.in

In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations.

Therefore, be sure to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.

© 2010-2015 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

MANUAL NO. TOEP C710616 38H <7>

Published in Japan November 2015

15-8-14_YAI

Original instructions